Preparing for release of 3.0.2

pointed out.

.cvsignore

@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-ID
-Makefile
-autom4te*.cache
-confdefs.h
-config.cache
-config.h
-config.log
-config.status
-conftest.c
-conftest.log
-dox
-getgroups
-gmon.out
-rsync
-shconfig
-testdir
-tests-dont-exist
-testtmp
-testtmp.*
-tls
-trimslash
-t_unsafe
-wildtest
-getfsdev
-.rsync-filter

.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+*.[oa]
+*~
+dummy
+ID
+Makefile
+configure.sh
+config.cache
+config.h
+config.h.in
+config.log
+config.status
+/proto.h
+/proto.h-tstamp
+/rsync.1
+/rsyncd.conf.5
+/autom4te*.cache
+/confdefs.h
+/conftest*
+/dox
+/getgroups
+/gmon.out
+/rsync
+/shconfig
+/testdir
+/tests-dont-exist
+/testtmp
+/tls
+/trimslash
+/t_unsafe
+/wildtest
+/getfsdev
+/rounding.h
+/doc/rsync.pdf
+/doc/rsync.ps
+/testsuite/chown-fake.test
+/testsuite/devices-fake.test
+/patches

.ignore

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-.#*
-*.log
-Makefile
-config.h
-*.o
-CVS
-.ignore
-.cvsignore
-*~
-rsync
-config.status
-config.cache
-TAGS
-config.log
-test
-*.gz
-rsync-*
-*.dvi
-*.aux

COPYING

@@ -1,285 +1,626 @@
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-		       Version 2, June 1991
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
 
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-                          675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
  Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
  of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
 
-			    Preamble
+                            Preamble
 
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
 your programs, too.
 
   When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
 price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
 have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
 
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
 
   For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
 
-  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
 
-  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
 
-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
 
   The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
 modification follow.
-
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
 
-  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+  0. Definitions.
 
-  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
 
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
 
-  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
 
-    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
-    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
 
-    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
-    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
-    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
-    parties under the terms of this License.
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
 
-    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
-    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
-    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
-    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
-    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
-    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
-    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
-    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
 
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
 
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
 
-  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+  1. Source Code.
 
-    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
-    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
 
-    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
-    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
 
-    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
-    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-    received the program in object code or executable form with such
-    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
 
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
 
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
 
-  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
 
-  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
 this License.
 
-  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
 otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
 
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
 
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
 
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.
 
-  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
 be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
 address new problems or concerns.
 
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
 
-  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
 
-			    NO WARRANTY
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
 
-  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
 
-  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
 
-		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
 
   If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
 possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
@@ -287,15 +628,15 @@ free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
 
   To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
 to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
 the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
 
     <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
 
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
     (at your option) any later version.
 
     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -304,36 +645,30 @@ the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
     GNU General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
 
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
+  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
 
-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
-    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
     This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
     under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
 
 The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
 
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
-  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
-  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
-  Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
-Public License instead of this License.
+  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

INSTALL

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-To build and install rsync
+To build and install rsync:
 
   $ ./configure
   $ make
@@ -9,8 +9,15 @@ to ./configure.  To see them, use:
 
   $ ./configure --help
 
+Configure tries to figure out if the local system uses group "nobody" or
+"nogroup" by looking in the /etc/group file.  (This is only used for the
+default group of an rsync daemon, which attempts to run with "nobody"
+user and group permissions.)  You can change the default user and group
+for the daemon by editing the NOBODY_USER and NOBODY_GROUP defines in
+config.h, or just override them in your /etc/rsyncd.conf file.
+
 As of 2.4.7, rsync uses Eric Troan's popt option-parsing library.  A
-cut-down copy of release 1.5 is included in the rsync distribution,
+cut-down copy of release 1.6.4 is included in the rsync distribution,
 and will be used if there is no popt library on your build host, or if
 the --with-included-popt option is passed to ./configure.
 
@@ -18,7 +25,6 @@ If you configure using --enable-maintainer-mode, then rsync will try
 to pop up an xterm on DISPLAY=:0 if it crashes.  You might find this
 useful, but it should be turned off for production builds.
 
-
 RPM NOTES
 ---------
 
@@ -37,16 +43,15 @@ fails:
 
 Install gcc or HP's "ANSI/C Compiler".
 
-
-
 MAC OSX NOTES
 -------------
 
-Mac OS X (Darwin) seems to have an IPv6 stack, but it does not
-completely implement the "New Sockets" API.  
+Some versions of Mac OS X (Darwin) seem to have an IPv6 stack, but do
+not completely implement the "New Sockets" API.  
 
-<http://www.ipv6.org/impl/mac.html> says that Apple do not support
-IPv6 yet.  If your build fails, try again with --disable-ipv6.
+<http://www.ipv6.org/impl/mac.html> says that Apple started to support
+IPv6 in 10.2 (Jaguar).  If your build fails, try again after running
+configure with --disable-ipv6.
 
 IBM AIX NOTES
 -------------

Makefile.in

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 # Makefile
 
 prefix=@prefix@
+datarootdir=@datarootdir@
 exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
 bindir=@bindir@
 mandir=@mandir@
@@ -25,30 +26,32 @@ VERSION=@VERSION@
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .c .o
 
-HEADERS=byteorder.h config.h errcode.h proto.h rsync.h lib/pool_alloc.h
-LIBOBJ=lib/wildmatch.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/mdfour.o \
-	lib/permstring.o lib/pool_alloc.o @LIBOBJS@
-ZLIBOBJ=zlib/deflate.o zlib/infblock.o zlib/infcodes.o zlib/inffast.o \
-	zlib/inflate.o zlib/inftrees.o zlib/infutil.o zlib/trees.o \
-	zlib/zutil.o zlib/adler32.o
-OBJS1=rsync.o generator.o receiver.o cleanup.o sender.o exclude.o util.o \
-	main.o checksum.o match.o syscall.o log.o backup.o
-OBJS2=options.o flist.o io.o compat.o hlink.o token.o uidlist.o socket.o \
-	fileio.o batch.o clientname.o
+GENFILES=configure.sh config.h.in proto.h proto.h-tstamp rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5
+HEADERS=byteorder.h config.h errcode.h proto.h rsync.h ifuncs.h lib/pool_alloc.h
+LIBOBJ=lib/wildmatch.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/mdfour.o lib/md5.o \
+	lib/permstring.o lib/pool_alloc.o lib/sysacls.o lib/sysxattrs.o @LIBOBJS@
+ZLIBOBJ=zlib/deflate.o zlib/inffast.o zlib/inflate.o zlib/inftrees.o \
+	zlib/trees.o zlib/zutil.o zlib/adler32.o zlib/compress.o zlib/crc32.o
+OBJS1=flist.o rsync.o generator.o receiver.o cleanup.o sender.o exclude.o \
+	util.o main.o checksum.o match.o syscall.o log.o backup.o
+OBJS2=options.o io.o compat.o hlink.o token.o uidlist.o socket.o hashtable.o \
+	fileio.o batch.o clientname.o chmod.o acls.o xattrs.o
 OBJS3=progress.o pipe.o
 DAEMON_OBJ = params.o loadparm.o clientserver.o access.o connection.o authenticate.o
 popt_OBJS=popt/findme.o  popt/popt.o  popt/poptconfig.o \
 	popt/popthelp.o popt/poptparse.o
 OBJS=$(OBJS1) $(OBJS2) $(OBJS3) $(DAEMON_OBJ) $(LIBOBJ) $(ZLIBOBJ) @BUILD_POPT@
 
-TLS_OBJ = tls.o syscall.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/permstring.o
+TLS_OBJ = tls.o syscall.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/permstring.o lib/sysxattrs.o @BUILD_POPT@
 
 # Programs we must have to run the test cases
 CHECK_PROGS = rsync$(EXEEXT) tls$(EXEEXT) getgroups$(EXEEXT) getfsdev$(EXEEXT) \
 	trimslash$(EXEEXT) t_unsafe$(EXEEXT) wildtest$(EXEEXT)
 
+CHECK_SYMLINKS = testsuite/chown-fake.test testsuite/devices-fake.test
+
 # Objects for CHECK_PROGS to clean
-CHECK_OBJS=getgroups.o getfsdev.o t_stub.o t_unsafe.o trimslash.o wildtest.o
+CHECK_OBJS=tls.o getgroups.o getfsdev.o t_stub.o t_unsafe.o trimslash.o wildtest.o
 
 # note that the -I. is needed to handle config.h when using VPATH
 .c.o:
@@ -56,15 +59,15 @@ CHECK_OBJS=getgroups.o getfsdev.o t_stub.o t_unsafe.o trimslash.o wildtest.o
 	$(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -c $< @CC_SHOBJ_FLAG@
 @OBJ_RESTORE@
 
-all: rsync$(EXEEXT)
+all: conf_stop make_stop rsync$(EXEEXT) @MAKE_MAN@
 
 install: all
 	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
 	${INSTALLCMD} ${INSTALL_STRIP} -m 755 rsync$(EXEEXT) ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
 	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1
 	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5
-	${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsync.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1
-	${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5
+	if test -f $(srcdir)/rsync.1; then ${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsync.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1; fi
+	if test -f $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5; then ${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5; fi
 
 install-strip:
 	$(MAKE) INSTALL_STRIP='-s' install
@@ -73,6 +76,27 @@ rsync$(EXEEXT): $(OBJS)
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJS) $(LIBS)
 
 $(OBJS): $(HEADERS)
+$(CHECK_OBJS): $(HEADERS)
+
+flist.o: rounding.h
+
+rounding.h: rounding.c rsync.h
+	@for r in 0 1 3; do \
+	    if $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o rounding -DEXTRA_ROUNDING=$$r -I. $(srcdir)/rounding.c >rounding.out 2>&1; then \
+		echo "#define EXTRA_ROUNDING $$r" >rounding.h; \
+		if test -f "$$HOME/build_farm/build_test.fns"; then \
+		    echo "EXTRA_ROUNDING is $$r" >&2; \
+		fi; \
+		break; \
+	    fi; \
+	done
+	@rm -f rounding
+	@if test -f rounding.h; then : ; else \
+	    cat rounding.out 1>&2; \
+	    echo "Failed to create rounding.h!" 1>&2; \
+	    exit 1; \
+	fi
+	@rm -f rounding.out
 
 tls$(EXEEXT): $(TLS_OBJ)
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(TLS_OBJ) $(LIBS)
@@ -87,36 +111,59 @@ TRIMSLASH_OBJ = trimslash.o syscall.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o
 trimslash$(EXEEXT): $(TRIMSLASH_OBJ)
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(TRIMSLASH_OBJ) $(LIBS)
 
-T_UNSAFE_OBJ = t_unsafe.o syscall.o util.o t_stub.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o
+T_UNSAFE_OBJ = t_unsafe.o syscall.o util.o t_stub.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/wildmatch.o
 t_unsafe$(EXEEXT): $(T_UNSAFE_OBJ)
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(T_UNSAFE_OBJ) $(LIBS)
 
-gen: $(srcdir)/configure $(srcdir)/config.h.in proto man
+gen: conf proto.h man
 
-man: $(srcdir)/rsync.1 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5
+gensend: gen
+	rsync -aivzc $(GENFILES) samba.org:/home/ftp/pub/rsync/generated-files/
 
-$(srcdir)/configure: $(srcdir)/configure.in $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-	cd $(srcdir); autoconf
+conf:
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(MAKE) -f prepare-source.mak conf
 
-$(srcdir)/config.h.in: $(srcdir)/configure.in $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-	cd $(srcdir); autoheader
+conf_stop: configure.sh config.h.in
 
-$(srcdir)/rsync.1: $(srcdir)/rsync.yo
-	yodl2man -o $(srcdir)/rsync.1 $(srcdir)/rsync.yo
+configure.sh config.h.in: configure.in aclocal.m4
+	autoconf -o configure.sh
+	autoheader && touch config.h.in
+	@echo 'Configure files changed -- perhaps run:'
+	@echo '  make reconfigure'
+	@exit 1
 
-$(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5: $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.yo
-	yodl2man -o $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.yo
+reconfigure: configure.sh
+	./config.status --recheck
+	./config.status
 
-proto:
-	cat $(srcdir)/*.c $(srcdir)/lib/compat.c | awk -f $(srcdir)/mkproto.awk >$(srcdir)/proto.h.new
-	if diff $(srcdir)/proto.h $(srcdir)/proto.h.new >/dev/null; then \
-	  rm $(srcdir)/proto.h.new; \
-	else \
-	  mv $(srcdir)/proto.h.new $(srcdir)/proto.h; \
-	fi
+make_stop: Makefile
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
+	@./config.status
+	@echo "Makefile updated -- rerun your make command."
+	@exit 1
+
+proto: proto.h-tstamp
+
+proto.h: proto.h-tstamp
+	@echo ' ' >/dev/null
+
+proto.h-tstamp: $(srcdir)/*.c $(srcdir)/lib/compat.c
+	perl $(srcdir)/mkproto.pl $(srcdir)/*.c $(srcdir)/lib/compat.c
+
+man: rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5
+
+rsync.1: rsync.yo
+	yodl2man -o rsync.1 $(srcdir)/rsync.yo
+	-$(srcdir)/tweak_manpage rsync.1
+
+rsyncd.conf.5: rsyncd.conf.yo
+	yodl2man -o rsyncd.conf.5 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.yo
+	-$(srcdir)/tweak_manpage rsyncd.conf.5
 
 clean: cleantests
-	rm -f *~ $(OBJS) $(TLS_OBJ) $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_OBJS)
+	rm -f *~ $(OBJS) $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_OBJS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS) \
+		rounding rounding.h
 
 cleantests:
 	rm -rf ./testtmp*
@@ -126,12 +173,14 @@ cleantests:
 # the source directory.
 distclean: clean
 	rm -f Makefile config.h config.status
+	rm -f lib/dummy popt/dummy zlib/dummy
 	rm -f $(srcdir)/Makefile $(srcdir)/config.h $(srcdir)/config.status
-
+	rm -f $(srcdir)/lib/dummy $(srcdir)/popt/dummy $(srcdir)/zlib/dummy
 	rm -f config.cache config.log
 	rm -f $(srcdir)/config.cache $(srcdir)/config.log
-
 	rm -f shconfig $(srcdir)/shconfig
+	rm -f $(GENFILES)
+	rm -rf autom4te.cache
 
 # this target is really just for my use. It only works on a limited
 # range of machines and is used to produce a list of potentially
@@ -146,7 +195,6 @@ finddead:
 
 test: check
 
-
 # There seems to be no standard way to specify some variables as
 # exported from a Makefile apart from listing them like this.
 
@@ -157,18 +205,27 @@ test: check
 # catch Bash-isms earlier even if we're running on GNU.  Of course, we
 # might lose in the future where POSIX diverges from old sh.
 
-check: all $(CHECK_PROGS)
-	POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 TOOLDIR=`pwd` rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync$(EXEEXT) srcdir="$(srcdir)" $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
+check: all $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
+	rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync$(EXEEXT) $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
 
-wildtest.o: wildtest.c lib/wildmatch.c rsync.h
-wildtest$(EXEEXT): wildtest.o
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ wildtest.o @BUILD_POPT@ $(LIBS)
+check29: all $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
+	rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync$(EXEEXT) $(srcdir)/runtests.sh --protocol=29
+
+wildtest.o: wildtest.c lib/wildmatch.c rsync.h config.h
+wildtest$(EXEEXT): wildtest.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o @BUILD_POPT@
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ wildtest.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o @BUILD_POPT@ $(LIBS)
+
+testsuite/chown-fake.test:
+	ln -s chown.test $(srcdir)/testsuite/chown-fake.test
+
+testsuite/devices-fake.test:
+	ln -s devices.test $(srcdir)/testsuite/devices-fake.test
 
 # This does *not* depend on building or installing: you can use it to
 # check a version installed from a binary or some other source tree,
 # if you want.
 
-installcheck: $(CHECK_PROGS)
+installcheck: $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
 	POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 TOOLDIR=`pwd` rsync_bin="$(bindir)/rsync$(EXEEXT)" srcdir="$(srcdir)" $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
 
 # TODO: Add 'dist' target; need to know which files will be included

NEWS

@@ -1,302 +1,18 @@
-NEWS for rsync 2.6.4 (UNRELEASED)
-Protocol: 29 (changed)
-Changes since 2.6.3:
+NEWS for rsync 3.0.2 (8 Apr 2008)
+Protocol: 30 (unchanged)
+Changes since 3.0.1:
 
-  OUTPUT CHANGES:
-
-    - When rsync deletes a directory and outputs a verbose message about
-      it, it now appends a trailing slash to the name instead of (only
-      sometimes) outputting a preceding "directory " string.
-
-    - The --stats output will contain file-list time-statistics if both
-      sides are 2.6.4, or if the local side is 2.6.4 and the files are
-      being pushed (since the stats come from the sending side).
-      (Requires protocol 29 for a pull.)
-
-    - The "%o" (operation) log format now has a third value (besides "send"
-      and "recv"):  "del." (with trailing dot to make it 4 chars).  This
-      changes the way deletions are logged in the daemon's log file.
-  
   BUG FIXES:
 
-    - Restore the list-clearing behavior of "!" in a .cvsignore file (2.6.3
-      was only treating it as a special token in an rsync include/exclude
-      file).
-
-    - The combination of --verbose and --dry-run now mentions the full list
-      of changes that would be output without --dry-run.
-
-    - Avoid a mkdir warning when removing a directory in the destination
-      that already exists in the --backup-dir.
-
-    - An OS that has a binary mode for its files (such as cygwin) needed
-      setmode(fd, O_BINARY) called on the temp-file we opened with
-      mkstemp().  (Fix derived from the cygwin's 2.6.3 rsync package.)
-
-    - Fixed a potential hang when verbosity is high, the client side is
-      the sender, and the file-list is large.
-
-    - We now check if the OS doesn't support using mknod() for creating
-      FIFOs and sockets, and compile-in using mkfifo() and socket() when
-      necessary.
-
-    - Fixed an off-by-one error in the handling of --max-delete=N.
-
-    - One place in the code wasn't checking if fork() failed.
-
-    - The "ignore nonreadable" daemon parameter used to erroneously affect
-      symlinks that pointed to a non-existent file.  This has been fixed.
-
-    - If the OS does not have lchown() and a chown() of a symlink will
-      affect the referent of a symlink (as it should), we no longer try
-      to set the user and group of a symlink.
-
-    - The generator now properly runs the hard-link loop and the dir-time
-      rewriting loop after we're sure that the redo phase is complete.
-
-    - When --backup was specified with --partial-dir=DIR (where DIR is a
-      relative path), the backup code was erroneously trying to backup a
-      file that was put into the partial-dir.
-
-    - One call to flush_write_file() was not being checked for an error.
-
-    - The --no-relative option was not being sent from the client to a
-      server sender.
-
-    - If an rsync daemon specified "dont compress = ..." for a file and the
-      client tried to specify --compress, the libz code was not handling a
-      compression level of 0 properly.  This could cause a transfer failure
-      if the block-size for a file was large enough (e.g. rsync might have
-      exited with an error for large files).
-
-    - Fixed a bug that would sometimes surface when using --compress and
-      sending a file with a block-size larger than 64K (either manually
-      specified, or computed due to the file being really large).  Prior
-      versions of rsync would sometimes fail to to decompress the data
-      properly, and thus the transferred file would fail its verification.
-
-    - If a daemon can't open the specified log file (i.e. syslog is not
-      being used), die without crashing.  We also output an error about
-      the failure on stderr (which will only be seen if --no-detach was
-      specified).
-
-    - A local transfer no longer duplicates all its include/exclude options
-      (since the forked process already has a copy of the exclude list,
-      there's no need to send them a set of duplicates).
-
-    - When --progress is specified, the output of items that the generator
-      is creating (e.g. dirs, symlinks) is now integrated into the progress
-      output without overlapping it.  (Requires protocol 29.)
+    - Fixed a potential buffer overflow in the xattr code.
 
   ENHANCEMENTS:
 
-    - Rsync now supports popt's option aliases, which means that you can
-      use /etc/popt and/or ~/.popt to create your own option aliases.
+    - None.
 
-    - Added the --delete-during (--del) option which will delete files
-      from on the receiving side incrementally as each directory in the
-      transfer is being processed.  This makes it more efficient than the
-      default, before-the-transfer behavior, which is now available as
-      --delete-before (that is still the default --delete-WHEN option that
-      will be chosen if --delete or --delete-excluded is specified without
-      a --delete-WHEN choice).  All the --del* options infer --delete, so
-      an rsync daemon that refuses "delete" will still refuse to allow any
-      file-deleting options.
+  DEVELOPER RELATED:
 
-    - All the --delete-WHEN options are now more memory efficient:
-      Previously an entire duplicate set of file-list objects was created
-      on the receiving side for the entire destination hierarchy.  The new
-      algorithm only creates one directory of objects at a time.
+    - The RPM spec file was improved to install more useful files.
 
-    - Added support for specifying multiple --compare-dest or --link-dest
-      options, but only of a single type. (Promoted from the patches dir
-      and enhanced.)
-
-    - Added the --max-size option. (Promoted from the patches dir.)
-
-    - The daemon-mode options were separated from the normal rsync options
-      so that they can't be mixed together.  This makes it impossible to
-      start a daemon that had improper default option values that could
-      cause problems when a client connects (e.g. a hang or an abort).
-
-    - The --bwlimit option may now be used in combination with --daemon
-      to specify both a default value for the daemon side and a value
-      that cannot be exceeded by a user-specified --bwlimit option.
-
-    - Added the "port" parameter to the rsyncd.conf file. (Promoted from
-      the patches dir.)  Also added "address".  A command-line option
-      will take precedence over a config-file option, as expected.
-
-    - In _exit_cleanup(): when we are exiting with a partially-received
-      file, we now flush any data in the write-cache before closing the
-      partial file.
-
-    - The --inplace support was enhanced to work with --compare-dest and
-      --link-dest. (Requires protocol 29.)
-
-    - Added the --dirs (-d) option for an easier way to copy directories
-      without recursion.
-
-    - Added the --list-only option which is mainly a way for the client to
-      put the server into listing mode without needing to resort to any
-      internal option kluges (e.g. the age-old use of "-r --exclude="/*/*"
-      for a non-recursive listing).  This option is used automatically
-      (behind the scenes) when a modern rsync speaks to a modern daemon,
-      but may also be specified manually if you want to force the use of
-      the --list-only option over a remote-shell connection.
-
-    - Added the --omit-dir-times (-O) option, which will avoid updating
-      the modified time for directories when --times was specified.  This
-      option will avoid an extra pass through the file-list at the end of
-      the transfer (to tweak all the directory times), which can result in
-      an appreciable speedup for a really large transfer. (Promoted from
-      the patches dir.)
-
-    - Added the --filter (-f) option and its helper option, -F.  Filter
-      rules are an extension to the existing include/exclude handling
-      that also supports nested filter files as well as per-directory
-      filter files (like .cvsignore, but with full filter-rule parsing).
-      This new option was chosen in order to ensure that all existing
-      include/exclude processing remained 100% compatible with older
-      versions.  Protocol 29 is needed for full filter-rule support, but
-      backward-compatible rules work with earlier protocol versions.
-      (Promoted from the patches dir and enhanced.)
-
-    - Added the --delay-updates option that puts all updated files into
-      a temporary directory (by default ".~tmp~", but settable via the
-      --partial-dir=DIR option) until the end of the transfer.  This
-      makes the updates a little more atomic for a large transfer.
-
-    - If rsync is put into the background, any output from --progress is
-      reduced.
-
-    - Documented the "max verbosity" setting for rsyncd.conf.  (This
-      setting was added a couple releases ago, but left undocumented.)
-
-    - The sender and the generator now double-check the file-list index
-      they are given, and refuse to try to do a file transfer on a
-      non-file index (since that would indicate that something had gone
-      very wrong).
-
-    - Added the --itemize-changes (-i) option, which is a way to output a
-      more detailed list of what files changed in any way and how they
-      changed.  The effect is the same as specifying a --log-format of
-      "%i %n%L" (see the rsyncd.conf manpage).  Works with --dry-run too.
-
-    - Added the --fuzzy option, which attempts to find a basis file for a
-      file that is being created from scratch.  The current algorithm
-      only looks in the destination directory for the created file, but
-      it does attempt to find a match based on size/mod-time (in case the
-      file was renamed with no other changes) as well as based on a fuzzy
-      name-matching algorithm.  This option requires protocol 29 because
-      it needs the new file-sorting order.  (Promoted from patches dir
-      and enhanced.)
-
-    - Added the --remove-sent-files option, which lets you move files
-      between systems.
-
-    - When building under windows, the default for --daemon is now to
-      avoid detaching, requiring the new --detach option to force rsync
-      to detach.
-
-    - Improved the option descriptions in the --help text.
-
-  SUPPORT FILES:
-
-    - Added atomic-rsync to the support dir: a perl script that will
-      transfer some files using rsync, and then move the updated files into
-      place all at once at the end of the transfer.  Only works when
-      pulling, and uses --link-dest and a parallel hierarchy of files to
-      effect its update.
-
-    - Added mnt-excl to the support dir: a perl script that takes the
-      /proc/mounts file and translates it into a set of excludes that will
-      exclude all mount points (even mapped mounts to the same disk).  The
-      excludes are made relative to the specified source dir and properly
-      anchored.
-
-    - Added savetransfer.c to the support dir: a C program that can make
-      a copy of all the data that flows over the wire.  This lets you test
-      for data corruption (by saving the data on both the sending side and
-      the receiving side) or provides a way to help debug a protocol error.
-
-    - Added rrsync to the support dir: this is my version of Joe Smith's
-      restricted rsync perl script.  This helps to ensure that only certain
-      rsync commands can be run by an ssh invocation.
-
-  INTERNAL:
-
-    - Added better checking of the checksum-header values that come over
-      the socket.
-
-    - Merged a variety of file-deleting functions into a single function so
-      that it is easier to maintain.
-
-    - Improved the type of some variables (particularly blocksize vars) for
-      consistency and proper size.
-
-    - Got rid of the uint64 type (which we didn't need).
-
-    - Use a slightly more compatible set of core #include directives.
-
-    - Defined int32 in a way that ensures that the build dies if we can't
-      find a variable with at least 32 bits.
-
-    - The daemon's "read only" config item now sets an internal read_only
-      variable that makes extra sure that no write/delete calls on the
-      read-only side can succeed.
-
-  PROTOCOL DIFFERENCES FOR VERSION 29:
-
-    - A 16-bit flag-word is transmitted after every file-list index.  This
-      indicates what is changing between the sender and the receiver.  The
-      generator now transmits an index and a flag-word to indicate when
-      dirs and symlinks have changed (instead of producing a message),
-      which makes the outputting of the information more consistent and
-      less prone to screen corruption (because either the receiver or the
-      sender is now outputting all the file-change info).
-
-    - If --inplace is specified, the generator flags any transfer that is
-      using an alternate basis file so that the sender can use the entire
-      file in the rsync algorithm (unlike a normal --inplace update).
-
-    - The sending of exclude names is done using filter-rule syntax.  This
-      means that all names have a prefixed rule indicator, even excludes
-      (which used to be sent as a bare pattern, when possible).  The -C
-      option will include the per-dir .cvsignore merge file in the list of
-      filter rules so it is positioned correctly (unlike in some older
-      transfer scenarios).
-
-    - Rsync sorts the filename list in a different way: it sorts the subdir
-      names after the non-subdir names for each dir's contents, and it
-      always puts a dir's contents immediately after the dir's name in the
-      list.  (Previously an item named "foo.txt" would sort in between
-      directory "foo/" and "foo/bar".)
-
-    - When talking to a protocol 29 rsync daemon, a list-only request
-      is able to note this before the options are sent over the wire and
-      the new --list-only option is included in the options.
-
-    - When the --stats bytes are sent over the wire (or stored in a batch),
-      they now include two elapsed-time values: one for how long it took to
-      build the file-list, and one for how long it took to send it over the
-      wire (each expressed in thousandths of a second).
-
-    - When --delete-excluded is specified with some filter excludes, a
-      client sender will now initiate a send of the filter rules to the
-      receiver (older protocols used to omit the sending of excludes in
-      this situation since there were no receiver-specific rules that
-      survived --delete-excluded back then).  Note that, as with all the
-      filter-list sending, only items that are significant to the other
-      side will actually be sent over the wire, so the filter-rule list
-      is often empty in this scenario.
-
-    - A protocol-29 batch file includes a bit for the setting of the --dirs
-      option.  Also, the shell script created by --write-batch will use the
-      --filter option instead of --exclude-from to capture any filter rules.
-
-  BUILD CHANGES:
-
-    - Handle an operating system that use mkdev() in place of makedev().
-
-    - Improved configure to better handle cross-compiling.
+    - A few developer-oriented scripts were moved from the support dir
+      to the packaging dir.

README

@@ -51,13 +51,13 @@ case.
 Once built put a copy of rsync in your search path on the local and
 remote systems (or use "make install"). That's it!
 
-RSYNC SERVERS
+RSYNC DAEMONS
 -------------
 
-rsync can also talk to "rsync servers" which can provide anonymous or
+rsync can also talk to "rsync daemons" which can provide anonymous or
 authenticated rsync. See the rsyncd.conf(5) man page for details on how
-to setup a rsync server. See the rsync(1) man page for info on how to
-connect to a rsync server.
+to setup an rsync daemon. See the rsync(1) man page for info on how to
+connect to an rsync daemon.
 
 
 MAILING LIST
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ versions on this list.
 
 To join the mailing list see the web page at http://lists.samba.org/
 
-To send mail to everyone on the list send it to rsync@samba.org
+To send mail to everyone on the list send it to rsync@lists.samba.org
 
 
 BUG REPORTS
@@ -89,6 +89,9 @@ mailing list archives at
 To send a bug report, follow the instructions on the bug-tracking
 page of the web site.
 
+If you don't have web access, email your bug report to
+rsync@lists.samba.org.
+
 
 CVS TREE
 --------

TODO

@@ -1,22 +1,17 @@
 -*- indented-text -*-
 
-BUGS ---------------------------------------------------------------
-Do not rely on having a group called "nobody"
-
 FEATURES ------------------------------------------------------------
 Use chroot only if supported
 Allow supplementary groups in rsyncd.conf			2002/04/09
 Handling IPv6 on old machines
-Other IPv6 stuff:
+Other IPv6 stuff
 Add ACL support							2001/12/02
-Lazy directory creation
 proxy authentication						2002/01/23
 SOCKS								2002/01/23
 FAT support
-Allow forcing arbitrary permissions				2002/03/12
 --diff						david.e.sewell	2002/03/15
 Add daemon --no-fork option
-Create more granular verbosity				jw	2003/05/15
+Create more granular verbosity					2003/05/15
 
 DOCUMENTATION --------------------------------------------------------
 Keep list of open issues and todos on the web site
@@ -25,22 +20,19 @@ Perhaps redo manual as SGML
 LOGGING --------------------------------------------------------------
 Memory accounting
 Improve error messages
-Better statistics:					Rasmus	2002/03/08
+Better statistics					Rasmus	2002/03/08
 Perhaps flush stdout like syslog
-Log deamon sessions that just list modules
 Log child death on signal
-Log errors with function that reports process of origin
 verbose output					David Stein	2001/12/20
 internationalization
 
 DEVELOPMENT --------------------------------------------------------
 Handling duplicate names
 Use generic zlib						2002/02/25
-TDB:								2002/03/12
+TDB								2002/03/12
 Splint								2002/03/12
 
 PERFORMANCE ----------------------------------------------------------
-File list structure in memory
 Traverse just one directory at a time
 Allow skipping MD4 file_sum					2002/04/08
 Accelerate MD4
@@ -52,8 +44,6 @@ Test on kernel source
 Test large files
 Create mutator program for testing
 Create configure option to enable dangerous tests
-If tests are skipped, say why.
-Test daemon feature to disallow particular options.
 Create pipe program for testing
 Create test makefile target for some tests
 
@@ -66,17 +56,6 @@ reverse rsync over HTTP Range
 
 
 
-BUGS ---------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-Do not rely on having a group called "nobody"
-
-  http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/refspecs/LSB_1.1.0/gLSB/usernames.html
-
-  On Debian it's "nogroup"
-
-                      --          --
-
 FEATURES ------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
@@ -133,7 +112,7 @@ Handling IPv6 on old machines
                       --          --
 
 
-Other IPv6 stuff:
+Other IPv6 stuff
   
   Implement suggestions from http://www.kame.net/newsletter/19980604/
   and ftp://ftp.iij.ad.jp/pub/RFC/rfc2553.txt
@@ -146,14 +125,6 @@ Other IPv6 stuff:
   multiple passive addresses.  This might be a bit harder, because we
   may need to select on all of them.  Hm.
 
-  Define a syntax for IPv6 literal addresses.  Since they include
-  colons, they tend to break most naming systems, including ours.
-  Based on the HTTP IPv6 syntax, I think we should use
- 
-     rsync://[::1]/foo/bar [::1]::bar
-
-  which should just take a small change to the parser code.
-
                       --          --
 
 
@@ -167,15 +138,6 @@ Add ACL support							2001/12/02
                       --          --
 
 
-Lazy directory creation
-
-  With the current common --include '*/' --exclude '*' pattern, people
-  can end up with many empty directories.  We might avoid this by
-  lazily creating such directories.
-
-                      --          --
-
-
 proxy authentication						2002/01/23
 
   Allow RSYNC_PROXY to be http://user:pass@proxy.foo:3128/, and do
@@ -207,35 +169,6 @@ FAT support
                       --          --
 
 
-Allow forcing arbitrary permissions				2002/03/12
-
-  On 12 Mar 2002, Dave Dykstra <dwd@bell-labs.com> wrote:
-  > If we would add an option to do that functionality, I
-  > would vote for one that was more general which could mask
-  > off any set of permission bits and possibly add any set of
-  > bits.  Perhaps a chmod-like syntax if it could be
-  > implemented simply.
-
-  I think that would be good too.  For example, people uploading files
-  to a web server might like to say
-
-  rsync -avzP --chmod a+rX ./ sourcefrog.net:/home/www/sourcefrog/
-
-  Ideally the patch would implement as many of the gnu chmod semantics
-  as possible.  I think the mode parser should be a separate function
-  that passes back something like (mask,set) description to the rest
-  of the program.  For bonus points there would be a test case for the
-  parser.
-
-  Possibly also --chown
-
-  (Debian #23628)
-
-  NOTE: there is a patch that implements this in the "patches" subdir.
-
-                      --          --
-
-
 --diff						david.e.sewell	2002/03/15
 
   Allow people to specify the diff command.  (Might want to use wdiff,
@@ -260,7 +193,7 @@ Add daemon --no-fork option
                       --          --
 
 
-Create more granular verbosity				jw	2003/05/15
+Create more granular verbosity					2003/05/15
 
   Control output with the --report option.
 
@@ -330,14 +263,10 @@ Improve error messages
   our load?  (Debian #28416) Probably fixed now, but a test case would
   be good.
 
-  When running as a daemon, some errors should both be returned to the
-  user and logged.  This will make interacting with a daemon less
-  cryptic.
-
                       --          --
 
 
-Better statistics:					Rasmus	2002/03/08
+Better statistics					Rasmus	2002/03/08
 
   <Rasmus>
       hey, how about an rsync option that just gives you the
@@ -363,14 +292,6 @@ Perhaps flush stdout like syslog
                       --          --
 
 
-Log deamon sessions that just list modules
-
-  At the connections that just get a list of modules are not logged,
-  but they should be.
-
-                      --          --
-
-
 Log child death on signal
 
   If a child of the rsync daemon dies with a signal, we should notice
@@ -379,15 +300,6 @@ Log child death on signal
                       --          --
 
 
-Log errors with function that reports process of origin
-
-  Use a separate function for reporting errors; prefix it with
-  "rsync:" or "rsync(remote)", or perhaps even "rsync(local
-  generator): ".
-
-                      --          --
-
-
 verbose output					David Stein	2001/12/20
   
   At end of transfer, show how many files were or were not transferred
@@ -453,21 +365,6 @@ Use generic zlib						2002/02/25
                       --          --
 
 
-TDB:								2002/03/12
-
-  Rather than storing the file list in memory, store it in a TDB.
-
-  This *might* make memory usage lower while building the file list.
-
-  Hashtable lookup will mean files are not transmitted in order,
-  though... hm.
-
-  This would neatly eliminate one of the major post-fork shared data
-  structures.
-
-                      --          --
-
-
 Splint								2002/03/12
 
   Build rsync with SPLINT to try to find security holes.  Add
@@ -480,31 +377,6 @@ Splint								2002/03/12
 
 PERFORMANCE ----------------------------------------------------------
 
-File list structure in memory
-
-  Rather than one big array, perhaps have a tree in memory mirroring
-  the directory tree.
-
-  This might make sorting much faster!  (I'm not sure it's a big CPU
-  problem, mind you.)
-
-  It might also reduce memory use in storing repeated directory names
-  -- again I'm not sure this is a problem.
-
-                      --          --
-
-
-Traverse just one directory at a time
-
-  Traverse just one directory at a time.  Tridge says it's possible.
-
-  At the moment rsync reads the whole file list into memory at the
-  start, which makes us use a lot of memory and also not pipeline
-  network access as much as we could.
-
-                      --          --
-
-
 Allow skipping MD4 file_sum					2002/04/08
 
   If we're doing a local transfer, or using -W, then perhaps don't
@@ -594,16 +466,6 @@ Create configure option to enable dangerous tests
                       --          --
 
 
-If tests are skipped, say why.
-
-                      --          --
-
-
-Test daemon feature to disallow particular options.
-
-                      --          --
-
-
 Create pipe program for testing
 
   Create pipe program that makes slow/jerky connections for

access.c

@@ -1,29 +1,25 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
 /*
-  hosts allow/deny code for rsync
-
-  */
+ * Routines to authenticate access to a daemon (hosts allow/deny).
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-
 static int match_hostname(char *host, char *tok)
 {
 	if (!host || !*host)
@@ -208,7 +204,7 @@ static int match_address(char *addr, char *tok)
 
 	ret = match_binary(a, t, mask, addrlen);
 
-out:
+  out:
 	freeaddrinfo(resa);
 	freeaddrinfo(rest);
 	return ret;

aclocal.m4

@@ -68,4 +68,25 @@ AC_DEFUN([TYPE_SOCKLEN_T],
 #include <sys/socket.h>])
 ])
 
-
+dnl AC_HAVE_TYPE(TYPE,INCLUDES)
+AC_DEFUN([AC_HAVE_TYPE], [
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])
+cv=`echo "$1" | sed 'y%./+- %__p__%'`
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for $1)
+AC_CACHE_VAL([ac_cv_type_$cv],
+AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
+$2]],
+[[$1 foo;]])],
+[eval "ac_cv_type_$cv=yes"],
+[eval "ac_cv_type_$cv=no"]))dnl
+ac_foo=`eval echo \\$ac_cv_type_$cv`
+AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_foo)
+if test "$ac_foo" = yes; then
+  ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $1 | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./- %ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____%'`
+if false; then
+	AC_CHECK_TYPES($1)
+fi
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_tr_hdr, 1, [Define if you have type `$1'])
+fi
+])

authenticate.c

@@ -1,41 +1,38 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux"; -*-
+/*
+ * Support rsync daemon authentication.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
-   Copyright (C) 1998-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-/* support rsync authentication */
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 extern char *password_file;
-extern int am_root;
 
 /***************************************************************************
 encode a buffer using base64 - simple and slow algorithm. null terminates
 the result.
   ***************************************************************************/
-void base64_encode(char *buf, int len, char *out)
+void base64_encode(const char *buf, int len, char *out, int pad)
 {
 	char *b64 = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
 	int bit_offset, byte_offset, idx, i;
-	unsigned char *d = (unsigned char *)buf;
+	const uchar *d = (const uchar *)buf;
 	int bytes = (len*8 + 5)/6;
 
-	memset(out, 0, bytes+1);
-
 	for (i = 0; i < bytes; i++) {
 		byte_offset = (i*6)/8;
 		bit_offset = (i*6)%8;
@@ -49,17 +46,24 @@ void base64_encode(char *buf, int len, char *out)
 		}
 		out[i] = b64[idx];
 	}
+
+	while (pad && (i % 4))
+		out[i++] = '=';
+
+	out[i] = '\0';
 }
 
-/* create a 16 byte challenge buffer */
-static void gen_challenge(char *addr, char *challenge)
+/* Generate a challenge buffer and return it base64-encoded. */
+static void gen_challenge(const char *addr, char *challenge)
 {
 	char input[32];
+	char digest[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
 	struct timeval tv;
+	int len;
 
 	memset(input, 0, sizeof input);
 
-	strlcpy((char *)input, addr, 17);
+	strlcpy(input, addr, 17);
 	sys_gettimeofday(&tv);
 	SIVAL(input, 16, tv.tv_sec);
 	SIVAL(input, 20, tv.tv_usec);
@@ -67,18 +71,21 @@ static void gen_challenge(char *addr, char *challenge)
 
 	sum_init(0);
 	sum_update(input, sizeof input);
-	sum_end(challenge);
+	len = sum_end(digest);
+
+	base64_encode(digest, len, challenge, 0);
 }
 
 
 /* Return the secret for a user from the secret file, null terminated.
  * Maximum length is len (not counting the null). */
-static int get_secret(int module, char *user, char *secret, int len)
+static int get_secret(int module, const char *user, char *secret, int len)
 {
-	char *fname = lp_secrets_file(module);
+	const char *fname = lp_secrets_file(module);
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
 	int fd, ok = 1;
-	char ch, *p;
+	const char *p;
+	char ch, *s;
 
 	if (!fname || !*fname)
 		return 0;
@@ -87,13 +94,13 @@ static int get_secret(int module, char *user, char *secret, int len)
 		return 0;
 
 	if (do_stat(fname, &st) == -1) {
-		rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "stat(%s)", safe_fname(fname));
+		rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "stat(%s)", fname);
 		ok = 0;
 	} else if (lp_strict_modes(module)) {
 		if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
 			rprintf(FLOG, "secrets file must not be other-accessible (see strict modes option)\n");
 			ok = 0;
-		} else if (am_root && (st.st_uid != 0)) {
+		} else if (MY_UID() == 0 && st.st_uid != 0) {
 			rprintf(FLOG, "secrets file must be owned by root when running as root (see strict modes)\n");
 			ok = 0;
 		}
@@ -130,60 +137,57 @@ static int get_secret(int module, char *user, char *secret, int len)
 	}
 
 	/* Slurp the secret into the "secret" buffer. */
-	p = secret;
+	s = secret;
 	while (len > 0) {
-		if (read(fd, p, 1) != 1 || *p == '\n')
+		if (read(fd, s, 1) != 1 || *s == '\n')
 			break;
-		if (*p == '\r')
+		if (*s == '\r')
 			continue;
-		p++;
+		s++;
 		len--;
 	}
-	*p = '\0';
+	*s = '\0';
 	close(fd);
 
 	return 1;
 }
 
-static char *getpassf(char *filename)
+static const char *getpassf(const char *filename)
 {
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
 	char buffer[512], *p;
 	int fd, n, ok = 1;
-	char *envpw = getenv("RSYNC_PASSWORD");
+	const char *envpw = getenv("RSYNC_PASSWORD");
 
 	if (!filename)
 		return NULL;
 
 	if ((fd = open(filename,O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
-		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "could not open password file \"%s\"",
-			safe_fname(filename));
+		rsyserr(FWARNING, errno, "could not open password file \"%s\"",
+			filename);
 		if (envpw)
-			rprintf(FERROR, "falling back to RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");
+			rprintf(FINFO, "falling back to RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
 	if (do_stat(filename, &st) == -1) {
-		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat(%s)", safe_fname(filename));
+		rsyserr(FWARNING, errno, "stat(%s)", filename);
 		ok = 0;
 	} else if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"password file must not be other-accessible\n");
+		rprintf(FWARNING, "password file must not be other-accessible\n");
 		ok = 0;
-	} else if (am_root && st.st_uid != 0) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"password file must be owned by root when running as root\n");
+	} else if (MY_UID() == 0 && st.st_uid != 0) {
+		rprintf(FWARNING, "password file must be owned by root when running as root\n");
 		ok = 0;
 	}
 	if (!ok) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"continuing without password file\n");
-		if (envpw)
-			rprintf(FERROR, "using RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");
 		close(fd);
+		rprintf(FWARNING, "continuing without password file\n");
+		if (envpw)
+			rprintf(FINFO, "falling back to RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	if (envpw)
-		rprintf(FERROR, "RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable ignored\n");
-
 	n = read(fd, buffer, sizeof buffer - 1);
 	close(fd);
 	if (n > 0) {
@@ -195,17 +199,19 @@ static char *getpassf(char *filename)
 	return NULL;
 }
 
-/* generate a 16 byte hash from a password and challenge */
-static void generate_hash(char *in, char *challenge, char *out)
+/* Generate an MD4 hash created from the combination of the password
+ * and the challenge string and return it base64-encoded. */
+static void generate_hash(const char *in, const char *challenge, char *out)
 {
-	char buf[16];
+	char buf[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
+	int len;
 
 	sum_init(0);
 	sum_update(in, strlen(in));
 	sum_update(challenge, strlen(challenge));
-	sum_end(buf);
+	len = sum_end(buf);
 
-	base64_encode(buf, 16, out);
+	base64_encode(buf, len, out, 0);
 }
 
 /* Possibly negotiate authentication with the client.  Use "leader" to
@@ -214,17 +220,15 @@ static void generate_hash(char *in, char *challenge, char *out)
  * Return NULL if authentication failed.  Return "" if anonymous access.
  * Otherwise return username.
  */
-char *auth_server(int f_in, int f_out, int module, char *addr, char *leader)
+char *auth_server(int f_in, int f_out, int module, const char *host,
+		  const char *addr, const char *leader)
 {
 	char *users = lp_auth_users(module);
-	char challenge[16];
-	char b64_challenge[30];
-	char line[MAXPATHLEN];
-	static char user[100];
-	char secret[100];
-	char pass[30];
-	char pass2[30];
-	char *tok;
+	char challenge[MAX_DIGEST_LEN*2];
+	char line[BIGPATHBUFLEN];
+	char secret[512];
+	char pass2[MAX_DIGEST_LEN*2];
+	char *tok, *pass;
 
 	/* if no auth list then allow anyone in! */
 	if (!users || !*users)
@@ -232,52 +236,59 @@ char *auth_server(int f_in, int f_out, int module, char *addr, char *leader)
 
 	gen_challenge(addr, challenge);
 
-	base64_encode(challenge, 16, b64_challenge);
+	io_printf(f_out, "%s%s\n", leader, challenge);
 
-	io_printf(f_out, "%s%s\n", leader, b64_challenge);
-
-	if (!read_line(f_in, line, sizeof line - 1))
+	if (!read_line_old(f_in, line, sizeof line)
+	 || (pass = strchr(line, ' ')) == NULL) {
+		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
+			"invalid challenge response\n",
+			lp_name(module), host, addr);
 		return NULL;
+	}
+	*pass++ = '\0';
 
-	memset(user, 0, sizeof user);
-	memset(pass, 0, sizeof pass);
+	if (!(users = strdup(users)))
+		out_of_memory("auth_server");
 
-	if (sscanf(line,"%99s %29s", user, pass) != 2)
-		return NULL;
-
-	users = strdup(users);
-	if (!users)
-		return NULL;
-
-	for (tok=strtok(users," ,\t"); tok; tok = strtok(NULL," ,\t")) {
-		if (wildmatch(tok, user))
+	for (tok = strtok(users, " ,\t"); tok; tok = strtok(NULL, " ,\t")) {
+		if (wildmatch(tok, line))
 			break;
 	}
 	free(users);
 
-	if (!tok)
-		return NULL;
-
-	memset(secret, 0, sizeof secret);
-	if (!get_secret(module, user, secret, sizeof secret - 1)) {
-		memset(secret, 0, sizeof secret);
+	if (!tok) {
+		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
+			"unauthorized user\n",
+			lp_name(module), host, addr);
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	generate_hash(secret, b64_challenge, pass2);
+	memset(secret, 0, sizeof secret);
+	if (!get_secret(module, line, secret, sizeof secret - 1)) {
+		memset(secret, 0, sizeof secret);
+		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
+			"missing secret for user \"%s\"\n",
+			lp_name(module), host, addr, line);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	generate_hash(secret, challenge, pass2);
 	memset(secret, 0, sizeof secret);
 
-	if (strcmp(pass, pass2) == 0)
-		return user;
+	if (strcmp(pass, pass2) != 0) {
+		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
+			"password mismatch\n",
+			lp_name(module), host, addr);
+		return NULL;
+	}
 
-	return NULL;
+	return strdup(line);
 }
 
-
-void auth_client(int fd, char *user, char *challenge)
+void auth_client(int fd, const char *user, const char *challenge)
 {
-	char *pass;
-	char pass2[30];
+	const char *pass;
+	char pass2[MAX_DIGEST_LEN*2];
 
 	if (!user || !*user)
 		user = "nobody";
@@ -302,5 +313,3 @@ void auth_client(int fd, char *user, char *challenge)
 	generate_hash(pass, challenge, pass2);
 	io_printf(fd, "%s %s\n", user, pass2);
 }
-
-

backup.c

@@ -1,42 +1,41 @@
 /*
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1999
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-/* backup handling code */
+ * Backup handling code.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 extern int verbose;
-extern int backup_suffix_len;
+extern int am_root;
+extern int preserve_acls;
+extern int preserve_xattrs;
+extern int preserve_devices;
+extern int preserve_specials;
+extern int preserve_links;
+extern int safe_symlinks;
 extern int backup_dir_len;
 extern unsigned int backup_dir_remainder;
 extern char backup_dir_buf[MAXPATHLEN];
 extern char *backup_suffix;
 extern char *backup_dir;
 
-extern int am_root;
-extern int preserve_devices;
-extern int preserve_links;
-extern int preserve_hard_links;
-extern int orig_umask;
-extern int safe_symlinks;
-
 /* make a complete pathname for backup file */
-char *get_backup_name(char *fname)
+char *get_backup_name(const char *fname)
 {
 	if (backup_dir) {
 		if (stringjoin(backup_dir_buf + backup_dir_len, backup_dir_remainder,
@@ -53,10 +52,10 @@ char *get_backup_name(char *fname)
 }
 
 /* simple backup creates a backup with a suffix in the same directory */
-static int make_simple_backup(char *fname)
+static int make_simple_backup(const char *fname)
 {
 	int rename_errno;
-	char *fnamebak = get_backup_name(fname);
+	const char *fnamebak = get_backup_name(fname);
 
 	if (!fnamebak)
 		return 0;
@@ -65,8 +64,7 @@ static int make_simple_backup(char *fname)
 		if (do_rename(fname, fnamebak) == 0) {
 			if (verbose > 1) {
 				rprintf(FINFO, "backed up %s to %s\n",
-					safe_fname(fname),
-					safe_fname(fnamebak));
+					fname, fnamebak);
 			}
 			break;
 		}
@@ -81,7 +79,7 @@ static int make_simple_backup(char *fname)
 			continue;
 
 		rsyserr(FERROR, rename_errno, "rename %s to backup %s",
-			safe_fname(fname), safe_fname(fnamebak));
+			fname, fnamebak);
 		errno = rename_errno;
 		return 0;
 	}
@@ -94,31 +92,37 @@ static int make_simple_backup(char *fname)
 Create a directory given an absolute path, perms based upon another directory
 path
 ****************************************************************************/
-static int make_bak_dir(char *fullpath)
+int make_bak_dir(const char *fullpath)
 {
-	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	char *rel = fullpath + backup_dir_len;
-	char *end = rel + strlen(rel);
-	char *p = end;
+	char fbuf[MAXPATHLEN], *rel, *end, *p;
+	struct file_struct *file;
+	int len = backup_dir_len;
+	stat_x sx;
 
-	while (strncmp(fullpath, "./", 2) == 0)
+	while (*fullpath == '.' && fullpath[1] == '/') {
 		fullpath += 2;
+		len -= 2;
+	}
+
+	if (strlcpy(fbuf, fullpath, sizeof fbuf) >= sizeof fbuf)
+		return -1;
+
+	rel = fbuf + len;
+	end = p = rel + strlen(rel);
 
 	/* Try to find an existing dir, starting from the deepest dir. */
 	while (1) {
-		if (--p == fullpath) {
-			p += strlen(p);
-			goto failure;
-		}
+		if (--p == fbuf)
+			return -1;
 		if (*p == '/') {
 			*p = '\0';
-			if (do_mkdir(fullpath, 0777 & ~orig_umask) == 0)
+			if (mkdir_defmode(fbuf) == 0)
 				break;
 			if (errno != ENOENT) {
 				rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
 					"make_bak_dir mkdir %s failed",
-					full_fname(fullpath));
-				goto failure;
+					full_fname(fbuf));
+				return -1;
 			}
 		}
 	}
@@ -128,40 +132,57 @@ static int make_bak_dir(char *fullpath)
 		if (p >= rel) {
 			/* Try to transfer the directory settings of the
 			 * actual dir that the files are coming from. */
-			if (do_stat(rel, &st) < 0) {
+			if (x_stat(rel, &sx.st, NULL) < 0) {
 				rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
 					"make_bak_dir stat %s failed",
 					full_fname(rel));
 			} else {
-				do_lchown(fullpath, st.st_uid, st.st_gid);
-				do_chmod(fullpath, st.st_mode);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+				sx.acc_acl = sx.def_acl = NULL;
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+				sx.xattr = NULL;
+#endif
+				if (!(file = make_file(rel, NULL, NULL, 0, NO_FILTERS)))
+					continue;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+				if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
+					get_acl(rel, &sx);
+					cache_acl(file, &sx);
+					free_acl(&sx);
+				}
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+				if (preserve_xattrs) {
+					get_xattr(rel, &sx);
+					cache_xattr(file, &sx);
+					free_xattr(&sx);
+				}
+#endif
+				set_file_attrs(fbuf, file, NULL, NULL, 0);
+				unmake_file(file);
 			}
 		}
 		*p = '/';
 		p += strlen(p);
 		if (p == end)
 			break;
-		if (do_mkdir(fullpath, 0777 & ~orig_umask) < 0) {
+		if (mkdir_defmode(fbuf) < 0) {
 			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "make_bak_dir mkdir %s failed",
-				full_fname(fullpath));
-			goto failure;
+				full_fname(fbuf));
+			return -1;
 		}
 	}
-	return 0;
 
-failure:
-	while (p != end) {
-		*p = '/';
-		p += strlen(p);
-	}
-	return -1;
+	return 0;
 }
 
 /* robustly move a file, creating new directory structures if necessary */
-static int robust_move(char *src, char *dst)
+static int robust_move(const char *src, char *dst)
 {
-	if (robust_rename(src, dst, 0755) < 0 && (errno != ENOENT
-	    || make_bak_dir(dst) < 0 || robust_rename(src, dst, 0755) < 0))
+	if (robust_rename(src, dst, NULL, 0755) < 0
+	 && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(dst) < 0
+	  || robust_rename(src, dst, NULL, 0755) < 0))
 		return -1;
 	return 0;
 }
@@ -169,37 +190,61 @@ static int robust_move(char *src, char *dst)
 
 /* If we have a --backup-dir, then we get here from make_backup().
  * We will move the file to be deleted into a parallel directory tree. */
-static int keep_backup(char *fname)
+static int keep_backup(const char *fname)
 {
-	STRUCT_STAT st;
+	stat_x sx;
 	struct file_struct *file;
 	char *buf;
 	int kept = 0;
 	int ret_code;
 
 	/* return if no file to keep */
-	if (do_lstat(fname, &st) < 0)
+	if (x_lstat(fname, &sx.st, NULL) < 0)
 		return 1;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+	sx.acc_acl = sx.def_acl = NULL;
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+	sx.xattr = NULL;
+#endif
 
-	if (!(file = make_file(fname, NULL, NO_FILTERS)))
+	if (!(file = make_file(fname, NULL, NULL, 0, NO_FILTERS)))
 		return 1; /* the file could have disappeared */
 
-	if (!(buf = get_backup_name(fname)))
+	if (!(buf = get_backup_name(fname))) {
+		unmake_file(file);
 		return 0;
+	}
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+	if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
+		get_acl(fname, &sx);
+		cache_acl(file, &sx);
+		free_acl(&sx);
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+	if (preserve_xattrs) {
+		get_xattr(fname, &sx);
+		cache_xattr(file, &sx);
+		free_xattr(&sx);
+	}
+#endif
 
 	/* Check to see if this is a device file, or link */
-	if (IS_DEVICE(file->mode)) {
-		if (am_root && preserve_devices) {
-			if (do_mknod(buf, file->mode, file->u.rdev) < 0
-			    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
-			     || do_mknod(buf, file->mode, file->u.rdev) < 0)) {
-				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "mknod %s failed",
-					full_fname(buf));
-			} else if (verbose > 2) {
-				rprintf(FINFO,
-					"make_backup: DEVICE %s successful.\n",
-					safe_fname(fname));
-			}
+	if ((am_root && preserve_devices && IS_DEVICE(file->mode))
+	 || (preserve_specials && IS_SPECIAL(file->mode))) {
+		uint32 *devp = F_RDEV_P(file);
+		dev_t rdev = MAKEDEV(DEV_MAJOR(devp), DEV_MINOR(devp));
+		do_unlink(buf);
+		if (do_mknod(buf, file->mode, rdev) < 0
+		    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
+		     || do_mknod(buf, file->mode, rdev) < 0)) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "mknod %s failed",
+				full_fname(buf));
+		} else if (verbose > 2) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: DEVICE %s successful.\n",
+				fname);
 		}
 		kept = 1;
 		do_unlink(fname);
@@ -224,27 +269,31 @@ static int keep_backup(char *fname)
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
 	if (!kept && preserve_links && S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
-		if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(file->u.link, buf)) {
+		const char *sl = F_SYMLINK(file);
+		if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(sl, buf)) {
 			if (verbose) {
 				rprintf(FINFO, "ignoring unsafe symlink %s -> %s\n",
-					full_fname(buf), file->u.link);
+					full_fname(buf), sl);
 			}
 			kept = 1;
+		} else {
+			do_unlink(buf);
+			if (do_symlink(sl, buf) < 0
+			    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
+			     || do_symlink(sl, buf) < 0)) {
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "link %s -> \"%s\"",
+					full_fname(buf), sl);
+			}
+			do_unlink(fname);
+			kept = 1;
 		}
-		if (do_symlink(file->u.link, buf) < 0
-		    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
-		     || do_symlink(file->u.link, buf) < 0)) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "link %s -> \"%s\"",
-				full_fname(buf), safe_fname(file->u.link));
-		}
-		do_unlink(fname);
-		kept = 1;
 	}
 #endif
 
 	if (!kept && !S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
 		rprintf(FINFO, "make_bak: skipping non-regular file %s\n",
-			safe_fname(fname));
+			fname);
+		unmake_file(file);
 		return 1;
 	}
 
@@ -252,26 +301,26 @@ static int keep_backup(char *fname)
 	if (!kept) {
 		if (robust_move(fname, buf) != 0) {
 			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "keep_backup failed: %s -> \"%s\"",
-				full_fname(fname), safe_fname(buf));
-		} else if (st.st_nlink > 1) {
+				full_fname(fname), buf);
+		} else if (sx.st.st_nlink > 1) {
 			/* If someone has hard-linked the file into the backup
 			 * dir, rename() might return success but do nothing! */
 			robust_unlink(fname); /* Just in case... */
 		}
 	}
-	set_perms(buf, file, NULL, 0);
-	free(file);
+	set_file_attrs(buf, file, NULL, fname, 0);
+	unmake_file(file);
 
 	if (verbose > 1) {
 		rprintf(FINFO, "backed up %s to %s\n",
-			safe_fname(fname), safe_fname(buf));
+			fname, buf);
 	}
 	return 1;
 }
 
 
 /* main backup switch routine */
-int make_backup(char *fname)
+int make_backup(const char *fname)
 {
 	if (backup_dir)
 		return keep_backup(fname);

batch.c

@@ -1,14 +1,28 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
-
-   Weiss 1/1999
-   Batch utilities for rsync.
-
-*/
+/*
+ * Support for the batch-file options.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Weiss
+ * Copyright (C) 2004 Chris Shoemaker
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "zlib/zlib.h"
 #include <time.h>
 
-extern int am_sender;
 extern int eol_nulls;
 extern int recurse;
 extern int xfer_dirs;
@@ -17,22 +31,42 @@ extern int preserve_hard_links;
 extern int preserve_devices;
 extern int preserve_uid;
 extern int preserve_gid;
+extern int preserve_acls;
+extern int preserve_xattrs;
 extern int always_checksum;
+extern int do_compression;
+extern int inplace;
+extern int append_mode;
 extern int protocol_version;
 extern char *batch_name;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+extern char *iconv_opt;
+#endif
 
 extern struct filter_list_struct filter_list;
 
-static int fudged_recurse;
+int batch_stream_flags;
+
+static int tweaked_append;
+static int tweaked_append_verify;
+static int tweaked_iconv;
 
 static int *flag_ptr[] = {
-	&fudged_recurse,
-	&preserve_uid,
-	&preserve_gid,
-	&preserve_links,
-	&preserve_devices,
-	&preserve_hard_links,
-	&always_checksum,
+	&recurse,		/* 0 */
+	&preserve_uid,		/* 1 */
+	&preserve_gid,		/* 2 */
+	&preserve_links,	/* 3 */
+	&preserve_devices,	/* 4 */
+	&preserve_hard_links,	/* 5 */
+	&always_checksum,	/* 6 */
+	&xfer_dirs,		/* 7 (protocol 29) */
+	&do_compression,	/* 8 (protocol 29) */
+	&tweaked_iconv,		/* 9  (protocol 30) */
+	&preserve_acls,		/* 10 (protocol 30) */
+	&preserve_xattrs,	/* 11 (protocol 30) */
+	&inplace,		/* 12 (protocol 30) */
+	&tweaked_append,	/* 13 (protocol 30) */
+	&tweaked_append_verify,	/* 14 (protocol 30) */
 	NULL
 };
 
@@ -45,6 +79,13 @@ static char *flag_name[] = {
 	"--hard-links (-H)",
 	"--checksum (-c)",
 	"--dirs (-d)",
+	"--compress (-z)",
+	"--iconv",
+	"--acls (-A)",
+	"--xattrs (-X)",
+	"--inplace",
+	"--append",
+	"--append-verify",
 	NULL
 };
 
@@ -52,9 +93,14 @@ void write_stream_flags(int fd)
 {
 	int i, flags;
 
+	tweaked_append = append_mode == 1;
+	tweaked_append_verify = append_mode == 2;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+	tweaked_iconv = iconv_opt != NULL;
+#endif
+
 	/* Start the batch file with a bitmap of data-stream-affecting
 	 * flags. */
-	fudged_recurse = recurse < 0;
 	for (i = 0, flags = 0; flag_ptr[i]; i++) {
 		if (*flag_ptr[i])
 			flags |= 1 << i;
@@ -64,14 +110,31 @@ void write_stream_flags(int fd)
 
 void read_stream_flags(int fd)
 {
-	int i, flags;
+	batch_stream_flags = read_int(fd);
+}
+
+void check_batch_flags(void)
+{
+	int i;
 
-	fudged_recurse = recurse < 0;
 	if (protocol_version < 29)
-		xfer_dirs = 0;
-	for (i = 0, flags = read_int(fd); flag_ptr[i]; i++) {
-		int set = flags & (1 << i) ? 1 : 0;
+		flag_ptr[7] = NULL;
+	else if (protocol_version < 30)
+		flag_ptr[9] = NULL;
+	tweaked_append = append_mode == 1;
+	tweaked_append_verify = append_mode == 2;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+	tweaked_iconv = iconv_opt != NULL;
+#endif
+	for (i = 0; flag_ptr[i]; i++) {
+		int set = batch_stream_flags & (1 << i) ? 1 : 0;
 		if (*flag_ptr[i] != set) {
+			if (i == 9) {
+				rprintf(FERROR,
+					"%s specify the --iconv option to use this batch file.\n",
+					set ? "Please" : "Do not");
+				exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+			}
 			if (verbose) {
 				rprintf(FINFO,
 					"%sing the %s option to match the batchfile.\n",
@@ -80,9 +143,17 @@ void read_stream_flags(int fd)
 			*flag_ptr[i] = set;
 		}
 	}
-	recurse = fudged_recurse ? -1 : 0;
-	if (protocol_version < 29)
-		xfer_dirs = recurse ? 1 : 0;
+	if (protocol_version < 29) {
+		if (recurse)
+			xfer_dirs |= 1;
+		else if (xfer_dirs < 2)
+			xfer_dirs = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (tweaked_append)
+		append_mode = 1;
+	else if (tweaked_append_verify)
+		append_mode = 2;
 }
 
 static void write_arg(int fd, char *arg)
@@ -134,7 +205,7 @@ static void write_filter_rules(int fd)
  * (hopefully) work. */
 void write_batch_shell_file(int argc, char *argv[], int file_arg_cnt)
 {
-	int fd, i;
+	int fd, i, len;
 	char *p, filename[MAXPATHLEN];
 
 	stringjoin(filename, sizeof filename,
@@ -143,8 +214,8 @@ void write_batch_shell_file(int argc, char *argv[], int file_arg_cnt)
 		     S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IEXEC);
 	if (fd < 0) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Batch file %s open error",
-			safe_fname(filename));
-		exit_cleanup(1);
+			filename);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILESELECT);
 	}
 
 	/* Write argvs info to BATCH.sh file */
@@ -170,19 +241,17 @@ void write_batch_shell_file(int argc, char *argv[], int file_arg_cnt)
 			continue;
 		}
 		write(fd, " ", 1);
-		if (strncmp(p, "--write-batch", 13) == 0) {
+		if (strncmp(p, "--write-batch", len = 13) == 0
+		 || strncmp(p, "--only-write-batch", len = 18) == 0) {
 			write(fd, "--read-batch", 12);
-			if (p[13] == '=') {
+			if (p[len] == '=') {
 				write(fd, "=", 1);
-				write_arg(fd, p + 14);
+				write_arg(fd, p + len + 1);
 			}
 		} else
 			write_arg(fd, p);
 	}
-	if ((p = find_colon(argv[argc - 1])) != NULL) {
-		if (*++p == ':')
-			p++;
-	} else
+	if (!(p = check_for_hostspec(argv[argc - 1], &p, &i)))
 		p = argv[argc - 1];
 	write(fd, " ${1:-", 6);
 	write_arg(fd, p);
@@ -191,42 +260,7 @@ void write_batch_shell_file(int argc, char *argv[], int file_arg_cnt)
 		write_filter_rules(fd);
 	if (write(fd, "\n", 1) != 1 || close(fd) < 0) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Batch file %s write error",
-			safe_fname(filename));
-		exit_cleanup(1);
+			filename);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 	}
 }
-
-void show_flist(int index, struct file_struct **fptr)
-{
-	/*  for debugging    show_flist(flist->count, flist->files * */
-
-	int i;
-	for (i = 0; i < index; i++) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->flags=%#x\n", fptr[i]->flags);
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->modtime=%#lx\n",
-			(long unsigned) fptr[i]->modtime);
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->length=%.0f\n",
-			(double) fptr[i]->length);
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->mode=%#o\n", (int) fptr[i]->mode);
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->basename=%s\n",
-			safe_fname(fptr[i]->basename));
-		if (fptr[i]->dirname) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "flist->dirname=%s\n",
-				safe_fname(fptr[i]->dirname));
-		}
-		if (am_sender && fptr[i]->dir.root) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "flist->dir.root=%s\n",
-				safe_fname(fptr[i]->dir.root));
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/* for debugging */
-void show_argvs(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	int i;
-
-	rprintf(FINFO, "BATCH.C:show_argvs,argc=%d\n", argc);
-	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
-		rprintf(FINFO, "i=%d,argv[i]=%s\n", i, safe_fname(argv[i]));
-}

byteorder.h

@@ -1,26 +1,27 @@
-/* 
-   simple byteorder handling
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1992-1995
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Simple byteorder handling.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1992-1995 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #undef CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT
 
-/* we know that the x86 can handle misalignment and has the "right" 
-   byteorder */
+/* We know that the x86 can handle misalignment and has the same
+ * byte order (LSB-first) as the 32-bit numbers we transmit. */
 #ifdef __i386__
 #define CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT 0
 #endif
@@ -30,13 +31,12 @@
 #endif
 
 #define CVAL(buf,pos) (((unsigned char *)(buf))[pos])
-#define PVAL(buf,pos) ((unsigned)CVAL(buf,pos))
+#define UVAL(buf,pos) ((uint32)CVAL(buf,pos))
 #define SCVAL(buf,pos,val) (CVAL(buf,pos) = (val))
 
-
 #if CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT
-#define SVAL(buf,pos) (PVAL(buf,pos)|PVAL(buf,(pos)+1)<<8)
-#define IVAL(buf,pos) (SVAL(buf,pos)|SVAL(buf,(pos)+2)<<16)
+#define PVAL(buf,pos) (UVAL(buf,pos)|UVAL(buf,(pos)+1)<<8)
+#define IVAL(buf,pos) (PVAL(buf,pos)|PVAL(buf,(pos)+2)<<16)
 #define SSVALX(buf,pos,val) (CVAL(buf,pos)=(val)&0xFF,CVAL(buf,pos+1)=(val)>>8)
 #define SIVALX(buf,pos,val) (SSVALX(buf,pos,val&0xFFFF),SSVALX(buf,pos+2,val>>16))
 #define SIVAL(buf,pos,val) SIVALX((buf),(pos),((uint32)(val)))
@@ -50,5 +50,3 @@
 #define IVAL(buf,pos) (*(uint32 *)((char *)(buf) + (pos)))
 #define SIVAL(buf,pos,val) IVAL(buf,pos)=((uint32)(val))
 #endif
-
-

case_N.h

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ * End-of-run cleanup helper code used by cleanup.c.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2006-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+/* This is included by cleanup.c multiple times, once for every segement in
+ * the _exit_cleanup() code.  This produces the next "case N:" statement in
+ * sequence and increments the cleanup_step variable by 1.  This ensures that
+ * our case statements never get out of whack due to added/removed steps. */
+
+#if !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_0
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_0
+	case 0:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_1
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_1
+	case 1:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_2
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_2
+	case 2:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_3
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_3
+	case 3:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_4
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_4
+	case 4:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_5
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_5
+	case 5:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_6
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_6
+	case 6:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_7
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_7
+	case 7:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_8
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_8
+	case 8:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_9
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_9
+	case 9:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_10
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_10
+	case 10:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_11
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_11
+	case 11:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_12
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_12
+	case 12:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_13
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_13
+	case 13:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_14
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_14
+	case 14:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_15
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_15
+	case 15:
+#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_16
+#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_16
+	case 16:
+#else
+#error Need to add more case statements!
+#endif
+		cleanup_step++;

checksum.c

@@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
 /*
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+ * Routines to support checksumming of bytes.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-int csum_length=2; /* initial value */
-
-#define CSUM_CHUNK 64
-
 extern int checksum_seed;
 extern int protocol_version;
 
+int csum_length = SHORT_SUM_LENGTH; /* initial value */
+
 /*
   a simple 32 bit checksum that can be upadted from either end
   (inspired by Mark Adler's Adler-32 checksum)
@@ -51,54 +51,64 @@ uint32 get_checksum1(char *buf1, int32 len)
 
 void get_checksum2(char *buf, int32 len, char *sum)
 {
-	int32 i;
-	static char *buf1;
-	static int32 len1;
-	struct mdfour m;
+	md_context m;
 
-	if (len > len1) {
-		if (buf1)
-			free(buf1);
-		buf1 = new_array(char, len+4);
-		len1 = len;
-		if (!buf1)
-			out_of_memory("get_checksum2");
+	if (protocol_version >= 30) {
+		uchar seedbuf[4];
+		md5_begin(&m);
+		md5_update(&m, (uchar *)buf, len);
+		if (checksum_seed) {
+			SIVAL(seedbuf, 0, checksum_seed);
+			md5_update(&m, seedbuf, 4);
+		}
+		md5_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
+	} else {
+		int32 i;
+		static char *buf1;
+		static int32 len1;
+
+		mdfour_begin(&m);
+
+		if (len > len1) {
+			if (buf1)
+				free(buf1);
+			buf1 = new_array(char, len+4);
+			len1 = len;
+			if (!buf1)
+				out_of_memory("get_checksum2");
+		}
+
+		memcpy(buf1, buf, len);
+		if (checksum_seed) {
+			SIVAL(buf1,len,checksum_seed);
+			len += 4;
+		}
+
+		for (i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK)
+			mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), CSUM_CHUNK);
+
+		/*
+		 * Prior to version 27 an incorrect MD4 checksum was computed
+		 * by failing to call mdfour_tail() for block sizes that
+		 * are multiples of 64.  This is fixed by calling mdfour_update()
+		 * even when there are no more bytes.
+		 */
+		if (len - i > 0 || protocol_version >= 27)
+			mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), len-i);
+
+		mdfour_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
 	}
-
-	mdfour_begin(&m);
-
-	memcpy(buf1,buf,len);
-	if (checksum_seed) {
-		SIVAL(buf1,len,checksum_seed);
-		len += 4;
-	}
-
-	for(i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
-		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), CSUM_CHUNK);
-	}
-	/*
-	 * Prior to version 27 an incorrect MD4 checksum was computed
-	 * by failing to call mdfour_tail() for block sizes that
-	 * are multiples of 64.  This is fixed by calling mdfour_update()
-	 * even when there are no more bytes.
-	 */
-	if (len - i > 0 || protocol_version >= 27) {
-		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), (len-i));
-	}
-
-	mdfour_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
 }
 
-
-void file_checksum(char *fname,char *sum,OFF_T size)
+void file_checksum(char *fname, char *sum, OFF_T size)
 {
-	OFF_T i;
 	struct map_struct *buf;
+	OFF_T i, len = size;
+	md_context m;
+	int32 remainder;
 	int fd;
-	OFF_T len = size;
-	struct mdfour m;
 
-	memset(sum,0,MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
+	memset(sum, 0, MAX_DIGEST_LEN);
 
 	fd = do_open(fname, O_RDONLY, 0);
 	if (fd == -1)
@@ -106,38 +116,57 @@ void file_checksum(char *fname,char *sum,OFF_T size)
 
 	buf = map_file(fd, size, MAX_MAP_SIZE, CSUM_CHUNK);
 
-	mdfour_begin(&m);
+	if (protocol_version >= 30) {
+		md5_begin(&m);
 
-	for(i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
-		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, CSUM_CHUNK),
-			      CSUM_CHUNK);
+		for (i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
+			md5_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, CSUM_CHUNK),
+				   CSUM_CHUNK);
+		}
+
+		remainder = (int32)(len - i);
+		if (remainder > 0)
+			md5_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, remainder), remainder);
+
+		md5_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
+	} else {
+		mdfour_begin(&m);
+
+		for (i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
+			mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, CSUM_CHUNK),
+				      CSUM_CHUNK);
+		}
+
+		/* Prior to version 27 an incorrect MD4 checksum was computed
+		 * by failing to call mdfour_tail() for block sizes that
+		 * are multiples of 64.  This is fixed by calling mdfour_update()
+		 * even when there are no more bytes. */
+		remainder = (int32)(len - i);
+		if (remainder > 0 || protocol_version >= 27)
+			mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, remainder), remainder);
+
+		mdfour_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
 	}
 
-	/* Prior to version 27 an incorrect MD4 checksum was computed
-	 * by failing to call mdfour_tail() for block sizes that
-	 * are multiples of 64.  This is fixed by calling mdfour_update()
-	 * even when there are no more bytes. */
-	if (len - i > 0 || protocol_version >= 27)
-		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, len-i), len-i);
-
-	mdfour_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
-
 	close(fd);
 	unmap_file(buf);
 }
 
-
 static int32 sumresidue;
-static char sumrbuf[CSUM_CHUNK];
-static struct mdfour md;
+static md_context md;
 
 void sum_init(int seed)
 {
 	char s[4];
-	mdfour_begin(&md);
-	sumresidue = 0;
-	SIVAL(s, 0, seed);
-	sum_update(s, 4);
+
+	if (protocol_version >= 30)
+		md5_begin(&md);
+	else {
+		mdfour_begin(&md);
+		sumresidue = 0;
+		SIVAL(s, 0, seed);
+		sum_update(s, 4);
+	}
 }
 
 /**
@@ -148,18 +177,23 @@ void sum_init(int seed)
  * @todo Perhaps get rid of md and just pass in the address each time.
  * Very slightly clearer and slower.
  **/
-void sum_update(char *p, int32 len)
+void sum_update(const char *p, int32 len)
 {
+	if (protocol_version >= 30) {
+		md5_update(&md, (uchar *)p, len);
+		return;
+	}
+
 	if (len + sumresidue < CSUM_CHUNK) {
-		memcpy(sumrbuf + sumresidue, p, len);
+		memcpy(md.buffer + sumresidue, p, len);
 		sumresidue += len;
 		return;
 	}
 
 	if (sumresidue) {
 		int32 i = CSUM_CHUNK - sumresidue;
-		memcpy(sumrbuf + sumresidue, p, i);
-		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)sumrbuf, CSUM_CHUNK);
+		memcpy(md.buffer + sumresidue, p, i);
+		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)md.buffer, CSUM_CHUNK);
 		len -= i;
 		p += i;
 	}
@@ -172,13 +206,20 @@ void sum_update(char *p, int32 len)
 
 	sumresidue = len;
 	if (sumresidue)
-		memcpy(sumrbuf, p, sumresidue);
+		memcpy(md.buffer, p, sumresidue);
 }
 
-void sum_end(char *sum)
+int sum_end(char *sum)
 {
+	if (protocol_version >= 30) {
+		md5_result(&md, (uchar *)sum);
+		return MD5_DIGEST_LEN;
+	}
+
 	if (sumresidue || protocol_version >= 27)
-		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)sumrbuf, sumresidue);
+		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)md.buffer, sumresidue);
 
 	mdfour_result(&md, (uchar *)sum);
+
+	return MD4_DIGEST_LEN;
 }

chmod.c

@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/*
+ * Implement the core of the --chmod option.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Scott Howard
+ * Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+extern mode_t orig_umask;
+
+#define FLAG_X_KEEP (1<<0)
+#define FLAG_DIRS_ONLY (1<<1)
+#define FLAG_FILES_ONLY (1<<2)
+
+struct chmod_mode_struct {
+	struct chmod_mode_struct *next;
+	int ModeAND, ModeOR;
+	char flags;
+};
+
+#define CHMOD_ADD 1
+#define CHMOD_SUB 2
+#define CHMOD_EQ  3
+
+#define STATE_ERROR 0
+#define STATE_1ST_HALF 1
+#define STATE_2ND_HALF 2
+
+/* Parse a chmod-style argument, and break it down into one or more AND/OR
+ * pairs in a linked list.  We return a pointer to new items on succcess
+ * (appending the items to the specified list), or NULL on error. */
+struct chmod_mode_struct *parse_chmod(const char *modestr,
+				      struct chmod_mode_struct **root_mode_ptr)
+{
+	int state = STATE_1ST_HALF;
+	int where = 0, what = 0, op = 0, topbits = 0, topoct = 0, flags = 0;
+	struct chmod_mode_struct *first_mode = NULL, *curr_mode = NULL,
+				 *prev_mode = NULL;
+
+	while (state != STATE_ERROR) {
+		if (!*modestr || *modestr == ',') {
+			int bits;
+
+			if (!op) {
+				state = STATE_ERROR;
+				break;
+			}
+			prev_mode = curr_mode;
+			curr_mode = new_array(struct chmod_mode_struct, 1);
+			if (prev_mode)
+				prev_mode->next = curr_mode;
+			else
+				first_mode = curr_mode;
+			curr_mode->next = NULL;
+
+			if (where)
+				bits = where * what;
+			else {
+				where = 0111;
+				bits = (where * what) & ~orig_umask;
+			}
+
+			switch (op) {
+			case CHMOD_ADD:
+				curr_mode->ModeAND = CHMOD_BITS;
+				curr_mode->ModeOR  = bits + topoct;
+				break;
+			case CHMOD_SUB:
+				curr_mode->ModeAND = CHMOD_BITS - bits - topoct;
+				curr_mode->ModeOR  = 0;
+				break;
+			case CHMOD_EQ:
+				curr_mode->ModeAND = CHMOD_BITS - (where * 7) - (topoct ? topbits : 0);
+				curr_mode->ModeOR  = bits + topoct;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			curr_mode->flags = flags;
+
+			if (!*modestr)
+				break;
+			modestr++;
+
+			state = STATE_1ST_HALF;
+			where = what = op = topoct = topbits = flags = 0;
+		}
+
+		if (state != STATE_2ND_HALF) {
+			switch (*modestr) {
+			case 'D':
+				if (flags & FLAG_FILES_ONLY)
+					state = STATE_ERROR;
+				flags |= FLAG_DIRS_ONLY;
+				break;
+			case 'F':
+				if (flags & FLAG_DIRS_ONLY)
+					state = STATE_ERROR;
+				flags |= FLAG_FILES_ONLY;
+				break;
+			case 'u':
+				where |= 0100;
+				topbits |= 04000;
+				break;
+			case 'g':
+				where |= 0010;
+				topbits |= 02000;
+				break;
+			case 'o':
+				where |= 0001;
+				break;
+			case 'a':
+				where |= 0111;
+				break;
+			case '+':
+				op = CHMOD_ADD;
+				state = STATE_2ND_HALF;
+				break;
+			case '-':
+				op = CHMOD_SUB;
+				state = STATE_2ND_HALF;
+				break;
+			case '=':
+				op = CHMOD_EQ;
+				state = STATE_2ND_HALF;
+				break;
+			default:
+				state = STATE_ERROR;
+				break;
+			}
+		} else {
+			switch (*modestr) {
+			case 'r':
+				what |= 4;
+				break;
+			case 'w':
+				what |= 2;
+				break;
+			case 'X':
+				flags |= FLAG_X_KEEP;
+				/* FALL THROUGH */
+			case 'x':
+				what |= 1;
+				break;
+			case 's':
+				if (topbits)
+					topoct |= topbits;
+				else
+					topoct = 04000;
+				break;
+			case 't':
+				topoct |= 01000;
+				break;
+			default:
+				state = STATE_ERROR;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		modestr++;
+	}
+
+	if (state == STATE_ERROR) {
+		free_chmod_mode(first_mode);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (!(curr_mode = *root_mode_ptr))
+		*root_mode_ptr = first_mode;
+	else {
+		while (curr_mode->next)
+			curr_mode = curr_mode->next;
+		curr_mode->next = first_mode;
+	}
+
+	return first_mode;
+}
+
+
+/* Takes an existing file permission and a list of AND/OR changes, and
+ * create a new permissions. */
+int tweak_mode(int mode, struct chmod_mode_struct *chmod_modes)
+{
+	int IsX = mode & 0111;
+	int NonPerm = mode & ~CHMOD_BITS;
+
+	for ( ; chmod_modes; chmod_modes = chmod_modes->next) {
+		if ((chmod_modes->flags & FLAG_DIRS_ONLY) && !S_ISDIR(NonPerm))
+			continue;
+		if ((chmod_modes->flags & FLAG_FILES_ONLY) && S_ISDIR(NonPerm))
+			continue;
+		mode &= chmod_modes->ModeAND;
+		if ((chmod_modes->flags & FLAG_X_KEEP) && !IsX && !S_ISDIR(NonPerm))
+			mode |= chmod_modes->ModeOR & ~0111;
+		else
+			mode |= chmod_modes->ModeOR;
+	}
+
+	return mode | NonPerm;
+}
+
+/* Free the linked list created by parse_chmod. */
+int free_chmod_mode(struct chmod_mode_struct *chmod_modes)
+{
+	struct chmod_mode_struct *next;
+
+	while (chmod_modes) {
+		next = chmod_modes->next;
+		free(chmod_modes);
+		chmod_modes = next;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}

cleanup.c

@@ -1,30 +1,38 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
-
-   Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * End-of-run cleanup routines.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
+extern int am_server;
+extern int am_daemon;
 extern int io_error;
 extern int keep_partial;
-extern int log_got_error;
+extern int got_xfer_error;
 extern char *partial_dir;
+extern char *logfile_name;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SIGACTION
+static struct sigaction sigact;
+#endif
 
 /**
  * Close all open sockets and files, allowing a (somewhat) graceful
@@ -70,8 +78,8 @@ void close_all(void)
  **/
 int cleanup_got_literal = 0;
 
-static char *cleanup_fname;
-static char *cleanup_new_fname;
+static const char *cleanup_fname;
+static const char *cleanup_new_fname;
 static struct file_struct *cleanup_file;
 static int cleanup_fd_r, cleanup_fd_w;
 static pid_t cleanup_pid = 0;
@@ -83,89 +91,133 @@ pid_t cleanup_child_pid = -1;
  *
  * @param code one of the RERR_* codes from errcode.h.
  **/
-void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
+NORETURN void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
 {
-	int ocode = code;
-	static int inside_cleanup = 0;
+	static int cleanup_step = 0;
+	static int exit_code = 0;
+	static int unmodified_code = 0;
 
-	if (inside_cleanup > 10) {
-		/* prevent the occasional infinite recursion */
-		return;
-	}
-	inside_cleanup++;
+	SIGACTION(SIGUSR1, SIG_IGN);
+	SIGACTION(SIGUSR2, SIG_IGN);
 
-	signal(SIGUSR1, SIG_IGN);
-	signal(SIGUSR2, SIG_IGN);
+	if (exit_code) /* Preserve first error code when recursing. */
+		code = exit_code;
 
-	if (verbose > 3) {
-		rprintf(FINFO,"_exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): entered\n",
-			code, safe_fname(file), line);
-	}
+	/* If this is the exit at the end of the run, the server side
+	 * should not attempt to output a message (see log.c). */
+	if (am_server && code == 0)
+		am_server = 2;
 
-	if (cleanup_child_pid != -1) {
-		int status;
-		if (waitpid(cleanup_child_pid, &status, WNOHANG) == cleanup_child_pid) {
-			status = WEXITSTATUS(status);
-			if (status > code)
-				code = status;
+	/* Some of our actions might cause a recursive call back here, so we
+	 * keep track of where we are in the cleanup and never repeat a step. */
+	switch (cleanup_step) {
+#include "case_N.h" /* case 0: cleanup_step++; */
+
+		exit_code = unmodified_code = code;
+
+		if (verbose > 3) {
+			rprintf(FINFO,
+				"_exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): entered\n",
+				code, file, line);
 		}
-	}
 
-	if (cleanup_got_literal && cleanup_fname && keep_partial
-	    && handle_partial_dir(cleanup_new_fname, PDIR_CREATE)) {
-		char *fname = cleanup_fname;
-		cleanup_fname = NULL;
-		if (cleanup_fd_r != -1)
-			close(cleanup_fd_r);
-		if (cleanup_fd_w != -1) {
-			flush_write_file(cleanup_fd_w);
-			close(cleanup_fd_w);
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#include "case_N.h"
+
+		if (cleanup_child_pid != -1) {
+			int status;
+			int pid = wait_process(cleanup_child_pid, &status, WNOHANG);
+			if (pid == cleanup_child_pid) {
+				status = WEXITSTATUS(status);
+				if (status > code)
+					code = exit_code = status;
+			}
 		}
-		finish_transfer(cleanup_new_fname, fname, cleanup_file, 0,
-				!partial_dir);
-	}
-	io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
-	if (cleanup_fname)
-		do_unlink(cleanup_fname);
-	if (code)
-		kill_all(SIGUSR1);
-	if (cleanup_pid && cleanup_pid == getpid()) {
-		char *pidf = lp_pid_file();
-		if (pidf && *pidf)
-			unlink(lp_pid_file());
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#include "case_N.h"
+
+		if (cleanup_got_literal && cleanup_fname && cleanup_new_fname
+		 && keep_partial && handle_partial_dir(cleanup_new_fname, PDIR_CREATE)) {
+			const char *fname = cleanup_fname;
+			cleanup_fname = NULL;
+			if (cleanup_fd_r != -1)
+				close(cleanup_fd_r);
+			if (cleanup_fd_w != -1) {
+				flush_write_file(cleanup_fd_w);
+				close(cleanup_fd_w);
+			}
+			finish_transfer(cleanup_new_fname, fname, NULL, NULL,
+					cleanup_file, 0, !partial_dir);
+		}
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#include "case_N.h"
+
+		io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#include "case_N.h"
+
+		if (cleanup_fname)
+			do_unlink(cleanup_fname);
+		if (code)
+			kill_all(SIGUSR1);
+		if (cleanup_pid && cleanup_pid == getpid()) {
+			char *pidf = lp_pid_file();
+			if (pidf && *pidf)
+				unlink(lp_pid_file());
+		}
+
+		if (code == 0) {
+			if (io_error & IOERR_DEL_LIMIT)
+				code = exit_code = RERR_DEL_LIMIT;
+			if (io_error & IOERR_VANISHED)
+				code = exit_code = RERR_VANISHED;
+			if (io_error & IOERR_GENERAL || got_xfer_error)
+				code = exit_code = RERR_PARTIAL;
+		}
+
+		if (code || am_daemon || (logfile_name && (am_server || !verbose)))
+			log_exit(code, file, line);
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#include "case_N.h"
+
+		if (verbose > 2) {
+			rprintf(FINFO,
+				"_exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): "
+				"about to call exit(%d)\n",
+				unmodified_code, file, line, code);
+		}
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#include "case_N.h"
+
+		if (am_server && code)
+			msleep(100);
+		close_all();
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+		break;
 	}
 
-	if (code == 0) {
-		if ((io_error & ~IOERR_VANISHED) || log_got_error)
-			code = RERR_PARTIAL;
-		else if (io_error)
-			code = RERR_VANISHED;
-	}
-
-	if (code)
-		log_exit(code, file, line);
-
-	if (verbose > 2) {
-		rprintf(FINFO,"_exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): about to call exit(%d)\n",
-			ocode, safe_fname(file), line, code);
-	}
-
-	close_all();
 	exit(code);
 }
 
 void cleanup_disable(void)
 {
-	cleanup_fname = NULL;
+	cleanup_fname = cleanup_new_fname = NULL;
 	cleanup_got_literal = 0;
 }
 
 
-void cleanup_set(char *fnametmp, char *fname, struct file_struct *file,
+void cleanup_set(const char *fnametmp, const char *fname, struct file_struct *file,
 		 int fd_r, int fd_w)
 {
 	cleanup_fname = fnametmp;
-	cleanup_new_fname = fname;
+	cleanup_new_fname = fname; /* can be NULL on a partial-dir failure */
 	cleanup_file = file;
 	cleanup_fd_r = fd_r;
 	cleanup_fd_w = fd_w;

clientname.c

@@ -1,40 +1,34 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
-
-   rsync -- fast file replication program
-
-   Copyright (C) 1992-2001 by Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
-   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-/**
- * @file clientname.c
- *
+/*
  * Functions for looking up the remote name or addr of a socket.
  *
+ * Copyright (C) 1992-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+/*
  * This file is now converted to use the new-style getaddrinfo()
  * interface, which supports IPv6 but is also supported on recent
  * IPv4-only machines.  On systems that don't have that interface, we
  * emulate it using the KAME implementation.
- **/
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 static const char default_name[] = "UNKNOWN";
-extern int am_daemon;
 extern int am_server;
 
 
@@ -55,7 +49,7 @@ char *client_addr(int fd)
 	initialised = 1;
 
 	if (am_server) {	/* daemon over --rsh mode */
-		strcpy(addr_buf, "0.0.0.0");
+		strlcpy(addr_buf, "0.0.0.0", sizeof addr_buf);
 		if ((ssh_info = getenv("SSH_CONNECTION")) != NULL
 		    || (ssh_info = getenv("SSH_CLIENT")) != NULL
 		    || (ssh_info = getenv("SSH2_CLIENT")) != NULL) {
@@ -104,7 +98,7 @@ char *client_name(int fd)
 	if (initialised)
 		return name_buf;
 
-	strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+	strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, sizeof name_buf);
 	initialised = 1;
 
 	memset(&ss, 0, sizeof ss);
@@ -138,6 +132,8 @@ char *client_name(int fd)
 			memcpy(&ss, answer->ai_addr, ss_len);
 			break;
 #endif
+		default:
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_SOCKETIO);
 		}
 		freeaddrinfo(answer);
 	} else {
@@ -147,7 +143,7 @@ char *client_name(int fd)
 
 	if (lookup_name(fd, &ss, ss_len, name_buf, sizeof name_buf,
 			port_buf, sizeof port_buf) == 0)
-		check_name(fd, &ss, name_buf);
+		check_name(fd, &ss, name_buf, sizeof name_buf);
 
 	return name_buf;
 }
@@ -211,18 +207,18 @@ void client_sockaddr(int fd,
  **/
 int lookup_name(int fd, const struct sockaddr_storage *ss,
 		socklen_t ss_len,
-		char *name_buf, size_t name_buf_len,
-		char *port_buf, size_t port_buf_len)
+		char *name_buf, size_t name_buf_size,
+		char *port_buf, size_t port_buf_size)
 {
 	int name_err;
 
 	/* reverse lookup */
 	name_err = getnameinfo((struct sockaddr *) ss, ss_len,
-			       name_buf, name_buf_len,
-			       port_buf, port_buf_len,
+			       name_buf, name_buf_size,
+			       port_buf, port_buf_size,
 			       NI_NAMEREQD | NI_NUMERICSERV);
 	if (name_err != 0) {
-		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+		strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, name_buf_size);
 		rprintf(FLOG, "name lookup failed for %s: %s\n",
 			client_addr(fd), gai_strerror(name_err));
 		return name_err;
@@ -270,7 +266,7 @@ int compare_addrinfo_sockaddr(const struct addrinfo *ai,
 
 		if (ai->ai_addrlen < sizeof (struct sockaddr_in6)) {
 			rprintf(FLOG, "%s: too short sockaddr_in6; length=%d\n",
-				fn, ai->ai_addrlen);
+				fn, (int)ai->ai_addrlen);
 			return 1;
 		}
 
@@ -303,7 +299,7 @@ int compare_addrinfo_sockaddr(const struct addrinfo *ai,
  **/
 int check_name(int fd,
 	       const struct sockaddr_storage *ss,
-	       char *name_buf)
+	       char *name_buf, size_t name_buf_size)
 {
 	struct addrinfo hints, *res, *res0;
 	int error;
@@ -317,11 +313,10 @@ int check_name(int fd,
 	if (error) {
 		rprintf(FLOG, "forward name lookup for %s failed: %s\n",
 			name_buf, gai_strerror(error));
-		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+		strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, name_buf_size);
 		return error;
 	}
 
-
 	/* Given all these results, we expect that one of them will be
 	 * the same as ss.  The comparison is a bit complicated. */
 	for (res = res0; res; res = res->ai_next) {
@@ -334,13 +329,13 @@ int check_name(int fd,
 		 * address that was the same as ss. */
 		rprintf(FLOG, "no known address for \"%s\": "
 			"spoofed address?\n", name_buf);
-		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+		strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, name_buf_size);
 	} else if (res == NULL) {
 		/* We hit the end of the list without finding an
 		 * address that was the same as ss. */
 		rprintf(FLOG, "%s is not a known address for \"%s\": "
 			"spoofed address?\n", client_addr(fd), name_buf);
-		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+		strlcpy(name_buf, default_name, name_buf_size);
 	}
 
 	freeaddrinfo(res0);

compat.c

@@ -1,43 +1,150 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-/**
- * @file compat.c
- *
+/*
  * Compatibility routines for older rsync protocol versions.
- **/
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
+ * Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 int remote_protocol = 0;
+int file_extra_cnt = 0; /* count of file-list extras that everyone gets */
+int inc_recurse = 0;
 
 extern int verbose;
 extern int am_server;
 extern int am_sender;
+extern int local_server;
+extern int inplace;
+extern int recurse;
+extern int use_qsort;
+extern int allow_inc_recurse;
+extern int append_mode;
 extern int fuzzy_basis;
 extern int read_batch;
+extern int delay_updates;
 extern int checksum_seed;
+extern int basis_dir_cnt;
+extern int prune_empty_dirs;
 extern int protocol_version;
+extern int protect_args;
+extern int preserve_uid;
+extern int preserve_gid;
+extern int preserve_acls;
+extern int preserve_xattrs;
+extern int need_messages_from_generator;
+extern int delete_mode, delete_before, delete_during, delete_after;
+extern char *shell_cmd;
+extern char *partial_dir;
+extern char *dest_option;
+extern char *files_from;
+extern char *filesfrom_host;
+extern struct filter_list_struct filter_list;
+extern int need_unsorted_flist;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+extern iconv_t ic_send, ic_recv;
+#endif
+
+/* These index values are for the file-list's extra-attribute array. */
+int uid_ndx, gid_ndx, acls_ndx, xattrs_ndx, unsort_ndx;
+
+int receiver_symlink_times = 0; /* receiver can set the time on a symlink */
+
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+int filesfrom_convert = 0;
+#endif
+
+#define CF_INC_RECURSE	 (1<<0)
+#define CF_SYMLINK_TIMES (1<<1)
+
+static const char *client_info;
+
+/* The server makes sure that if either side only supports a pre-release
+ * version of a protocol, that both sides must speak a compatible version
+ * of that protocol for it to be advertised as available. */
+static void check_sub_protocol(void)
+{
+	char *dot;
+	int their_protocol, their_sub;
+#if SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION != 0
+	int our_sub = protocol_version < PROTOCOL_VERSION ? 0 : SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION;
+#else
+	int our_sub = 0;
+#endif
+
+	/* client_info starts with VER.SUB string if client is a pre-release. */
+	if (!(their_protocol = atoi(client_info))
+	 || !(dot = strchr(client_info, '.'))
+	 || !(their_sub = atoi(dot+1))) {
+#if SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION != 0
+		if (our_sub)
+			protocol_version--;
+#endif
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (their_protocol < protocol_version) {
+		if (their_sub)
+			protocol_version = their_protocol - 1;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (their_protocol > protocol_version)
+		their_sub = 0; /* 0 == final version of older protocol */
+	if (their_sub != our_sub)
+		protocol_version--;
+}
+
+void set_allow_inc_recurse(void)
+{
+	client_info = shell_cmd ? shell_cmd : "";
+
+	if (!recurse || use_qsort)
+		allow_inc_recurse = 0;
+	else if (!am_sender
+	 && (delete_before || delete_after
+	  || delay_updates || prune_empty_dirs))
+		allow_inc_recurse = 0;
+	else if (am_server && !local_server
+	 && (strchr(client_info, 'i') == NULL))
+		allow_inc_recurse = 0;
+}
 
 void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 {
+	if (am_sender)
+		file_extra_cnt += PTR_EXTRA_CNT;
+	else
+		file_extra_cnt++;
+	if (preserve_uid)
+		uid_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
+	if (preserve_gid)
+		gid_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
+	if (preserve_acls && !am_sender)
+		acls_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
+	if (preserve_xattrs)
+		xattrs_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
+
+	if (am_server)
+		set_allow_inc_recurse();
+
 	if (remote_protocol == 0) {
+		if (am_server && !local_server)
+			check_sub_protocol();
 		if (!read_batch)
 			write_int(f_out, protocol_version);
 		remote_protocol = read_int(f_in);
@@ -45,7 +152,7 @@ void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 			protocol_version = remote_protocol;
 	}
 	if (read_batch && remote_protocol > protocol_version) {
-	        rprintf(FERROR, "The protocol version in the batch file is too new (%d > %d).\n",
+		rprintf(FERROR, "The protocol version in the batch file is too new (%d > %d).\n",
 			remote_protocol, protocol_version);
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 	}
@@ -74,14 +181,122 @@ void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 			PROTOCOL_VERSION, am_server? "Server" : "Client");
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 	}
+	if (read_batch)
+		check_batch_flags();
 
-	if (fuzzy_basis && protocol_version < 29) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,
-			"--fuzzy requres protocol 29 or higher (negotiated %d).\n",
-			protocol_version);
-		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	if (protocol_version < 30) {
+		if (append_mode == 1)
+			append_mode = 2;
+		if (preserve_acls && !local_server) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "--acls requires protocol 30 or higher"
+			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+		if (preserve_xattrs && !local_server) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "--xattrs requires protocol 30 or higher"
+			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
 	}
 
+	if (delete_mode && !(delete_before+delete_during+delete_after)) {
+		if (protocol_version < 30)
+			delete_before = 1;
+		else
+			delete_during = 1;
+	}
+
+	if (protocol_version < 29) {
+		if (fuzzy_basis) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "--fuzzy requires protocol 29 or higher"
+			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+
+		if (basis_dir_cnt && inplace) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "%s with --inplace requires protocol 29 or higher"
+			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    dest_option, protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+
+		if (basis_dir_cnt > 1) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "Using more than one %s option requires protocol"
+			    " 29 or higher (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    dest_option, protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+
+		if (prune_empty_dirs) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "--prune-empty-dirs requires protocol 29 or higher"
+			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+	} else if (protocol_version >= 30) {
+		int compat_flags;
+		if (am_server) {
+			compat_flags = allow_inc_recurse ? CF_INC_RECURSE : 0;
+#if defined HAVE_LUTIMES && defined HAVE_UTIMES
+			compat_flags |= CF_SYMLINK_TIMES;
+#endif
+			write_byte(f_out, compat_flags);
+		} else
+			compat_flags = read_byte(f_in);
+		/* The inc_recurse var MUST be set to 0 or 1. */
+		inc_recurse = compat_flags & CF_INC_RECURSE ? 1 : 0;
+		if (am_sender) {
+			receiver_symlink_times = am_server
+			    ? strchr(client_info, 'L') != NULL
+			    : !!(compat_flags & CF_SYMLINK_TIMES);
+		}
+#if defined HAVE_LUTIMES && defined HAVE_UTIMES
+		else
+			receiver_symlink_times = 1;
+#endif
+		if (inc_recurse && !allow_inc_recurse) {
+			/* This should only be able to happen in a batch. */
+			fprintf(stderr,
+			    "Incompatible options specified for inc-recursive %s.\n",
+			    read_batch ? "batch file" : "connection");
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+		}
+		need_messages_from_generator = 1;
+#if defined HAVE_LUTIMES && defined HAVE_UTIMES
+	} else if (!am_sender) {
+		receiver_symlink_times = 1;
+#endif
+	}
+
+	if (need_unsorted_flist && (!am_sender || inc_recurse))
+		unsort_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
+
+	if (partial_dir && *partial_dir != '/' && (!am_server || local_server)) {
+		int flags = MATCHFLG_NO_PREFIXES | MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY;
+		if (!am_sender || protocol_version >= 30)
+			flags |= MATCHFLG_PERISHABLE;
+		parse_rule(&filter_list, partial_dir, flags, 0);
+	}
+
+
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+	if (protect_args && files_from) {
+		if (am_sender)
+			filesfrom_convert = filesfrom_host && ic_send != (iconv_t)-1;
+		else
+			filesfrom_convert = !filesfrom_host && ic_recv != (iconv_t)-1;
+	}
+#endif
+
 	if (am_server) {
 		if (!checksum_seed)
 			checksum_seed = time(NULL);

config.sub

@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Configuration validation subroutine script.
 #   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation,
+#   Inc.
 
-timestamp='2003-08-18'
+timestamp='2006-07-02'
 
 # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
 # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
@@ -21,14 +22,15 @@ timestamp='2003-08-18'
 #
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+#
 # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
 # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
 # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
 # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
 
+
 # Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.  Submit a context
 # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
 #
@@ -70,7 +72,7 @@ Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
 version="\
 GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
 
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
@@ -83,11 +85,11 @@ Try \`$me --help' for more information."
 while test $# -gt 0 ; do
   case $1 in
     --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
-       echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
     --version | -v )
-       echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
     --help | --h* | -h )
-       echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
     -- )     # Stop option processing
        shift; break ;;
     - )	# Use stdin as input.
@@ -99,7 +101,7 @@ while test $# -gt 0 ; do
     *local*)
        # First pass through any local machine types.
        echo $1
-       exit 0;;
+       exit ;;
 
     * )
        break ;;
@@ -118,7 +120,9 @@ esac
 # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
 maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
 case $maybe_os in
-  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | kfreebsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
+  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
+  uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
+  storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
     os=-$maybe_os
     basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
     ;;
@@ -144,7 +148,7 @@ case $os in
 	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
 	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
 	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
-	-apple | -axis)
+	-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
 		os=
 		basic_machine=$1
 		;;
@@ -169,6 +173,10 @@ case $os in
 	-hiux*)
 		os=-hiuxwe2
 		;;
+	-sco6)
+		os=-sco5v6
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
 	-sco5)
 		os=-sco3.2v5
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
@@ -185,6 +193,10 @@ case $os in
 		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
 		;;
+	-sco5v6*)
+		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
 	-sco*)
 		os=-sco3.2v2
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
@@ -229,14 +241,16 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
 	| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
 	| am33_2.0 \
-	| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \
+	| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
+	| bfin \
 	| c4x | clipper \
 	| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
 	| fr30 | frv \
 	| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
 	| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
 	| ip2k | iq2000 \
-	| m32r | m68000 | m68k | m88k | mcore \
+	| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
+	| maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore \
 	| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
 	| mips16 \
 	| mips64 | mips64el \
@@ -245,6 +259,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
 	| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
 	| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
+	| mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
 	| mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
 	| mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
 	| mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
@@ -253,20 +268,23 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
 	| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
 	| mn10200 | mn10300 \
+	| mt \
 	| msp430 \
+	| nios | nios2 \
 	| ns16k | ns32k \
-	| openrisc | or32 \
+	| or32 \
 	| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
 	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
 	| pyramid \
-	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
+	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
 	| sh64 | sh64le \
-	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \
-	| strongarm \
+	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
+	| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
+	| spu | strongarm \
 	| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
 	| v850 | v850e \
 	| we32k \
-	| x86 | xscale | xstormy16 | xtensa \
+	| x86 | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
 	| z8k)
 		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
 		;;
@@ -277,6 +295,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		;;
 	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
 		;;
+	ms1)
+		basic_machine=mt-unknown
+		;;
 
 	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
 	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
@@ -296,10 +317,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
 	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
 	| arm-*  | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
-	| avr-* \
-	| bs2000-* \
+	| avr-* | avr32-* \
+	| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
 	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
-	| clipper-* | cydra-* \
+	| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
 	| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
 	| elxsi-* \
 	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
@@ -307,9 +328,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
 	| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
 	| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
-	| m32r-* \
+	| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
 	| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
-	| m88110-* | m88k-* | mcore-* \
+	| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \
 	| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
 	| mips16-* \
 	| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
@@ -318,6 +339,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
 	| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
 	| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
+	| mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
 	| mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
 	| mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
 	| mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
@@ -325,24 +347,28 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
 	| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
 	| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
+	| mmix-* \
+	| mt-* \
 	| msp430-* \
-	| none-* | np1-* | nv1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
+	| nios-* | nios2-* \
+	| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
 	| orion-* \
 	| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
 	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
 	| pyramid-* \
 	| romp-* | rs6000-* \
-	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \
+	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
 	| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
-	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* | sparclite-* \
-	| sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
+	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
+	| sparclite-* \
+	| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
 	| tahoe-* | thumb-* \
 	| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
 	| tron-* \
 	| v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
 	| we32k-* \
-	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xstormy16-* \
-	| xtensa-* \
+	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
+	| xstormy16-* | xtensa-* \
 	| ymp-* \
 	| z8k-*)
 		;;
@@ -362,6 +388,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=a29k-amd
 		os=-udi
 		;;
+    	abacus)
+		basic_machine=abacus-unknown
+		;;
 	adobe68k)
 		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
 		os=-scout
@@ -379,6 +408,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	amd64)
 		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
 		;;
+	amd64-*)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
 	amdahl)
 		basic_machine=580-amdahl
 		os=-sysv
@@ -438,12 +470,27 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=j90-cray
 		os=-unicos
 		;;
+	craynv)
+		basic_machine=craynv-cray
+		os=-unicosmp
+		;;
+	cr16c)
+		basic_machine=cr16c-unknown
+		os=-elf
+		;;
 	crds | unos)
 		basic_machine=m68k-crds
 		;;
+	crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
+		basic_machine=crisv32-axis
+		;;
 	cris | cris-* | etrax*)
 		basic_machine=cris-axis
 		;;
+	crx)
+		basic_machine=crx-unknown
+		os=-elf
+		;;
 	da30 | da30-*)
 		basic_machine=m68k-da30
 		;;
@@ -466,6 +513,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
 		os=-sysv3
 		;;
+	djgpp)
+		basic_machine=i586-pc
+		os=-msdosdjgpp
+		;;
 	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
 		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
 		os=-bosx
@@ -644,10 +695,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	mips3*)
 		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
 		;;
-	mmix*)
-		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
-		os=-mmixware
-		;;
 	monitor)
 		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
 		os=-coff
@@ -660,6 +707,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i386-pc
 		os=-msdos
 		;;
+	ms1-*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
+		;;
 	mvs)
 		basic_machine=i370-ibm
 		os=-mvs
@@ -728,10 +778,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	np1)
 		basic_machine=np1-gould
 		;;
-	nv1)
-		basic_machine=nv1-cray
-		os=-unicosmp
-		;;
 	nsr-tandem)
 		basic_machine=nsr-tandem
 		;;
@@ -739,9 +785,12 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
 		os=-proelf
 		;;
-	or32 | or32-*)
+	openrisc | openrisc-*)
 		basic_machine=or32-unknown
-		os=-coff
+		;;
+	os400)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
+		os=-os400
 		;;
 	OSE68000 | ose68000)
 		basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
@@ -768,6 +817,12 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	pc532 | pc532-*)
 		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
 		;;
+	pc98)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		;;
+	pc98-*)
+		basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
 	pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
 		basic_machine=i586-pc
 		;;
@@ -824,6 +879,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i586-unknown
 		os=-pw32
 		;;
+	rdos)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-rdos
+		;;
 	rom68k)
 		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
 		os=-coff
@@ -963,6 +1022,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	tower | tower-32)
 		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
 		;;
+	tpf)
+		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+		os=-tpf
+		;;
 	udi29k)
 		basic_machine=a29k-amd
 		os=-udi
@@ -1006,6 +1069,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
 		os=-proelf
 		;;
+	xbox)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		os=-mingw32
+		;;
 	xps | xps100)
 		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
 		;;
@@ -1036,6 +1103,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	romp)
 		basic_machine=romp-ibm
 		;;
+	mmix)
+		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
+		;;
 	rs6000)
 		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
 		;;
@@ -1052,13 +1122,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	we32k)
 		basic_machine=we32k-att
 		;;
-	sh3 | sh4 | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
+	sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
 		basic_machine=sh-unknown
 		;;
-	sh64)
-		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
-		;;
-	sparc | sparcv9 | sparcv9b)
+	sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
 		basic_machine=sparc-sun
 		;;
 	cydra)
@@ -1131,19 +1198,23 @@ case $os in
 	      | -aos* \
 	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
 	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
-	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \
-	      | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
+	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
+	      | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
+	      | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
+	      | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
 	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
 	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
 	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \
 	      | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
-	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
+	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
+	      | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
 	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
 	      | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
 	      | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
 	      | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
 	      | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
-	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei*)
+	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
+	      | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers*)
 	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
 		;;
 	-qnx*)
@@ -1161,7 +1232,7 @@ case $os in
 		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
 		;;
 	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
-	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \
+	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
 	      | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
 		;;
 	-mac*)
@@ -1182,6 +1253,9 @@ case $os in
 	-opened*)
 		os=-openedition
 		;;
+        -os400*)
+		os=-os400
+		;;
 	-wince*)
 		os=-wince
 		;;
@@ -1203,6 +1277,9 @@ case $os in
 	-atheos*)
 		os=-atheos
 		;;
+	-syllable*)
+		os=-syllable
+		;;
 	-386bsd)
 		os=-bsd
 		;;
@@ -1225,6 +1302,9 @@ case $os in
 	-sinix*)
 		os=-sysv4
 		;;
+        -tpf*)
+		os=-tpf
+		;;
 	-triton*)
 		os=-sysv3
 		;;
@@ -1261,6 +1341,9 @@ case $os in
 	-kaos*)
 		os=-kaos
 		;;
+	-zvmoe)
+		os=-zvmoe
+		;;
 	-none)
 		;;
 	*)
@@ -1283,6 +1366,9 @@ else
 # system, and we'll never get to this point.
 
 case $basic_machine in
+        spu-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
 	*-acorn)
 		os=-riscix1.2
 		;;
@@ -1292,9 +1378,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	arm*-semi)
 		os=-aout
 		;;
-    c4x-* | tic4x-*)
-        os=-coff
-        ;;
+        c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+        	os=-coff
+		;;
 	# This must come before the *-dec entry.
 	pdp10-*)
 		os=-tops20
@@ -1338,9 +1424,15 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	*-be)
 		os=-beos
 		;;
+	*-haiku)
+		os=-haiku
+		;;
 	*-ibm)
 		os=-aix
 		;;
+    	*-knuth)
+		os=-mmixware
+		;;
 	*-wec)
 		os=-proelf
 		;;
@@ -1473,9 +1565,15 @@ case $basic_machine in
 			-mvs* | -opened*)
 				vendor=ibm
 				;;
+			-os400*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
 			-ptx*)
 				vendor=sequent
 				;;
+			-tpf*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
 			-vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
 				vendor=wrs
 				;;
@@ -1500,7 +1598,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 esac
 
 echo $basic_machine$os
-exit 0
+exit
 
 # Local variables:
 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)

configure

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#!/bin/sh -e
+# This configure script ensures that the configure.sh script exists, and
+# if not, it tries to fetch rsync's generated files or build them.  We
+# then transfer control to the configure.sh script to do the real work.
+
+dir=`dirname $0`
+realconfigure="$dir/configure.sh"
+
+if test ! -f "$realconfigure"; then
+    if test -f "$HOME/build_farm/build_test.fns"; then
+	# Allow the build farm to grab latest files via rsync.
+	actions='build fetch'
+    else
+	actions='build'
+    fi
+    if "$dir/prepare-source" $actions; then
+	:
+    else
+	echo 'Failed to build configure.sh and/or config.h.in -- giving up.' >&2
+	rm -f "$realconfigure"
+	exit 1
+    fi
+fi
+
+exec "$realconfigure" "${@}"

configure.in

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([byteorder.h])
 AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
 AC_PREREQ(2.59)
 
-RSYNC_VERSION=2.6.4pre1
+RSYNC_VERSION=3.0.2
 AC_SUBST(RSYNC_VERSION)
 AC_MSG_NOTICE([Configuring rsync $RSYNC_VERSION])
 
@@ -26,8 +26,7 @@ AC_SUBST(SHELL)
 AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE], 1,
           [Define _GNU_SOURCE so that we get all necessary prototypes])
 
-if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" = xno
-then
+if test x"$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" = x"no"; then
 	AC_MSG_WARN([rsync requires an ANSI C compiler and you don't seem to have one])
 fi
 
@@ -38,12 +37,10 @@ fi
 
 AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to include debugging symbols])
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
-	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug],
-		[including debugging symbols and features (default yes)]),
-		[], [])
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-debug],
+		[disable debugging symbols and features]))
 
-if test x"$enable_debug" = x"no"
-then
+if test x"$enable_debug" = x"no"; then
     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
     CFLAGS=${CFLAGS-"-O"}
 else
@@ -54,14 +51,10 @@ else
 fi
 
 
-
-
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(profile,
 	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-profile],
-		[turn on CPU profiling (default no)],
-		[], []))
-if test x"$enable_profile" = xyes
-then
+		[turn on CPU profiling]))
+if test x"$enable_profile" = x"yes"; then
 	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pg"
 fi
 
@@ -69,10 +62,8 @@ fi
 # Specifically, this turns on panic_action handling.
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(maintainer-mode,
 	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-maintainer-mode],
-		[turn on extra debug features],
-		[], []))
-if test x"$enable_maintainer_mode" = xyes
-then
+		[turn on extra debug features]))
+if test x"$enable_maintainer_mode" = x"yes"; then
 	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DMAINTAINER_MODE"
 fi
 
@@ -82,16 +73,15 @@ fi
 CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_CONFIG_H"
 
 # If GCC, turn on warnings.
-if test x"$GCC" = x"yes"
-then
+if test x"$GCC" = x"yes"; then
 	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall -W"
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_WITH(included-popt,
-        [  --with-included-popt    use bundled popt library, not from system])
+        AC_HELP_STRING([--with-included-popt], [use bundled popt library, not from system]))
 
 AC_ARG_WITH(rsync-path,
-	[  --with-rsync-path=PATH  set default --rsync-path to PATH (default: rsync)],
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--with-rsync-path=PATH], [set default --rsync-path to PATH (default: rsync)]),
 	[ RSYNC_PATH="$with_rsync_path" ],
 	[ RSYNC_PATH="rsync" ])
 
@@ -122,18 +112,43 @@ AC_ARG_WITH(rsh,
 	AC_HELP_STRING([--with-rsh=CMD], [set remote shell command to CMD (default: ssh)]))
 
 AC_CHECK_PROG(HAVE_REMSH, remsh, 1, 0)
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_REMSH, $HAVE_REMSH, [remote shell is remsh not rsh])
+if test x$HAVE_REMSH = x1; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_REMSH, 1, [Define to 1 if remote shell is remsh, not rsh])
+fi
 
-if test x"$with_rsh" != x
-then
+if test x"$with_rsh" != x; then
 	RSYNC_RSH="$with_rsh"
 else
 	RSYNC_RSH="ssh"
 fi
-
 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_RSH, "$RSYNC_RSH", [default -e command])
 
-# arrgh. libc in the current debian stable screws up the largefile
+AC_CHECK_PROG(HAVE_YODL2MAN, yodl2man, 1, 0)
+if test x$HAVE_YODL2MAN = x1; then
+    MAKE_MAN=man
+fi
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(nobody-group,
+    AC_HELP_STRING([--with-nobody-group=GROUP],
+		   [set the default unprivileged group (default nobody or nogroup)]),
+    [ NOBODY_GROUP="$with_nobody_group" ])
+
+if test x"$with_nobody_group" = x; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([the group for user "nobody"])
+    if grep '^nobody:' /etc/group >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	NOBODY_GROUP=nobody
+    elif grep '^nogroup:' /etc/group >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	NOBODY_GROUP=nogroup
+    else
+	NOBODY_GROUP=nobody # test for others?
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_RESULT($NOBODY_GROUP)
+fi
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(NOBODY_USER, "nobody", [unprivileged user--e.g. nobody])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(NOBODY_GROUP, "$NOBODY_GROUP", [unprivileged group for unprivileged user])
+
+# arrgh. libc in some old debian version screwed up the largefile
 # stuff, getting byte range locking wrong
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken largefile support],rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE,[
 AC_TRY_RUN([
@@ -179,10 +194,9 @@ ipv6lib=none
 ipv6trylibc=yes
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6,
-	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6], [don't even try to use IPv6]))
-
-if test "x$enable_ipv6" != xno
-then
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6],
+		[don't even try to use IPv6]))
+if test x"$enable_ipv6" != x"no"; then
 	AC_MSG_CHECKING([ipv6 stack type])
 	for i in inria kame linux-glibc linux-inet6 toshiba v6d zeta; do
 		case $i in
@@ -271,6 +285,16 @@ yes
 	AC_SEARCH_LIBS(getaddrinfo, inet6)
 fi
 
+dnl Do you want to disable use of locale functions
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([locale],
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-locale],
+		[disable locale features]))
+AH_TEMPLATE([CONFIG_LOCALE],
+[Undefine if you don't want locale features.  By default this is defined.])
+if test x"$enable_locale" != x"no"; then
+	AC_DEFINE(CONFIG_LOCALE)
+fi
+
 AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to call shutdown on all sockets])
 case $host_os in
 	*cygwin* ) AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
@@ -287,26 +311,56 @@ AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/fcntl.h sys/select.h fcntl.h sys/time.h sys/unistd.h \
     unistd.h utime.h grp.h compat.h sys/param.h ctype.h sys/wait.h \
     sys/ioctl.h sys/filio.h string.h stdlib.h sys/socket.h sys/mode.h \
-    sys/un.h glob.h mcheck.h arpa/inet.h arpa/nameser.h \
-    netdb.h malloc.h float.h)
+    sys/un.h sys/attr.h mcheck.h arpa/inet.h arpa/nameser.h locale.h \
+    netdb.h malloc.h float.h limits.h iconv.h libcharset.h langinfo.h \
+    sys/acl.h acl/libacl.h attr/xattr.h sys/xattr.h sys/extattr.h \
+    popt.h popt/popt.h)
 AC_HEADER_MAJOR
 
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([if makedev takes 3 args],rsync_cv_MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
+#include <sys/mkdev.h>
+# if !defined makedev && (defined mkdev || defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__)
+#  define makedev mkdev
+# endif
+#elif defined MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
+#include <sys/sysmacros.h>
+#endif
+
+int main(void)
+{
+	dev_t dev = makedev(0, 5, 7);
+	if (major(dev) != 5 || minor(dev) != 7)
+		exit(1);
+	return 0;
+}
+],
+rsync_cv_MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS=yes,rsync_cv_MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS=no,rsync_cv_MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS=no)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS" = x"yes"; then
+   AC_DEFINE(MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS, 1, [Define to 1 if makedev() takes 3 args])
+fi
+
 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)
 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long)
 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long long)
 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int16_t)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(uint16_t)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int32_t)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(uint32_t)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int64_t)
 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(off_t)
 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(off64_t)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(time_t)
 
 AC_C_INLINE
 AC_C_LONG_DOUBLE
 
 AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
 AC_TYPE_UID_T
-AC_TYPE_MODE_T
-AC_TYPE_OFF_T
-AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
-AC_TYPE_PID_T
+AC_CHECK_TYPES([mode_t,off_t,size_t,pid_t,id_t])
 AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
 
@@ -355,13 +409,43 @@ if test x"$ac_cv_func_connect" = x"no"; then
     fi
 fi
 
-AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, inet_ntop)
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(inet_ntop, resolv)
+
+# Solaris and HP-UX weirdness:
+# Search for libiconv_open (not iconv_open) to discover if -liconv is needed!
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(libiconv_open, iconv)
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [
+    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
+size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
+#else
+size_t iconv();
+#endif
+], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
+      am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
+    am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
+         }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
+		   [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
 
 dnl AC_MSG_NOTICE([Looking in libraries: $LIBS])
 
 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_ntop, , [AC_LIBOBJ(lib/inet_ntop)])
 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_pton, , [AC_LIBOBJ(lib/inet_pton)])
 
+AC_HAVE_TYPE([struct addrinfo], [#include <netdb.h>])
+AC_HAVE_TYPE([struct sockaddr_storage], [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>])
+
 # Irix 6.5 has getaddrinfo but not the corresponding defines, so use
 #   builtin getaddrinfo if one of the defines don't exist
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether defines needed by getaddrinfo exist],
@@ -375,7 +459,7 @@ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether defines needed by getaddrinfo exist],
 			#endif],
 			rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES=yes,
 			rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES=no)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES" = x"yes"; then
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES" = x"yes" -a x"$ac_cv_type_struct_addrinfo" = x"yes"; then
 	# Tru64 UNIX has getaddrinfo() but has it renamed in libc as
 	# something else so we must include <netdb.h> to get the
 	# redefinition.
@@ -386,13 +470,11 @@ if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES" = x"yes"; then
 		#include <netdb.h>],[getaddrinfo(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);],
 			[AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
 			AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETADDRINFO, 1,
-				[Define to 1 if you have the "getaddrinfo" function.])],
+				[Define to 1 if you have the "getaddrinfo" function and required types.])],
 			[AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
 			AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getaddrinfo)])])
-	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getnameinfo, , [AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getnameinfo)])
 else
 	AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getaddrinfo)
-	AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getnameinfo)
 fi
 
 AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr.sa_len],
@@ -421,15 +503,6 @@ AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr_un.sun_len],
 #include <netinet/in.h>
 ])
 
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(struct sockaddr_storage)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/socket.h>],
-[struct sockaddr_storage x;],
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_STORAGE, 1,
-		[Define to 1 if you have struct sockaddr_storage.] ),
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
-
 AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr_in6.sin6_scope_id],
 		[ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID, 1, [Do we have sockaddr_in6.sin6_scope_id?]) ],
 		[],
@@ -439,8 +512,7 @@ AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr_in6.sin6_scope_id],
 #include <netinet/in.h>
 ])
 
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(struct stat64)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stdio.h>
+AC_HAVE_TYPE([struct stat64], [#include <stdio.h>
 #if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
 # include <sys/types.h>
 #endif
@@ -455,10 +527,7 @@ AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stdio.h>
 #  include <stdlib.h>
 # endif
 #endif
-],[struct stat64 st;],
-    AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64,1,[Define to 1 if you have struct stat64.]),
-    AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
+])
 
 # if we can't find strcasecmp, look in -lresolv (for Unixware at least)
 #
@@ -467,6 +536,11 @@ if test x"$ac_cv_func_strcasecmp" = x"no"; then
     AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, strcasecmp)
 fi
 
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(aclsort)
+if test x"$ac_cv_func_aclsort" = x"no"; then
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(sec, aclsort)
+fi
+
 dnl At the moment we don't test for a broken memcmp(), because all we
 dnl need to do is test for equality, not comparison, and it seems that
 dnl every platform has a memcmp that can do at least that.
@@ -474,19 +548,41 @@ dnl AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
 
 AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
 AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(waitpid wait4 getcwd strdup strerror chown chmod mknod mkfifo \
-    fchmod fstat strchr readlink link utime utimes strftime mtrace ftruncate \
-    memmove lchown vsnprintf snprintf vasprintf asprintf setsid glob strpbrk \
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(waitpid wait4 getcwd strdup chown chmod lchmod mknod mkfifo \
+    fchmod fstat ftruncate strchr readlink link utime utimes lutimes strftime \
+    memmove lchown vsnprintf snprintf vasprintf asprintf setsid strpbrk \
     strlcat strlcpy strtol mallinfo getgroups setgroups geteuid getegid \
-    setmode open64 mkstemp64 va_copy __va_copy)
+    setlocale setmode open64 lseek64 mkstemp64 mtrace va_copy __va_copy \
+    strerror putenv iconv_open locale_charset nl_langinfo getxattr \
+    extattr_get_link sigaction sigprocmask setattrlist)
+
+dnl cygwin iconv.h defines iconv_open as libiconv_open
+if test x"$ac_cv_func_iconv_open" != x"yes"; then
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(libiconv_open, [ac_cv_func_iconv_open=yes; AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV_OPEN, 1)])
+fi
 
 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpgrp tcgetpgrp)
 if test $ac_cv_func_getpgrp = yes; then
     AC_FUNC_GETPGRP
 fi
 
-# Determine whether chown follows symlinks (it should).
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether chown() dereferences symlinks],rsync_cv_chown_follows_symlink,[
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(iconv,
+    AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-iconv],
+	    [disable rsync's --iconv option]),
+    [], [enable_iconv=$ac_cv_func_iconv_open])
+AH_TEMPLATE([ICONV_OPTION],
+[Define if you want the --iconv option.  Specifing a value will set the
+default iconv setting (a NULL means no --iconv processing by default).])
+if test x"$enable_iconv" != x"no"; then
+	if test x"$enable_iconv" = x"yes"; then
+		AC_DEFINE(ICONV_OPTION, NULL)
+	else
+		AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_OPTION, "$enable_iconv")
+	fi
+	AC_DEFINE(UTF8_CHARSET, "UTF-8", [String to pass to iconv() for the UTF-8 charset.])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether chown() modifies symlinks],rsync_cv_chown_modifies_symlink,[
   AC_TRY_RUN([
 #if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
@@ -497,14 +593,52 @@ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether chown() dereferences symlinks],rsync_cv_chown_follows_sy
 	char const *dangling_symlink = "conftest.dangle";
 	unlink(dangling_symlink);
 	if (symlink("conftest.no-such", dangling_symlink) < 0) abort();
-	if (chown(dangling_symlink, getuid(), getgid()) < 0 && errno == ENOENT) exit(0);
-	exit(1);
+	if (chown(dangling_symlink, getuid(), getgid()) < 0 && errno == ENOENT) exit(1);
+	exit(0);
     }],
-  rsync_cv_chown_follows_symlink=yes,rsync_cv_chown_follows_symlink=no,rsync_cv_chown_follows_symlink=yes)])
-if test $rsync_cv_chown_follows_symlink = no; then
+  rsync_cv_chown_modifies_symlink=yes,rsync_cv_chown_modifies_symlink=no,rsync_cv_chown_modifies_symlink=no)])
+if test $rsync_cv_chown_modifies_symlink = yes; then
   AC_DEFINE(CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK, 1, [Define to 1 if chown modifies symlinks.])
 fi
 
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether link() can hard-link symlinks],rsync_cv_can_hardlink_symlink,[
+  AC_TRY_RUN([
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#define FILENAME "conftest.dangle"
+    main() {
+	unlink(FILENAME);
+	if (symlink("conftest.no-such", FILENAME) < 0) abort();
+	if (link(FILENAME, FILENAME "2") < 0) exit(1);
+	exit(0);
+    }],
+  rsync_cv_can_hardlink_symlink=yes,rsync_cv_can_hardlink_symlink=no,rsync_cv_can_hardlink_symlink=no)])
+if test $rsync_cv_can_hardlink_symlink = yes; then
+  AC_DEFINE(CAN_HARDLINK_SYMLINK, 1, [Define to 1 if link() can hard-link symlinks.])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether link() can hard-link special files],rsync_cv_can_hardlink_special,[
+  AC_TRY_RUN([
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#define FILENAME "conftest.fifi"
+    main() {
+	unlink(FILENAME);
+	if (mkfifo(FILENAME, 0777) < 0) abort();
+	if (link(FILENAME, FILENAME "2") < 0) exit(1);
+	exit(0);
+    }],
+  rsync_cv_can_hardlink_special=yes,rsync_cv_can_hardlink_special=no,rsync_cv_can_hardlink_special=no)])
+if test $rsync_cv_can_hardlink_special = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(CAN_HARDLINK_SPECIAL, 1, [Define to 1 if link() can hard-link special files.])
+fi
+
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working socketpair],rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR,[
 AC_TRY_RUN([
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -519,14 +653,21 @@ if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR" = x"yes"; then
     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKETPAIR, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the "socketpair" function])
 fi
 
-if test x"$with_included_popt" != x"yes"
-then
+if test x"$with_included_popt" != x"yes"; then
     AC_CHECK_LIB(popt, poptGetContext, , [with_included_popt=yes])
 fi
+if test x"$ac_cv_header_popt_popt_h" = x"yes"; then
+    # If the system has /usr/include/popt/popt.h, we enable the
+    # included popt because an attempt to "#include <popt/popt.h>"
+    # would use our included header file anyway (due to -I.), and
+    # might conflict with the system popt.
+    with_included_popt=yes
+elif test x"$ac_cv_header_popt_h" != x"yes"; then
+    with_included_popt=yes
+fi
 
 AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use included libpopt])
-if test x"$with_included_popt" = x"yes"
-then
+if test x"$with_included_popt" = x"yes"; then
     AC_MSG_RESULT($srcdir/popt)
     BUILD_POPT='$(popt_OBJS)'
     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$srcdir/popt"
@@ -558,13 +699,13 @@ if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR" = x"yes"; then
     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR, 1, [Define to 1 if readdir() is broken])
 fi
 
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for utimbuf],rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF,[
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for utimbuf],rsync_cv_HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF,[
 AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
 #include <utime.h>],
 [struct utimbuf tbuf;  tbuf.actime = 0; tbuf.modtime = 1; exit(utime("foo.c",&tbuf));],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=no)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UTIMBUF, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the "struct utimbuf" type])
+rsync_cv_HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF=no)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the "struct utimbuf" type])
 fi
 
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([if gettimeofday takes tz argument],rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ,[
@@ -621,39 +762,20 @@ rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=yes,
 rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=no,
 rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=cross)])
 if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP, 1, [Define to 1 if mkstemp() is available and works right])
+    case $target_os in
+    hpux*)
+	dnl HP-UX has a broken mkstemp() implementation they refuse to fix,
+	dnl so we noisily skip using it.  See HP change request JAGaf34426
+	dnl for details. (sbonds)
+	AC_MSG_WARN(Skipping broken HP-UX mkstemp() -- using mktemp() instead)
+	;;
+    *)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP, 1, [Define to 1 if mkstemp() is available and works right])
+	;;
+    esac
 fi
 
 
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken inet_ntoa],rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <netinet/in.h>
-#include <arpa/inet.h>
-main() { struct in_addr ip; ip.s_addr = 0x12345678;
-if (strcmp(inet_ntoa(ip),"18.52.86.120") &&
-    strcmp(inet_ntoa(ip),"120.86.52.18")) { exit(1); }
-exit(0);}],
-           rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=no,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=yes,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_INET_NTOA, 1, [Define to 1 if inet_ntoa() needs to be replaced])
-fi
-
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken inet_aton],rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <netinet/in.h>
-#include <arpa/inet.h>
-main() { struct in_addr ip;
-if (inet_aton("example", &ip) == 0) exit(0); exit(1);}],
-           rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=no,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=yes,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_INET_ATON, 1, [Define to 1 if inet_aton() needs to be replaced])
-fi
-
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([if mknod creates FIFOs],rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS,[
 AC_TRY_RUN([
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -661,7 +783,7 @@ AC_TRY_RUN([
 #include <errno.h>
 main() { int rc, ec; char *fn = "fifo-test";
 unlink(fn); rc = mknod(fn,S_IFIFO,0600); ec = errno; unlink(fn);
-if (rc) {printf("%d %d\n",rc,ec); return ec;}
+if (rc) {printf("(%d %d) ",rc,ec); return ec;}
 return 0;}],
            rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS=yes,rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS=no,rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS=cross)])
 if test x"$rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS" = x"yes"; then
@@ -675,7 +797,7 @@ AC_TRY_RUN([
 #include <errno.h>
 main() { int rc, ec; char *fn = "sock-test";
 unlink(fn); rc = mknod(fn,S_IFSOCK,0600); ec = errno; unlink(fn);
-if (rc) {printf("%d %d\n",rc,ec); return ec;}
+if (rc) {printf("(%d %d) ",rc,ec); return ec;}
 return 0;}],
            rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS=yes,rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS=no,rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS=cross)])
 if test x"$rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS" = x"yes"; then
@@ -712,25 +834,150 @@ AC_SUBST(OBJ_SAVE)
 AC_SUBST(OBJ_RESTORE)
 AC_SUBST(CC_SHOBJ_FLAG)
 AC_SUBST(BUILD_POPT)
+AC_SUBST(MAKE_MAN)
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(_acl __acl _facl __facl)
+#################################################
+# check for ACL support
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support ACLs])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(acl-support,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-acl-support],
+		       [disable ACL support]))
+
+if test x"$enable_acl_support" = x"no"; then
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+else
+    case "$host_os" in
+    *sysv5*)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using UnixWare ACLs)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNIXWARE_ACLS, 1, [true if you have UnixWare ACLs])
+	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_ACLS, 1, [Define to 1 to add support for ACLs])
+	;;
+    *solaris*|*cygwin*)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using solaris ACLs)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOLARIS_ACLS, 1, [true if you have solaris ACLs])
+	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_ACLS, 1)
+	;;
+    *hpux*)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using HPUX ACLs)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_HPUX_ACLS, 1, [true if you have HPUX ACLs])
+	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_ACLS, 1)
+	;;
+    *irix*)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using IRIX ACLs)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_IRIX_ACLS, 1, [true if you have IRIX ACLs])
+	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_ACLS, 1)
+	;;
+    *aix*)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using AIX ACLs)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_AIX_ACLS, 1, [true if you have AIX ACLs])
+	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_ACLS, 1)
+	;;
+    *osf*)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using Tru64 ACLs)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TRU64_ACLS, 1, [true if you have Tru64 ACLs])
+	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_ACLS, 1)
+	LIBS="$LIBS -lpacl"
+	;;
+    darwin*)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using OS X ACLs)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OSX_ACLS, 1, [true if you have Mac OS X ACLs])
+	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_ACLS, 1)
+	;;
+    *)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(running tests:)
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(acl,acl_get_file)
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ACL support],samba_cv_HAVE_POSIX_ACLS,[
+	    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/acl.h>],
+[ acl_t acl; int entry_id; acl_entry_t *entry_p; return acl_get_entry( acl, entry_id, entry_p);],
+samba_cv_HAVE_POSIX_ACLS=yes,samba_cv_HAVE_POSIX_ACLS=no)])
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING(ACL test results)
+	if test x"$samba_cv_HAVE_POSIX_ACLS" = x"yes"; then
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT(Using posix ACLs)
+	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_POSIX_ACLS, 1, [true if you have posix ACLs])
+	    AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_ACLS, 1)
+	    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for acl_get_perm_np],samba_cv_HAVE_ACL_GET_PERM_NP,[
+		AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/acl.h>],
+[ acl_permset_t permset_d; acl_perm_t perm; return acl_get_perm_np( permset_d, perm);],
+samba_cv_HAVE_ACL_GET_PERM_NP=yes,samba_cv_HAVE_ACL_GET_PERM_NP=no)])
+	    if test x"$samba_cv_HAVE_ACL_GET_PERM_NP" = x"yes"; then
+		AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ACL_GET_PERM_NP, 1, [true if you have acl_get_perm_np])
+	    fi
+	else
+	    if test x"$enable_acl_support" = x"yes"; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR(Failed to find ACL support)
+	    else
+		AC_MSG_RESULT(No ACL support found)
+	    fi
+	fi
+	;;
+    esac
+fi
+
+#################################################
+# check for extended attribute support
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to support extended attributes)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xattr-support,
+    AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-xattr-support],
+	    [disable extended attributes]),
+    [], [case "$ac_cv_func_getxattr$ac_cv_func_extattr_get_link" in
+	*yes*) enable_xattr_support=maybe ;;
+	*) enable_xattr_support=no ;;
+	esac])
+AH_TEMPLATE([SUPPORT_XATTRS],
+[Define to 1 to add support for extended attributes])
+if test x"$enable_xattr_support" = x"no"; then
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+else
+    case "$host_os" in
+    *linux*)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using Linux xattrs)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LINUX_XATTRS, 1, [True if you have Linux xattrs])
+	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_XATTRS, 1)
+	;;
+    darwin*)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using OS X xattrs)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OSX_XATTRS, 1, [True if you have Mac OS X xattrs])
+	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_XATTRS, 1)
+	;;
+    freebsd*)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using FreeBSD extattrs)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FREEBSD_XATTRS, 1, [True if you have FreeBSD xattrs])
+	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_XATTRS, 1)
+	;;
+    *)
+	if test x"$enable_xattr_support" = x"yes"; then
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR(Failed to find extended attribute support)
+	else
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT(No extended attribute support found)
+	fi
+	;;
+    esac
+fi
+
+if test x"$enable_acl_support" = x"no" -o x"$enable_xattr_support" = x"no" -o x"$enable_iconv" = x"no"; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether $CC supports -Wno-unused-parameter])
+    OLD_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wno-unused-parameter"
+    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([ ], [rsync_warn_flag=yes], [rsync_warn_flag=no])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$rsync_warn_flag])
+    if test x"$rsync_warn_flag" = x"no"; then
+	CFLAGS="$OLD_CFLAGS"
+    fi
+fi
+
+case "$CC" in
+' checker'*|checker*)
+    AC_DEFINE(FORCE_FD_ZERO_MEMSET, 1, [Used to make "checker" understand that FD_ZERO() clears memory.])
+    ;;
+esac
 
 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile lib/dummy zlib/dummy popt/dummy shconfig])
 AC_OUTPUT
 
-if test x"$with_rsh" = x; then
-	if test x"$HAVE_REMSH" = x1; then
-		rmsh1='remsh:'
-		rmsh2='=remsh'
-	else
-		rmsh1='rsh:  '
-		rmsh2='=rsh  '
-	fi
-	AC_MSG_RESULT()
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([    **********************************************************************])
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([    *   As of v2.6.0, the default remote shell is ssh instead of rsh!!   *])
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([    *   To use previous default of $rmsh1 ./configure --with-rsh$rmsh2   *])
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([    **********************************************************************])
-fi
-
 AC_MSG_RESULT()
 AC_MSG_RESULT([    rsync ${RSYNC_VERSION} configuration successful])
 AC_MSG_RESULT()

connection.c

@@ -1,49 +1,46 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Support the max connections option.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
-/* support the max connections option */
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-
-/****************************************************************************
-simple routine to do connection counting
-****************************************************************************/
-int claim_connection(char *fname,int max_connections)
+/* A simple routine to do connection counting.  This returns 1 on success
+ * and 0 on failure, with errno also being set if the open() failed (errno
+ * will be 0 if the lock request failed). */
+int claim_connection(char *fname, int max_connections)
 {
 	int fd, i;
 
-	if (max_connections <= 0)
+	if (max_connections == 0)
 		return 1;
 
-	fd = open(fname,O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0600);
-
-	if (fd == -1) {
+	if ((fd = open(fname, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0600)) < 0)
 		return 0;
+
+	/* Find a free spot. */
+	for (i = 0; i < max_connections; i++) {
+		if (lock_range(fd, i*4, 4))
+			return 1;
 	}
 
-	/* find a free spot */
-	for (i=0;i<max_connections;i++) {
-		if (lock_range(fd, i*4, 4)) return 1;
-	}		
-
-	/* only interested in open failures */
-	errno = 0;
-
 	close(fd);
+
+	/* A lock failure needs to return an errno of 0. */
+	errno = 0;
 	return 0;
 }

csprotocol.txt

@@ -3,21 +3,22 @@ basically a summary of clientserver.c and authenticate.c.
 
  -- Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
 
-$Id$
-
-
-
 
 This is the protocol used for rsync --daemon; i.e. connections to port
 873 rather than invocations over a remote shell.
 
 When the server accepts a connection, it prints a greeting
 
-  @RSYNCD: <version>
+  @RSYNCD: <version>.<subprotocol>
 
-where <version> is the numeric version; currently 24.  It follows this
-with a free text message-of-the-day.  It expects to see a similar
-greeting back from the client.
+where <version> is the numeric version (see PROTOCOL_VERSION in rsync.h)
+'.' is a literal period, and <subprotocol> is the numeric subprotocol
+version (see SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION -- it will be 0 for final releases).
+Protocols prior to 30 only output <version> alone.  The daemon expects
+to see a similar greeting back from the client.  For protocols prior to
+30, an absent ".<subprotocol>" value is assumed to be 0.  For protocol
+30, an absent value is a fatal error.  The daemon then follows this line
+with a free-format text message-of-the-day (if any is defined).
 
 The server is now in the connected state.  The client can either send
 the command
@@ -75,8 +76,13 @@ stay tuned (or write it yourself!).
 ------------
 Protocol version changes
 
-25	 (2001-08-20, 2.4.7pre2) 
+30	(2007-10-04, 3.0.0pre1)
 
-	 Send an explicit "@RSYNC EXIT" command at the end of the
-	 module listing.  We never intentionally end the transmission
-	 by just closing the socket anymore.
+	The use of a ".<subprotocol>" number was added to
+	@RSYNCD: <version>.<subprotocol>
+
+25	(2001-08-20, 2.4.7pre2) 
+
+	Send an explicit "@RSYNC EXIT" command at the end of the
+	module listing.  We never intentionally end the transmission
+	by just closing the socket anymore.

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-rsync.pdf
-rsync.ps

errcode.h

@@ -1,27 +1,26 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux"; -*-
-   
-   Copyright (C) 1998-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
 /*
- * error codes returned by rsync.  If you change these, please also update the
- * string mappings in log.c and the EXIT VALUES in rsync.yo
+ * Error codes returned by rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
  */
 
+/* If you change these, please also update the string mappings in log.c and
+ * the EXIT VALUES in rsync.yo. */
+
 #define RERR_OK         0
 #define RERR_SYNTAX     1       /* syntax or usage error */
 #define RERR_PROTOCOL   2       /* protocol incompatibility */
@@ -34,14 +33,19 @@
 #define RERR_STREAMIO   12      /* error in rsync protocol data stream */
 #define RERR_MESSAGEIO  13      /* errors with program diagnostics */
 #define RERR_IPC        14      /* error in IPC code */
+#define RERR_CRASHED    15      /* sibling crashed */
+#define RERR_TERMINATED 16      /* sibling terminated abnormally */
 
-#define RERR_SIGNAL     20      /* status returned when sent SIGUSR1, SIGINT */
+#define RERR_SIGNAL1    19      /* status returned when sent SIGUSR1 */
+#define RERR_SIGNAL     20      /* status returned when sent SIGINT, SIGTERM, SIGHUP */
 #define RERR_WAITCHILD  21      /* some error returned by waitpid() */
 #define RERR_MALLOC     22      /* error allocating core memory buffers */
 #define RERR_PARTIAL    23      /* partial transfer */
 #define RERR_VANISHED   24      /* file(s) vanished on sender side */
+#define RERR_DEL_LIMIT  25      /* skipped some deletes due to --max-delete */
 
 #define RERR_TIMEOUT    30      /* timeout in data send/receive */
+#define RERR_CONTIMEOUT 35      /* timeout waiting for daemon connection */
 
 /* Although it doesn't seem to be specified anywhere,
  * ssh and the shell seem to return these values:

exclude.c

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+/*
+ * The filter include/exclude routines.
  *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2001 by Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 1996 by Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
  * (at your option) any later version.
  *
  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -14,26 +16,20 @@
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
  */
 
-/* a lot of this stuff was originally derived from GNU tar, although
-   it has now changed so much that it is hard to tell :) */
-
-/* include/exclude cluestick added by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org> */
-
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 extern int verbose;
 extern int am_server;
 extern int am_sender;
 extern int eol_nulls;
-extern int list_only;
-extern int recurse;
 extern int io_error;
 extern int local_server;
+extern int prune_empty_dirs;
+extern int ignore_perishable;
 extern int delete_mode;
 extern int delete_excluded;
 extern int cvs_exclude;
@@ -46,15 +42,17 @@ extern unsigned int curr_dir_len;
 extern unsigned int module_dirlen;
 
 struct filter_list_struct filter_list = { 0, 0, "" };
-struct filter_list_struct cvs_filter_list = { 0, 0, " [cvsignore]" };
-struct filter_list_struct server_filter_list = { 0, 0, " [server]" };
+struct filter_list_struct cvs_filter_list = { 0, 0, " [global CVS]" };
+struct filter_list_struct daemon_filter_list = { 0, 0, " [daemon]" };
 
 /* Need room enough for ":MODS " prefix plus some room to grow. */
 #define MAX_RULE_PREFIX (16)
 
 #define MODIFIERS_MERGE_FILE "-+Cenw"
-#define MODIFIERS_INCL_EXCL "/!Crs"
-#define MODIFIERS_HIDE_PROTECT "/!"
+#define MODIFIERS_INCL_EXCL "/!Crsp"
+#define MODIFIERS_HIDE_PROTECT "/!p"
+
+#define SLASH_WILD3_SUFFIX "/***"
 
 /* The dirbuf is set by push_local_filters() to the current subdirectory
  * relative to curr_dir that is being processed.  The path always has a
@@ -123,7 +121,7 @@ static void add_rule(struct filter_list_struct *listp, const char *pat,
 {
 	struct filter_struct *ret;
 	const char *cp;
-	unsigned int ex_len;
+	unsigned int pre_len, suf_len, slash_cnt = 0;
 
 	if (verbose > 2) {
 		rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] add_rule(%s%.*s%s)%s\n",
@@ -133,9 +131,9 @@ static void add_rule(struct filter_list_struct *listp, const char *pat,
 			listp->debug_type);
 	}
 
-	/* This flag also indicates that we're reading a list that
+	/* These flags also indicate that we're reading a list that
 	 * needs to be filtered now, not post-filtered later. */
-	if (xflags & XFLG_ANCHORED2ABS) {
+	if (xflags & (XFLG_ANCHORED2ABS|XFLG_ABS_IF_SLASH)) {
 		uint32 mf = mflags & (MATCHFLG_RECEIVER_SIDE|MATCHFLG_SENDER_SIDE);
 		if (am_sender) {
 			if (mf == MATCHFLG_RECEIVER_SIDE)
@@ -146,22 +144,54 @@ static void add_rule(struct filter_list_struct *listp, const char *pat,
 		}
 	}
 
-	if (!(ret = new(struct filter_struct)))
+	if (!(ret = new0(struct filter_struct)))
 		out_of_memory("add_rule");
-	memset(ret, 0, sizeof ret[0]);
 
-	if (xflags & XFLG_ANCHORED2ABS && *pat == '/'
-	    && !(mflags & (MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH | MATCHFLG_MERGE_FILE))) {
+	if (pat_len > 1 && pat[pat_len-1] == '/') {
+		pat_len--;
+		mflags |= MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY;
+	}
+
+	for (cp = pat; cp < pat + pat_len; cp++) {
+		if (*cp == '/')
+			slash_cnt++;
+	}
+
+	if (!(mflags & (MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH | MATCHFLG_MERGE_FILE))
+	 && ((xflags & (XFLG_ANCHORED2ABS|XFLG_ABS_IF_SLASH) && *pat == '/')
+	  || (xflags & XFLG_ABS_IF_SLASH && slash_cnt))) {
 		mflags |= MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH;
-		ex_len = dirbuf_len - module_dirlen - 1;
+		if (*pat == '/')
+			pre_len = dirbuf_len - module_dirlen - 1;
+		else
+			pre_len = 0;
 	} else
-		ex_len = 0;
-	if (!(ret->pattern = new_array(char, ex_len + pat_len + 1)))
+		pre_len = 0;
+
+	/* The daemon wants dir-exclude rules to get an appended "/" + "***". */
+	if (xflags & XFLG_DIR2WILD3
+	 && BITS_SETnUNSET(mflags, MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY, MATCHFLG_INCLUDE)) {
+		mflags &= ~MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY;
+		suf_len = sizeof SLASH_WILD3_SUFFIX - 1;
+	} else
+		suf_len = 0;
+
+	if (!(ret->pattern = new_array(char, pre_len + pat_len + suf_len + 1)))
 		out_of_memory("add_rule");
-	if (ex_len)
-		memcpy(ret->pattern, dirbuf + module_dirlen, ex_len);
-	strlcpy(ret->pattern + ex_len, pat, pat_len + 1);
-	pat_len += ex_len;
+	if (pre_len) {
+		memcpy(ret->pattern, dirbuf + module_dirlen, pre_len);
+		for (cp = ret->pattern; cp < ret->pattern + pre_len; cp++) {
+			if (*cp == '/')
+				slash_cnt++;
+		}
+	}
+	strlcpy(ret->pattern + pre_len, pat, pat_len + 1);
+	pat_len += pre_len;
+	if (suf_len) {
+		memcpy(ret->pattern + pat_len, SLASH_WILD3_SUFFIX, suf_len+1);
+		pat_len += suf_len;
+		slash_cnt++;
+	}
 
 	if (strpbrk(ret->pattern, "*[?")) {
 		mflags |= MATCHFLG_WILD;
@@ -170,14 +200,15 @@ static void add_rule(struct filter_list_struct *listp, const char *pat,
 			/* If the pattern starts with **, note that. */
 			if (cp == ret->pattern)
 				mflags |= MATCHFLG_WILD2_PREFIX;
+			/* If the pattern ends with ***, note that. */
+			if (pat_len >= 3
+			 && ret->pattern[pat_len-3] == '*'
+			 && ret->pattern[pat_len-2] == '*'
+			 && ret->pattern[pat_len-1] == '*')
+				mflags |= MATCHFLG_WILD3_SUFFIX;
 		}
 	}
 
-	if (pat_len > 1 && ret->pattern[pat_len-1] == '/') {
-		ret->pattern[pat_len-1] = 0;
-		mflags |= MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY;
-	}
-
 	if (mflags & MATCHFLG_PERDIR_MERGE) {
 		struct filter_list_struct *lp;
 		unsigned int len;
@@ -221,10 +252,8 @@ static void add_rule(struct filter_list_struct *listp, const char *pat,
 				out_of_memory("add_rule");
 		}
 		mergelist_parents[mergelist_cnt++] = ret;
-	} else {
-		for (cp = ret->pattern; (cp = strchr(cp, '/')) != NULL; cp++)
-			ret->u.slash_cnt++;
-	}
+	} else
+		ret->u.slash_cnt = slash_cnt;
 
 	ret->match_flags = mflags;
 
@@ -290,30 +319,29 @@ static char *parse_merge_name(const char *merge_file, unsigned int *len_ptr,
 			strlcpy(to, merge_file, *len_ptr + 1);
 			merge_file = to;
 		}
-		if (!sanitize_path(fn, merge_file, r, dirbuf_depth)) {
+		if (!sanitize_path(fn, merge_file, r, dirbuf_depth, SP_DEFAULT)) {
 			rprintf(FERROR, "merge-file name overflows: %s\n",
-				safe_fname(merge_file));
+				merge_file);
 			return NULL;
 		}
+		fn_len = strlen(fn);
 	} else {
 		strlcpy(fn, merge_file, len_ptr ? *len_ptr + 1 : MAXPATHLEN);
-		clean_fname(fn, 1);
+		fn_len = clean_fname(fn, CFN_COLLAPSE_DOT_DOT_DIRS);
 	}
-	
-	fn_len = strlen(fn);
-	if (fn == buf)
-		goto done;
 
-	if (dirbuf_len + fn_len >= MAXPATHLEN) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "merge-file name overflows: %s\n",
-			safe_fname(fn));
-		return NULL;
+	/* If the name isn't in buf yet, it's wasn't absolute. */
+	if (fn != buf) {
+		int d_len = dirbuf_len - prefix_skip;
+		if (d_len + fn_len >= MAXPATHLEN) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "merge-file name overflows: %s\n", fn);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		memcpy(buf, dirbuf + prefix_skip, d_len);
+		memcpy(buf + d_len, fn, fn_len + 1);
+		fn_len = clean_fname(buf, CFN_COLLAPSE_DOT_DOT_DIRS);
 	}
-	memcpy(buf, dirbuf + prefix_skip, dirbuf_len - prefix_skip);
-	memcpy(buf + dirbuf_len - prefix_skip, fn, fn_len + 1);
-	fn_len = clean_fname(buf, 1);
 
-    done:
 	if (len_ptr)
 		*len_ptr = fn_len;
 	return buf;
@@ -333,7 +361,7 @@ void set_filter_dir(const char *dir, unsigned int dirlen)
 		len = 0;
 	memcpy(dirbuf + len, dir, dirlen);
 	dirbuf[dirlen + len] = '\0';
-	dirbuf_len = clean_fname(dirbuf, 1);
+	dirbuf_len = clean_fname(dirbuf, CFN_COLLAPSE_DOT_DOT_DIRS);
 	if (dirbuf_len > 1 && dirbuf[dirbuf_len-1] == '.'
 	    && dirbuf[dirbuf_len-2] == '/')
 		dirbuf_len -= 2;
@@ -369,7 +397,7 @@ static BOOL setup_merge_file(struct filter_struct *ex,
 	else
 		pathjoin(buf, MAXPATHLEN, dirbuf, x);
 
-	len = clean_fname(buf, 1);
+	len = clean_fname(buf, CFN_COLLAPSE_DOT_DOT_DIRS);
 	if (len != 1 && len < MAXPATHLEN-1) {
 		buf[len++] = '/';
 		buf[len] = '\0';
@@ -486,73 +514,98 @@ void pop_local_filters(void *mem)
 	free(pop);
 }
 
-static int rule_matches(char *name, struct filter_struct *ex, int name_is_dir)
+void change_local_filter_dir(const char *dname, int dlen, int dir_depth)
 {
-	char *p, full_name[MAXPATHLEN];
-	int match_start = 0;
+	static int cur_depth = -1;
+	static void *filt_array[MAXPATHLEN/2+1];
+
+	if (!dname) {
+		for ( ; cur_depth >= 0; cur_depth--) {
+			if (filt_array[cur_depth]) {
+				pop_local_filters(filt_array[cur_depth]);
+				filt_array[cur_depth] = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+		return;
+	}
+
+	assert(dir_depth < MAXPATHLEN/2+1);
+
+	for ( ; cur_depth >= dir_depth; cur_depth--) {
+		if (filt_array[cur_depth]) {
+			pop_local_filters(filt_array[cur_depth]);
+			filt_array[cur_depth] = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	cur_depth = dir_depth;
+	filt_array[cur_depth] = push_local_filters(dname, dlen);
+}
+
+static int rule_matches(const char *fname, struct filter_struct *ex, int name_is_dir)
+{
+	int slash_handling, str_cnt = 0, anchored_match = 0;
 	int ret_match = ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_NEGATE ? 0 : 1;
-	char *pattern = ex->pattern;
+	char *p, *pattern = ex->pattern;
+	const char *strings[16]; /* more than enough */
+	const char *name = fname + (*fname == '/');
 
 	if (!*name)
 		return 0;
 
-	/* If the pattern does not have any slashes AND it does not have
-	 * a "**" (which could match a slash), then we just match the
-	 * name portion of the path. */
 	if (!ex->u.slash_cnt && !(ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD2)) {
+		/* If the pattern does not have any slashes AND it does
+		 * not have a "**" (which could match a slash), then we
+		 * just match the name portion of the path. */
 		if ((p = strrchr(name,'/')) != NULL)
 			name = p+1;
-	}
-	else if (ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH && *name != '/'
+	} else if (ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH && *fname != '/'
 	    && curr_dir_len > module_dirlen + 1) {
-		pathjoin(full_name, sizeof full_name,
-			 curr_dir + module_dirlen + 1, name);
-		name = full_name;
+		/* If we're matching against an absolute-path pattern,
+		 * we need to prepend our full path info. */
+		strings[str_cnt++] = curr_dir + module_dirlen + 1;
+		strings[str_cnt++] = "/";
+	} else if (ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD2_PREFIX && *fname != '/') {
+		/* Allow "**"+"/" to match at the start of the string. */
+		strings[str_cnt++] = "/";
 	}
-
-	if (ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY && !name_is_dir)
+	strings[str_cnt++] = name;
+	if (name_is_dir) {
+		/* Allow a trailing "/"+"***" to match the directory. */
+		if (ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD3_SUFFIX)
+			strings[str_cnt++] = "/";
+	} else if (ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY)
 		return !ret_match;
+	strings[str_cnt] = NULL;
 
 	if (*pattern == '/') {
-		match_start = 1;
+		anchored_match = 1;
 		pattern++;
-		if (*name == '/')
-			name++;
+	}
+
+	if (!anchored_match && ex->u.slash_cnt
+	    && !(ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD2)) {
+		/* A non-anchored match with an infix slash and no "**"
+		 * needs to match the last slash_cnt+1 name elements. */
+		slash_handling = ex->u.slash_cnt + 1;
+	} else if (!anchored_match && !(ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD2_PREFIX)
+				   && ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD2) {
+		/* A non-anchored match with an infix or trailing "**" (but not
+		 * a prefixed "**") needs to try matching after every slash. */
+		slash_handling = -1;
+	} else {
+		/* The pattern matches only at the start of the path or name. */
+		slash_handling = 0;
 	}
 
 	if (ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD) {
-		/* A non-anchored match with an infix slash and no "**"
-		 * needs to match the last slash_cnt+1 name elements. */
-		if (!match_start && ex->u.slash_cnt
-		    && !(ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD2)) {
-			int cnt = ex->u.slash_cnt + 1;
-			for (p = name + strlen(name) - 1; p >= name; p--) {
-				if (*p == '/' && !--cnt)
-					break;
-			}
-			name = p+1;
-		}
-		if (wildmatch(pattern, name))
+		if (wildmatch_array(pattern, strings, slash_handling))
 			return ret_match;
-		if (ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD2_PREFIX) {
-			/* If the **-prefixed pattern has a '/' as the next
-			 * character, then try to match the rest of the
-			 * pattern at the root. */
-			if (pattern[2] == '/' && wildmatch(pattern+3, name))
-				return ret_match;
-		}
-		else if (!match_start && ex->match_flags & MATCHFLG_WILD2) {
-			/* A non-anchored match with an infix or trailing "**"
-			 * (but not a prefixed "**") needs to try matching
-			 * after every slash. */
-			while ((name = strchr(name, '/')) != NULL) {
-				name++;
-				if (wildmatch(pattern, name))
-					return ret_match;
-			}
-		}
-	} else if (match_start) {
-		if (strcmp(name,pattern) == 0)
+	} else if (str_cnt > 1) {
+		if (litmatch_array(pattern, strings, slash_handling))
+			return ret_match;
+	} else if (anchored_match) {
+		if (strcmp(name, pattern) == 0)
 			return ret_match;
 	} else {
 		int l1 = strlen(name);
@@ -568,7 +621,7 @@ static int rule_matches(char *name, struct filter_struct *ex, int name_is_dir)
 }
 
 
-static void report_filter_result(char const *name,
+static void report_filter_result(enum logcode code, char const *name,
                                  struct filter_struct const *ent,
                                  int name_is_dir, const char *type)
 {
@@ -577,11 +630,13 @@ static void report_filter_result(char const *name,
 	 * case we add it back in here. */
 
 	if (verbose >= 2) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] %scluding %s %s because of pattern %s%s%s\n",
-			who_am_i(),
-			ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_INCLUDE ? "in" : "ex",
-			name_is_dir ? "directory" : "file", name, ent->pattern,
-			ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY ? "/" : "", type);
+		static char *actions[2][2]
+		    = { {"show", "hid"}, {"risk", "protect"} };
+		const char *w = who_am_i();
+		rprintf(code, "[%s] %sing %s %s because of pattern %s%s%s\n",
+		    w, actions[*w!='s'][!(ent->match_flags&MATCHFLG_INCLUDE)],
+		    name_is_dir ? "directory" : "file", name, ent->pattern,
+		    ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY ? "/" : "", type);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -590,28 +645,31 @@ static void report_filter_result(char const *name,
  * Return -1 if file "name" is defined to be excluded by the specified
  * exclude list, 1 if it is included, and 0 if it was not matched.
  */
-int check_filter(struct filter_list_struct *listp, char *name, int name_is_dir)
+int check_filter(struct filter_list_struct *listp, enum logcode code,
+		 const char *name, int name_is_dir)
 {
 	struct filter_struct *ent;
 
 	for (ent = listp->head; ent; ent = ent->next) {
+		if (ignore_perishable && ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_PERISHABLE)
+			continue;
 		if (ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_PERDIR_MERGE) {
-			int rc = check_filter(ent->u.mergelist, name,
+			int rc = check_filter(ent->u.mergelist, code, name,
 					      name_is_dir);
 			if (rc)
 				return rc;
 			continue;
 		}
 		if (ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_CVS_IGNORE) {
-			int rc = check_filter(&cvs_filter_list, name,
+			int rc = check_filter(&cvs_filter_list, code, name,
 					      name_is_dir);
 			if (rc)
 				return rc;
 			continue;
 		}
 		if (rule_matches(name, ent, name_is_dir)) {
-			report_filter_result(name, ent, name_is_dir,
-					      listp->debug_type);
+			report_filter_result(code, name, ent, name_is_dir,
+					     listp->debug_type);
 			return ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_INCLUDE ? 1 : -1;
 		}
 	}
@@ -674,8 +732,7 @@ static const char *parse_rule_tok(const char *p, uint32 mflags, int xflags,
 		} else if (*s == '+' && s[1] == ' ') {
 			new_mflags |= MATCHFLG_INCLUDE;
 			s += 2;
-		}
-		if (*s == '!')
+		} else if (*s == '!')
 			new_mflags |= MATCHFLG_CLEAR_LIST; /* Tentative! */
 	} else {
 		char ch = 0, *mods = "";
@@ -716,7 +773,6 @@ static const char *parse_rule_tok(const char *p, uint32 mflags, int xflags,
 			if ((s = RULE_STRCMP(s, "show")) != NULL)
 				ch = 'S';
 			break;
-
 		default:
 			ch = *s;
 			if (s[1] == ',')
@@ -757,7 +813,7 @@ static const char *parse_rule_tok(const char *p, uint32 mflags, int xflags,
 			mods = NULL;
 			break;
 		default:
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Unknown filter rule: %s\n", p);
+			rprintf(FERROR, "Unknown filter rule: `%s'\n", p);
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
 		}
 		while (mods && *++s && *s != ' ' && *s != '_') {
@@ -804,6 +860,9 @@ static const char *parse_rule_tok(const char *p, uint32 mflags, int xflags,
 			case 'n':
 				new_mflags |= MATCHFLG_NO_INHERIT;
 				break;
+			case 'p':
+				new_mflags |= MATCHFLG_PERISHABLE;
+				break;
 			case 'r':
 				new_mflags |= MATCHFLG_RECEIVER_SIDE;
 				break;
@@ -829,7 +888,8 @@ static const char *parse_rule_tok(const char *p, uint32 mflags, int xflags,
 		len = strlen((char*)s);
 
 	if (new_mflags & MATCHFLG_CLEAR_LIST) {
-		if (!(xflags & XFLG_OLD_PREFIXES) && len) {
+		if (!(mflags & MATCHFLG_NO_PREFIXES)
+		 && !(xflags & XFLG_OLD_PREFIXES) && len) {
 			rprintf(FERROR,
 				"'!' rule has trailing characters: %s\n", p);
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
@@ -841,13 +901,22 @@ static const char *parse_rule_tok(const char *p, uint32 mflags, int xflags,
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
 	}
 
+	/* --delete-excluded turns an un-modified include/exclude into a
+	 * sender-side rule.  We also affect per-dir merge files that take
+	 * no prefixes as a simple optimization. */
+	if (delete_excluded
+	 && !(new_mflags & (MATCHFLG_RECEIVER_SIDE|MATCHFLG_SENDER_SIDE))
+	 && (!(new_mflags & MATCHFLG_PERDIR_MERGE)
+	  || new_mflags & MATCHFLG_NO_PREFIXES))
+		new_mflags |= MATCHFLG_SENDER_SIDE;
+
 	*len_ptr = len;
 	*mflags_ptr = new_mflags;
 	return (const char *)s;
 }
 
 
-static char default_cvsignore[] = 
+static char default_cvsignore[] =
 	/* These default ignored items come from the CVS manual. */
 	"RCS SCCS CVS CVS.adm RCSLOG cvslog.* tags TAGS"
 	" .make.state .nse_depinfo *~ #* .#* ,* _$* *$"
@@ -855,18 +924,20 @@ static char default_cvsignore[] =
 	" *.a *.olb *.o *.obj *.so *.exe"
 	" *.Z *.elc *.ln core"
 	/* The rest we added to suit ourself. */
-	" .svn/";
+	" .svn/ .git/ .bzr/";
 
 static void get_cvs_excludes(uint32 mflags)
 {
-	char *p, fname[MAXPATHLEN];
 	static int initialized = 0;
+	char *p, fname[MAXPATHLEN];
 
 	if (initialized)
 		return;
 	initialized = 1;
 
-	parse_rule(&cvs_filter_list, default_cvsignore, mflags, 0);
+	parse_rule(&cvs_filter_list, default_cvsignore,
+		   mflags | (protocol_version >= 30 ? MATCHFLG_PERISHABLE : 0),
+		   0);
 
 	p = module_id >= 0 && lp_use_chroot(module_id) ? "/" : getenv("HOME");
 	if (p && pathjoin(fname, MAXPATHLEN, p, ".cvsignore") < MAXPATHLEN)
@@ -892,12 +963,14 @@ void parse_rule(struct filter_list_struct *listp, const char *pattern,
 				    &pat_len, &new_mflags);
 		if (!cp)
 			break;
+
+		pattern = cp + pat_len;
+
 		if (pat_len >= MAXPATHLEN) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "discarding over-long filter: %s\n",
-				cp);
+			rprintf(FERROR, "discarding over-long filter: %.*s\n",
+				(int)pat_len, cp);
 			continue;
 		}
-		pattern = cp + pat_len;
 
 		if (new_mflags & MATCHFLG_CLEAR_LIST) {
 			if (verbose > 2) {
@@ -917,11 +990,9 @@ void parse_rule(struct filter_list_struct *listp, const char *pattern,
 			}
 			len = pat_len;
 			if (new_mflags & MATCHFLG_EXCLUDE_SELF) {
-				const char *name = strrchr(cp, '/');
-				if (name)
-					len -= ++name - cp;
-				else
-					name = cp;
+				const char *name = cp + len;
+				while (name > cp && name[-1] != '/') name--;
+				len -= name - cp;
 				add_rule(listp, name, len, 0, 0);
 				new_mflags &= ~MATCHFLG_EXCLUDE_SELF;
 				len = pat_len;
@@ -956,7 +1027,7 @@ void parse_filter_file(struct filter_list_struct *listp, const char *fname,
 		       uint32 mflags, int xflags)
 {
 	FILE *fp;
-	char line[MAXPATHLEN+MAX_RULE_PREFIX+1]; /* +1 for trailing slash. */
+	char line[BIGPATHBUFLEN];
 	char *eob = line + sizeof line - 1;
 	int word_split = mflags & MATCHFLG_WORD_SPLIT;
 
@@ -964,10 +1035,10 @@ void parse_filter_file(struct filter_list_struct *listp, const char *fname,
 		return;
 
 	if (*fname != '-' || fname[1] || am_server) {
-		if (server_filter_list.head) {
+		if (daemon_filter_list.head) {
 			strlcpy(line, fname, sizeof line);
-			clean_fname(line, 1);
-			if (check_filter(&server_filter_list, line, 0) < 0)
+			clean_fname(line, CFN_COLLAPSE_DOT_DOT_DIRS);
+			if (check_filter(&daemon_filter_list, FLOG, line, 0) < 0)
 				fp = NULL;
 			else
 				fp = fopen(line, "rb");
@@ -978,7 +1049,7 @@ void parse_filter_file(struct filter_list_struct *listp, const char *fname,
 
 	if (verbose > 2) {
 		rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] parse_filter_file(%s,%x,%x)%s\n",
-			who_am_i(), safe_fname(fname), mflags, xflags,
+			who_am_i(), fname, mflags, xflags,
 			fp ? "" : " [not found]");
 	}
 
@@ -987,7 +1058,7 @@ void parse_filter_file(struct filter_list_struct *listp, const char *fname,
 			rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
 				"failed to open %sclude file %s",
 				mflags & MATCHFLG_INCLUDE ? "in" : "ex",
-				safe_fname(fname));
+				fname);
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 		}
 		return;
@@ -999,8 +1070,10 @@ void parse_filter_file(struct filter_list_struct *listp, const char *fname,
 		int ch, overflow = 0;
 		while (1) {
 			if ((ch = getc(fp)) == EOF) {
-				if (ferror(fp) && errno == EINTR)
+				if (ferror(fp) && errno == EINTR) {
+					clearerr(fp);
 					continue;
+				}
 				break;
 			}
 			if (word_split && isspace(ch))
@@ -1034,7 +1107,7 @@ char *get_rule_prefix(int match_flags, const char *pat, int for_xfer,
 {
 	static char buf[MAX_RULE_PREFIX+1];
 	char *op = buf;
-	int legal_len = for_xfer && protocol_version < 29 ? 1 : MAX_RULE_PREFIX;
+	int legal_len = for_xfer && protocol_version < 29 ? 1 : MAX_RULE_PREFIX-1;
 
 	if (match_flags & MATCHFLG_PERDIR_MERGE) {
 		if (legal_len == 1)
@@ -1048,6 +1121,8 @@ char *get_rule_prefix(int match_flags, const char *pat, int for_xfer,
 	else
 		legal_len = 0;
 
+	if (match_flags & MATCHFLG_NEGATE)
+		*op++ = '!';
 	if (match_flags & MATCHFLG_CVS_IGNORE)
 		*op++ = 'C';
 	else {
@@ -1071,10 +1146,16 @@ char *get_rule_prefix(int match_flags, const char *pat, int for_xfer,
 	    && (!for_xfer || protocol_version >= 29
 	     || (delete_excluded && am_sender)))
 		*op++ = 'r';
-	if (legal_len)
-		*op++ = ' ';
+	if (match_flags & MATCHFLG_PERISHABLE) {
+		if (!for_xfer || protocol_version >= 30)
+			*op++ = 'p';
+		else if (am_sender)
+			return NULL;
+	}
 	if (op - buf > legal_len)
 		return NULL;
+	if (legal_len)
+		*op++ = ' ';
 	*op = '\0';
 	if (plen_ptr)
 		*plen_ptr = op - buf;
@@ -1090,11 +1171,20 @@ static void send_rules(int f_out, struct filter_list_struct *flp)
 		int elide = 0;
 		char *p;
 
+		/* Note we need to check delete_excluded here in addition to
+		 * the code in parse_rule_tok() because some rules may have
+		 * been added before we found the --delete-excluded option.
+		 * We must also elide any CVS merge-file rules to avoid a
+		 * backward compatibility problem, and we elide any no-prefix
+		 * merge files as an optimization (since they can only have
+		 * include/exclude rules). */
 		if (ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_SENDER_SIDE)
 			elide = am_sender ? 1 : -1;
 		if (ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_RECEIVER_SIDE)
 			elide = elide ? 0 : am_sender ? -1 : 1;
-		else if (delete_excluded && !elide)
+		else if (delete_excluded && !elide
+		 && (!(ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_PERDIR_MERGE)
+		  || ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_NO_PREFIXES))
 			elide = am_sender ? 1 : -1;
 		if (elide < 0) {
 			if (prev)
@@ -1107,16 +1197,16 @@ static void send_rules(int f_out, struct filter_list_struct *flp)
 			continue;
 		if (ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_CVS_IGNORE
 		    && !(ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_MERGE_FILE)) {
-			int f = am_sender || protocol_version < 29 ? f_out : -1;
+			int f = am_sender || protocol_version < 29 ? f_out : -2;
 			send_rules(f, &cvs_filter_list);
-			if (f >= 0)
+			if (f == f_out)
 				continue;
 		}
 		p = get_rule_prefix(ent->match_flags, ent->pattern, 1, &plen);
 		if (!p) {
 			rprintf(FERROR,
 				"filter rules are too modern for remote rsync.\n");
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 		if (f_out < 0)
 			continue;
@@ -1137,8 +1227,8 @@ static void send_rules(int f_out, struct filter_list_struct *flp)
 /* This is only called by the client. */
 void send_filter_list(int f_out)
 {
-	int receiver_wants_list = delete_mode
-		&& (!delete_excluded || protocol_version >= 29);
+	int receiver_wants_list = prune_empty_dirs
+	    || (delete_mode && (!delete_excluded || protocol_version >= 29));
 
 	if (local_server || (am_sender && !receiver_wants_list))
 		f_out = -1;
@@ -1148,11 +1238,6 @@ void send_filter_list(int f_out)
 		parse_rule(&filter_list, "-C", 0, 0);
 	}
 
-	/* This is a complete hack - blame Rusty.  FIXME!
-	 * Remove this hack when older rsyncs (below 2.6.4) are gone. */
-	if (list_only == 1 && !recurse)
-		parse_rule(&filter_list, "/*/*", MATCHFLG_NO_PREFIXES, 0);
-
 	send_rules(f_out, &filter_list);
 
 	if (f_out >= 0)
@@ -1169,16 +1254,17 @@ void send_filter_list(int f_out)
 /* This is only called by the server. */
 void recv_filter_list(int f_in)
 {
-	char line[MAXPATHLEN+MAX_RULE_PREFIX+1]; /* +1 for trailing slash. */
+	char line[BIGPATHBUFLEN];
 	int xflags = protocol_version >= 29 ? 0 : XFLG_OLD_PREFIXES;
-	int receiver_wants_list = delete_mode
-		&& (!delete_excluded || protocol_version >= 29);
+	int receiver_wants_list = prune_empty_dirs
+	    || (delete_mode
+	     && (!delete_excluded || protocol_version >= 29));
 	unsigned int len;
 
 	if (!local_server && (am_sender || receiver_wants_list)) {
 		while ((len = read_int(f_in)) != 0) {
 			if (len >= sizeof line)
-				overflow("recv_rules");
+				overflow_exit("recv_rules");
 			read_sbuf(f_in, line, len);
 			parse_rule(&filter_list, line, 0, xflags);
 		}

fileio.c

@@ -1,71 +1,82 @@
 /*
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
+ * File IO utilities used in rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-/*
-  File IO utilities used in rsync
-  */
 #include "rsync.h"
 
+#ifndef ENODATA
+#define ENODATA EAGAIN
+#endif
+
 extern int sparse_files;
 
 static char last_byte;
-static int last_sparse;
+static size_t sparse_seek = 0;
 
 int sparse_end(int f)
 {
-	if (last_sparse) {
-		do_lseek(f,-1,SEEK_CUR);
-		return (write(f,&last_byte,1) == 1 ? 0 : -1);
-	}
-	last_sparse = 0;
-	return 0;
+	int ret;
+
+	if (!sparse_seek)
+		return 0;
+
+	do_lseek(f, sparse_seek-1, SEEK_CUR);
+	sparse_seek = 0;
+
+	do {
+		ret = write(f, "", 1);
+	} while (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+
+	return ret <= 0 ? -1 : 0;
 }
 
 
-static int write_sparse(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
+static int write_sparse(int f, char *buf, size_t len)
 {
-	size_t l1=0, l2=0;
+	size_t l1 = 0, l2 = 0;
 	int ret;
 
 	for (l1 = 0; l1 < len && buf[l1] == 0; l1++) {}
 	for (l2 = 0; l2 < len-l1 && buf[len-(l2+1)] == 0; l2++) {}
 
+	/* XXX Riddle me this: why does this function SLOW DOWN when I
+	 * remove the following (unneeded) line?? Core Duo weirdness? */
 	last_byte = buf[len-1];
 
-	if (l1 == len || l2 > 0)
-		last_sparse=1;
-
-	if (l1 > 0) {
-		do_lseek(f,l1,SEEK_CUR);
-	}
+	sparse_seek += l1;
 
 	if (l1 == len)
 		return len;
 
-	ret = write(f, buf + l1, len - (l1+l2));
-	if (ret == -1 || ret == 0)
-		return ret;
-	else if (ret != (int) (len - (l1+l2)))
-		return (l1+ret);
+	if (sparse_seek)
+		do_lseek(f, sparse_seek, SEEK_CUR);
+	sparse_seek = l2;
 
-	if (l2 > 0)
-		do_lseek(f,l2,SEEK_CUR);
+	while ((ret = write(f, buf + l1, len - (l1+l2))) <= 0) {
+		if (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+			continue;
+		return ret;
+	}
+
+	if (ret != (int)(len - (l1+l2)))
+		return l1+ret;
 
 	return len;
 }
@@ -103,7 +114,7 @@ int write_file(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
 
 	while (len > 0) {
 		int r1;
-		if (sparse_files) {
+		if (sparse_files > 0) {
 			int len1 = MIN(len, SPARSE_WRITE_SIZE);
 			r1 = write_sparse(f, buf, len1);
 		} else {
@@ -148,13 +159,12 @@ struct map_struct *map_file(int fd, OFF_T len, int32 read_size,
 {
 	struct map_struct *map;
 
-	if (!(map = new(struct map_struct)))
+	if (!(map = new0(struct map_struct)))
 		out_of_memory("map_file");
 
 	if (blk_size && (read_size % blk_size))
 		read_size += blk_size - (read_size % blk_size);
 
-	memset(map, 0, sizeof map[0]);
 	map->fd = fd;
 	map->file_size = len;
 	map->def_window_size = read_size;
@@ -186,7 +196,7 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 	window_start = offset;
 	window_size = map->def_window_size;
 	if (window_start + window_size > map->file_size)
-		window_size = map->file_size - window_start;
+		window_size = (int32)(map->file_size - window_start);
 	if (len > window_size)
 		window_size = len;
 
@@ -204,7 +214,7 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 	    window_start < map->p_offset + map->p_len &&
 	    window_start + window_size >= map->p_offset + map->p_len) {
 		read_start = map->p_offset + map->p_len;
-		read_offset = read_start - window_start;
+		read_offset = (int32)(read_start - window_start);
 		read_size = window_size - read_offset;
 		memmove(map->p, map->p + (map->p_len - read_offset), read_offset);
 	} else {
@@ -217,31 +227,35 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 		rprintf(FERROR, "invalid read_size of %ld in map_ptr\n",
 			(long)read_size);
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
-	} else {
-		if (map->p_fd_offset != read_start) {
-			if (do_lseek(map->fd,read_start,SEEK_SET) != read_start) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"lseek failed in map_ptr\n");
-				exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
-			}
-			map->p_fd_offset = read_start;
-		}
-
-		if ((nread=read(map->fd,map->p + read_offset,read_size)) != read_size) {
-			if (nread < 0) {
-				nread = 0;
-				if (!map->status)
-					map->status = errno;
-			}
-			/* the best we can do is zero the buffer - the file
-			   has changed mid transfer! */
-			memset(map->p+read_offset+nread, 0, read_size - nread);
-		}
-		map->p_fd_offset += nread;
 	}
 
+	if (map->p_fd_offset != read_start) {
+		OFF_T ret = do_lseek(map->fd, read_start, SEEK_SET);
+		if (ret != read_start) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "lseek returned %.0f, not %.0f",
+				(double)ret, (double)read_start);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
+		}
+		map->p_fd_offset = read_start;
+	}
 	map->p_offset = window_start;
 	map->p_len = window_size;
 
+	while (read_size > 0) {
+		nread = read(map->fd, map->p + read_offset, read_size);
+		if (nread <= 0) {
+			if (!map->status)
+				map->status = nread ? errno : ENODATA;
+			/* The best we can do is zero the buffer -- the file
+			 * has changed mid transfer! */
+			memset(map->p + read_offset, 0, read_size);
+			break;
+		}
+		map->p_fd_offset += nread;
+		read_offset += nread;
+		read_size -= nread;
+	}
+
 	return map->p;
 }
 

getgroups.c

@@ -1,28 +1,22 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
- * 
+ * Print out the gids of all groups for the current user.  This is like
+ * `id -G` on Linux, but it's too hard to find a portable equivalent.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- * 
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 3 as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
- * 
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-
-/**
- * @file getgroups.c
  *
- * Print out the gids of all groups for the current user.  This is
- * like `id -G` on Linux, but it's too hard to find a portable
- * equivalent.
- **/
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
@@ -63,6 +57,6 @@ main(UNUSED(int argc), UNUSED(char *argv[]))
 	if (!gid_in_list)
 		printf("%lu", (unsigned long)gid);
 	printf("\n");
-		
+
 	return 0;
 }

hashtable.c

@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/*
+ * Routines to provide a memory-efficient hashtable.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+#define HASH_LOAD_LIMIT(size) ((size)*3/4)
+
+struct hashtable *hashtable_create(int size, int key64)
+{
+	struct hashtable *tbl;
+	int node_size = key64 ? sizeof (struct ht_int64_node)
+			      : sizeof (struct ht_int32_node);
+
+	/* Pick a power of 2 that can hold the requested size. */
+	if (size & (size-1) || size < 16) {
+		int req = size;
+		size = 16;
+		while (size < req)
+			size *= 2;
+	}
+
+	if (!(tbl = new(struct hashtable))
+	 || !(tbl->nodes = new_array0(char, size * node_size)))
+		out_of_memory("hashtable_create");
+	tbl->size = size;
+	tbl->entries = 0;
+	tbl->node_size = node_size;
+	tbl->key64 = key64;
+
+	return tbl;
+}
+
+void hashtable_destroy(struct hashtable *tbl)
+{
+	free(tbl->nodes);
+	free(tbl);
+}
+
+/* This returns the node for the indicated key, either newly created or
+ * already existing.  Returns NULL if not allocating and not found. */
+void *hashtable_find(struct hashtable *tbl, int64 key, int allocate_if_missing)
+{
+	int key64 = tbl->key64;
+	struct ht_int32_node *node;
+	uint32 ndx;
+
+	if (allocate_if_missing && tbl->entries > HASH_LOAD_LIMIT(tbl->size)) {
+		void *old_nodes = tbl->nodes;
+		int size = tbl->size * 2;
+		int i;
+
+		if (!(tbl->nodes = new_array0(char, size * tbl->node_size)))
+			out_of_memory("hashtable_node");
+		tbl->size = size;
+		tbl->entries = 0;
+
+		for (i = size / 2; i-- > 0; ) {
+			struct ht_int32_node *move_node = HT_NODE(tbl, old_nodes, i);
+			int64 move_key = HT_KEY(move_node, key64);
+			if (move_key == 0)
+				continue;
+			node = hashtable_find(tbl, move_key, 1);
+			node->data = move_node->data;
+		}
+
+		free(old_nodes);
+	}
+
+	if (!key64) {
+		/* Based on Jenkins One-at-a-time hash. */
+		uchar buf[4], *keyp = buf;
+		int i;
+
+		SIVAL(buf, 0, key);
+		for (ndx = 0, i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+			ndx += keyp[i];
+			ndx += (ndx << 10);
+			ndx ^= (ndx >> 6);
+		}
+		ndx += (ndx << 3);
+		ndx ^= (ndx >> 11);
+		ndx += (ndx << 15);
+	} else {
+		/* Based on Jenkins hashword() from lookup3.c. */
+		uint32 a, b, c;
+
+		/* Set up the internal state */
+		a = b = c = 0xdeadbeef + (8 << 2);
+
+#define rot(x,k) (((x)<<(k)) ^ ((x)>>(32-(k))))
+		b += (uint32)(key >> 32);
+		a += (uint32)key;
+		c ^= b; c -= rot(b, 14);
+		a ^= c; a -= rot(c, 11);
+		b ^= a; b -= rot(a, 25);
+		c ^= b; c -= rot(b, 16);
+		a ^= c; a -= rot(c, 4);
+		b ^= a; b -= rot(a, 14);
+		c ^= b; c -= rot(b, 24);
+#undef rot
+		ndx = c;
+	}
+
+	/* If it already exists, return the node.  If we're not
+	 * allocating, return NULL if the key is not found. */
+	while (1) {
+		int64 nkey;
+
+		ndx &= tbl->size - 1;
+		node = HT_NODE(tbl, tbl->nodes, ndx);
+		nkey = HT_KEY(node, key64);
+
+		if (nkey == key)
+			return node;
+		if (nkey == 0) {
+			if (!allocate_if_missing)
+				return NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+		ndx++;
+	}
+
+	/* Take over this empty spot and then return the node. */
+	if (key64)
+		((struct ht_int64_node*)node)->key = key;
+	else
+		node->key = key;
+	tbl->entries++;
+	return node;
+}

hlink.c

@@ -1,212 +1,531 @@
 /*
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+ * Routines to support hard-linking.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-extern int dry_run;
 extern int verbose;
+extern int dry_run;
+extern int list_only;
+extern int am_sender;
+extern int inc_recurse;
+extern int do_xfers;
+extern int link_dest;
+extern int preserve_acls;
 extern int make_backups;
+extern int protocol_version;
+extern int remove_source_files;
+extern int stdout_format_has_i;
+extern int maybe_ATTRS_REPORT;
+extern int unsort_ndx;
+extern char *basis_dir[];
+extern struct file_list *cur_flist;
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-static int hlink_compare(struct file_struct **file1, struct file_struct **file2)
+
+/* Starting with protocol 30, we use a simple hashtable on the sending side
+ * for hashing the st_dev and st_ino info.  The receiving side gets told
+ * (via flags and a "group index") which items are hard-linked together, so
+ * we can avoid the pool of dev+inode data.  For incremental recursion mode,
+ * the receiver will use a ndx hash to remember old pathnames. */
+
+static struct hashtable *dev_tbl;
+
+static struct hashtable *prior_hlinks;
+
+static struct file_list *hlink_flist;
+
+void init_hard_links(void)
 {
-	struct file_struct *f1 = *file1;
-	struct file_struct *f2 = *file2;
-
-	if (f1->F_DEV != f2->F_DEV)
-		return (int) (f1->F_DEV > f2->F_DEV ? 1 : -1);
-
-	if (f1->F_INODE != f2->F_INODE)
-		return (int) (f1->F_INODE > f2->F_INODE ? 1 : -1);
-
-	return f_name_cmp(f1, f2);
+	if (am_sender || protocol_version < 30)
+		dev_tbl = hashtable_create(16, SIZEOF_INT64 == 8);
+	else if (inc_recurse)
+		prior_hlinks = hashtable_create(1024, 0);
 }
 
-static struct file_struct **hlink_list;
-static int hlink_count;
-
-#define LINKED(p1,p2) ((p1)->F_DEV == (p2)->F_DEV \
-		    && (p1)->F_INODE == (p2)->F_INODE)
-
-/* Analyze the data in the hlink_list[], remove items that aren't multiply
- * linked, and replace the dev+inode data with the hlindex+next linked list. */
-static void link_idev_data(struct file_list *flist)
+struct ht_int64_node *idev_find(int64 dev, int64 ino)
 {
-	struct file_struct *head;
-	int from, to, start;
+	static struct ht_int64_node *dev_node = NULL;
+	struct hashtable *tbl;
 
-	alloc_pool_t hlink_pool;
-	alloc_pool_t idev_pool = flist->hlink_pool;
-
-	hlink_pool = pool_create(128 * 1024, sizeof (struct hlink),
-	    out_of_memory, POOL_INTERN);
-
-	for (from = to = 0; from < hlink_count; from++) {
-		start = from;
-		head = hlink_list[start];
-		while (from < hlink_count-1
-		    && LINKED(hlink_list[from], hlink_list[from+1])) {
-			pool_free(idev_pool, 0, hlink_list[from]->link_u.idev);
-			hlink_list[from]->link_u.links = pool_talloc(hlink_pool,
-			    struct hlink, 1, "hlink_list");
-
-			hlink_list[from]->F_HLINDEX = to;
-			hlink_list[from]->F_NEXT = hlink_list[from+1];
-			from++;
-		}
-		if (from > start) {
-			pool_free(idev_pool, 0, hlink_list[from]->link_u.idev);
-			hlink_list[from]->link_u.links = pool_talloc(hlink_pool,
-			    struct hlink, 1, "hlink_list");
-
-			hlink_list[from]->F_HLINDEX = to;
-			hlink_list[from]->F_NEXT = head;
-			hlink_list[from]->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_EOL;
-			hlink_list[to++] = head;
-		} else {
-			pool_free(idev_pool, 0, head->link_u.idev);
-			head->link_u.idev = NULL;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (!to) {
-		free(hlink_list);
-		hlink_list = NULL;
-		pool_destroy(hlink_pool);
-		hlink_pool = NULL;
-	} else {
-		hlink_count = to;
-		if (!(hlink_list = realloc_array(hlink_list,
-		    struct file_struct *, hlink_count)))
-			out_of_memory("init_hard_links");
-	}
-	flist->hlink_pool = hlink_pool;
-	pool_destroy(idev_pool);
-}
-#endif
-
-void init_hard_links(struct file_list *flist)
-{
-#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-	int i;
-
-	if (flist->count < 2)
-		return;
-
-	if (hlink_list)
-		free(hlink_list);
-
-	if (!(hlink_list = new_array(struct file_struct *, flist->count)))
-		out_of_memory("init_hard_links");
-
-	hlink_count = 0;
-	for (i = 0; i < flist->count; i++) {
-		if (flist->files[i]->link_u.idev)
-			hlink_list[hlink_count++] = flist->files[i];
-	}
-
-	qsort(hlink_list, hlink_count,
-	    sizeof hlink_list[0], (int (*)()) hlink_compare);
-
-	if (!hlink_count) {
-		free(hlink_list);
-		hlink_list = NULL;
+	if (!dev_node || dev_node->key != dev) {
+		/* We keep a separate hash table of inodes for every device. */
+		dev_node = hashtable_find(dev_tbl, dev, 1);
+		if (!(tbl = dev_node->data))
+			tbl = dev_node->data = hashtable_create(512, SIZEOF_INT64 == 8);
 	} else
-		link_idev_data(flist);
-#endif
+		tbl = dev_node->data;
+
+	return hashtable_find(tbl, ino, 1);
 }
 
-int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int skip)
+void idev_destroy(void)
 {
-#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-	if (!hlink_list || !file->link_u.links)
-		return 0;
-	if (skip && !(file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_EOL))
-		hlink_list[file->F_HLINDEX] = file->F_NEXT;
-	if (hlink_list[file->F_HLINDEX] != file) {
-		if (verbose > 1) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "\"%s\" is a hard link\n",
-				safe_fname(f_name(file)));
-		}
-		return 1;
-	}
-#endif
-	return 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-static void hard_link_one(char *hlink1, char *hlink2)
-{
-	if (do_link(hlink1, hlink2)) {
-		if (verbose) {
-			rsyserr(FINFO, errno, "link %s => %s failed",
-				full_fname(hlink2), safe_fname(hlink1));
-		}
-	}
-	else if (verbose)
-		rprintf(FINFO, "%s => %s\n", safe_fname(hlink2), safe_fname(hlink1));
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-/**
- * Create any hard links in the global hlink_list.  They were put
- * there by running init_hard_links on the filelist.
- **/
-void do_hard_links(void)
-{
-#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-	struct file_struct *file, *first;
-	char hlink1[MAXPATHLEN];
-	char *hlink2;
-	STRUCT_STAT st1, st2;
 	int i;
 
-	if (!hlink_list)
-		return;
+	for (i = 0; i < dev_tbl->size; i++) {
+		struct ht_int32_node *node = HT_NODE(dev_tbl, dev_tbl->nodes, i);
+		if (node->data)
+			hashtable_destroy(node->data);
+	}
 
-	for (i = 0; i < hlink_count; i++) {
-		first = file = hlink_list[i];
-		if (link_stat(f_name_to(first, hlink1), &st1, 0) < 0)
+	hashtable_destroy(dev_tbl);
+}
+
+static int hlink_compare_gnum(int *int1, int *int2)
+{
+	struct file_struct *f1 = hlink_flist->sorted[*int1];
+	struct file_struct *f2 = hlink_flist->sorted[*int2];
+	int32 gnum1 = F_HL_GNUM(f1);
+	int32 gnum2 = F_HL_GNUM(f2);
+
+	if (gnum1 != gnum2)
+		return gnum1 > gnum2 ? 1 : -1;
+
+	return *int1 > *int2 ? 1 : -1;
+}
+
+static void match_gnums(int32 *ndx_list, int ndx_count)
+{
+	int32 from, prev;
+	struct file_struct *file, *file_next;
+	struct ht_int32_node *node = NULL;
+	int32 gnum, gnum_next;
+
+	qsort(ndx_list, ndx_count, sizeof ndx_list[0],
+	     (int (*)()) hlink_compare_gnum);
+
+	for (from = 0; from < ndx_count; from++) {
+		file = hlink_flist->sorted[ndx_list[from]];
+		gnum = F_HL_GNUM(file);
+		if (inc_recurse) {
+			node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 1);
+			if (!node->data) {
+				node->data = new_array0(char, 5);
+				assert(gnum >= hlink_flist->ndx_start);
+				file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST;
+				prev = -1;
+			} else if (CVAL(node->data, 0) == 0) {
+				struct file_list *flist;
+				prev = IVAL(node->data, 1);
+				flist = flist_for_ndx(prev);
+				if (flist)
+					flist->files[prev - flist->ndx_start]->flags &= ~FLAG_HLINK_LAST;
+				else {
+					/* We skipped all prior files in this
+					 * group, so mark this as a "first". */
+					file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST;
+					prev = -1;
+				}
+			} else
+				prev = -1;
+		} else {
+			file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST;
+			prev = -1;
+		}
+		for ( ; from < ndx_count-1; file = file_next, gnum = gnum_next, from++) { /*SHARED ITERATOR*/
+			file_next = hlink_flist->sorted[ndx_list[from+1]];
+			gnum_next = F_HL_GNUM(file_next);
+			if (gnum != gnum_next)
+				break;
+			F_HL_PREV(file) = prev;
+			/* The linked list uses over-the-wire ndx values. */
+			if (unsort_ndx)
+				prev = F_NDX(file);
+			else
+				prev = ndx_list[from] + hlink_flist->ndx_start;
+		}
+		if (prev < 0 && !inc_recurse) {
+			/* Disable hard-link bit and set DONE so that
+			 * HLINK_BUMP()-dependent values are unaffected. */
+			file->flags &= ~(FLAG_HLINKED | FLAG_HLINK_FIRST);
+			file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
 			continue;
-		while ((file = file->F_NEXT) != first) {
-			hlink2 = f_name(file);
-			if (link_stat(hlink2, &st2, 0) == 0) {
-				if (st2.st_dev == st1.st_dev
-				    && st2.st_ino == st1.st_ino)
-					continue;
-				if (make_backups) {
-					if (!make_backup(hlink2))
-						continue;
-				} else if (robust_unlink(hlink2)) {
-					if (verbose > 0) {
-						rsyserr(FINFO, errno,
-							"unlink %s failed",
-							full_fname(hlink2));
-					}
+		}
+
+		file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_LAST;
+		F_HL_PREV(file) = prev;
+		if (inc_recurse && CVAL(node->data, 0) == 0) {
+			if (unsort_ndx)
+				prev = F_NDX(file);
+			else
+				prev = ndx_list[from] + hlink_flist->ndx_start;
+			SIVAL(node->data, 1, prev);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/* Analyze the hard-links in the file-list by creating a list of all the
+ * items that have hlink data, sorting them, and matching up identical
+ * values into clusters.  These will be a single linked list from last
+ * to first when we're done. */
+void match_hard_links(struct file_list *flist)
+{
+	if (!list_only) {
+		int i, ndx_count = 0;
+		int32 *ndx_list;
+
+		if (!(ndx_list = new_array(int32, flist->used)))
+			out_of_memory("match_hard_links");
+
+		for (i = 0; i < flist->used; i++) {
+			if (F_IS_HLINKED(flist->sorted[i]))
+				ndx_list[ndx_count++] = i;
+		}
+
+		hlink_flist = flist;
+
+		if (ndx_count)
+			match_gnums(ndx_list, ndx_count);
+
+		free(ndx_list);
+	}
+	if (protocol_version < 30)
+		idev_destroy();
+}
+
+static int maybe_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, int ndx,
+			   const char *fname, int statret, stat_x *sxp,
+			   const char *oldname, STRUCT_STAT *old_stp,
+			   const char *realname, int itemizing, enum logcode code)
+{
+	if (statret == 0) {
+		if (sxp->st.st_dev == old_stp->st_dev
+		 && sxp->st.st_ino == old_stp->st_ino) {
+			if (itemizing) {
+				itemize(fname, file, ndx, statret, sxp,
+					ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE | ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS,
+					0, "");
+			}
+			if (verbose > 1 && maybe_ATTRS_REPORT)
+				rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s is uptodate\n", fname);
+			file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
+			return 0;
+		}
+		if (make_backups > 0) {
+			if (!make_backup(fname))
+				return -1;
+		} else if (robust_unlink(fname)) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "unlink %s failed",
+				full_fname(fname));
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (hard_link_one(file, fname, oldname, 0)) {
+		if (itemizing) {
+			itemize(fname, file, ndx, statret, sxp,
+				ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE | ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS, 0,
+				realname);
+		}
+		if (code != FNONE && verbose)
+			rprintf(code, "%s => %s\n", fname, realname);
+		return 0;
+	}
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/* Figure out if a prior entry is still there or if we just have a
+ * cached name for it. */
+static char *check_prior(struct file_struct *file, int gnum,
+			 int *prev_ndx_p, struct file_list **flist_p)
+{
+	struct file_struct *fp;
+	struct ht_int32_node *node;
+	int prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
+
+	while (1) {
+		struct file_list *flist;
+		if (prev_ndx < 0
+		 || (flist = flist_for_ndx(prev_ndx)) == NULL)
+			break;
+		fp = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+		if (!(fp->flags & FLAG_SKIP_HLINK)) {
+			*prev_ndx_p = prev_ndx;
+			*flist_p = flist;
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		F_HL_PREV(file) = prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(fp);
+	}
+
+	if ((node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 0)) != NULL) {
+		assert(node->data != NULL);
+		if (CVAL(node->data, 0) != 0) {
+			*prev_ndx_p = -1;
+			*flist_p = NULL;
+			return node->data;
+		}
+		/* The prior file must have been skipped. */
+		F_HL_PREV(file) = -1;
+	}
+
+	*prev_ndx_p = -1;
+	*flist_p = NULL;
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Only called if FLAG_HLINKED is set and FLAG_HLINK_FIRST is not.  Returns:
+ * 0 = process the file, 1 = skip the file, -1 = error occurred. */
+int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, const char *fname,
+		    int statret, stat_x *sxp, int itemizing,
+		    enum logcode code)
+{
+	STRUCT_STAT prev_st;
+	char namebuf[MAXPATHLEN], altbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char *realname, *prev_name;
+	struct file_list *flist;
+	int gnum = inc_recurse ? F_HL_GNUM(file) : -1;
+	int prev_ndx;
+
+	prev_name = realname = check_prior(file, gnum, &prev_ndx, &flist);
+
+	if (!prev_name) {
+		struct file_struct *prev_file;
+
+		if (!flist) {
+			/* The previous file was skipped, so this one is
+			 * treated as if it were the first in its group. */
+			return 0;
+		}
+
+		prev_file = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+
+		/* Is the previous link not complete yet? */
+		if (!(prev_file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_DONE)) {
+			/* Is the previous link being transferred? */
+			if (prev_file->flags & FLAG_FILE_SENT) {
+				/* Add ourselves to the list of files that will
+				 * be updated when the transfer completes, and
+				 * mark ourself as waiting for the transfer. */
+				F_HL_PREV(file) = F_HL_PREV(prev_file);
+				F_HL_PREV(prev_file) = ndx;
+				file->flags |= FLAG_FILE_SENT;
+				cur_flist->in_progress++;
+				return 1;
+			}
+			return 0;
+		}
+
+		/* There is a finished file to link with! */
+		if (!(prev_file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_FIRST)) {
+			/* The previous previous is FIRST when prev is not. */
+			prev_name = realname = check_prior(prev_file, gnum, &prev_ndx, &flist);
+			assert(prev_name != NULL || flist != NULL);
+			/* Update our previous pointer to point to the FIRST. */
+			F_HL_PREV(file) = prev_ndx;
+		}
+
+		if (!prev_name) {
+			int alt_dest;
+
+			prev_file = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+			/* F_HL_PREV() is alt_dest value when DONE && FIRST. */
+			alt_dest = F_HL_PREV(prev_file);
+
+			if (alt_dest >= 0 && dry_run) {
+				pathjoin(namebuf, MAXPATHLEN, basis_dir[alt_dest],
+					 f_name(prev_file, NULL));
+				prev_name = namebuf;
+				realname = f_name(prev_file, altbuf);
+			} else {
+				prev_name = f_name(prev_file, namebuf);
+				realname = prev_name;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (link_stat(prev_name, &prev_st, 0) < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "stat %s failed",
+			full_fname(prev_name));
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (statret < 0 && basis_dir[0] != NULL) {
+		/* If we match an alt-dest item, we don't output this as a change. */
+		char cmpbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+		stat_x alt_sx;
+		int j = 0;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+		alt_sx.acc_acl = alt_sx.def_acl = NULL;
+#endif
+		do {
+			pathjoin(cmpbuf, MAXPATHLEN, basis_dir[j], fname);
+			if (link_stat(cmpbuf, &alt_sx.st, 0) < 0)
+				continue;
+			if (link_dest) {
+				if (prev_st.st_dev != alt_sx.st.st_dev
+				 || prev_st.st_ino != alt_sx.st.st_ino)
 					continue;
+				statret = 1;
+				if (stdout_format_has_i == 0
+				 || (verbose < 2 && stdout_format_has_i < 2)) {
+					itemizing = 0;
+					code = FNONE;
+					if (verbose > 1 && maybe_ATTRS_REPORT)
+						rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s is uptodate\n", fname);
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+			if (!unchanged_file(cmpbuf, file, &alt_sx.st))
+				continue;
+			statret = 1;
+			if (unchanged_attrs(cmpbuf, file, &alt_sx))
+				break;
+		} while (basis_dir[++j] != NULL);
+		if (statret == 1) {
+			sxp->st = alt_sx.st;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+			if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
+				if (!ACL_READY(*sxp))
+					get_acl(cmpbuf, sxp);
+				else {
+					sxp->acc_acl = alt_sx.acc_acl;
+					sxp->def_acl = alt_sx.def_acl;
 				}
 			}
-			hard_link_one(hlink1, hlink2);
-		}
-	}
 #endif
+		}
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+		else if (preserve_acls)
+			free_acl(&alt_sx);
+#endif
+	}
+
+	if (maybe_hard_link(file, ndx, fname, statret, sxp, prev_name, &prev_st,
+			    realname, itemizing, code) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	if (remove_source_files == 1 && do_xfers)
+		send_msg_int(MSG_SUCCESS, ndx);
+
+	return 1;
 }
+
+int hard_link_one(struct file_struct *file, const char *fname,
+		  const char *oldname, int terse)
+{
+	if (do_link(oldname, fname) < 0) {
+		enum logcode code;
+		if (terse) {
+			if (!verbose)
+				return 0;
+			code = FINFO;
+		} else
+			code = FERROR_XFER;
+		rsyserr(code, errno, "link %s => %s failed",
+			full_fname(fname), oldname);
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+void finish_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, const char *fname, int fin_ndx,
+		      STRUCT_STAT *stp, int itemizing, enum logcode code,
+		      int alt_dest)
+{
+	stat_x prev_sx;
+	STRUCT_STAT st;
+	char alt_name[MAXPATHLEN], *prev_name;
+	const char *our_name;
+	struct file_list *flist;
+	int prev_statret, ndx, prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
+
+	if (stp == NULL && prev_ndx >= 0) {
+		if (link_stat(fname, &st, 0) < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "stat %s failed",
+				full_fname(fname));
+			return;
+		}
+		stp = &st;
+	}
+
+	/* FIRST combined with DONE means we were the first to get done. */
+	file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST | FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
+	F_HL_PREV(file) = alt_dest;
+	if (alt_dest >= 0 && dry_run) {
+		pathjoin(alt_name, MAXPATHLEN, basis_dir[alt_dest],
+			 f_name(file, NULL));
+		our_name = alt_name;
+	} else
+		our_name = fname;
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+	prev_sx.acc_acl = prev_sx.def_acl = NULL;
+#endif
+
+	while ((ndx = prev_ndx) >= 0) {
+		int val;
+		flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx);
+		assert(flist != NULL);
+		file = flist->files[ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+		file->flags = (file->flags & ~FLAG_HLINK_FIRST) | FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
+		prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
+		F_HL_PREV(file) = fin_ndx;
+		prev_name = f_name(file, NULL);
+		prev_statret = link_stat(prev_name, &prev_sx.st, 0);
+		val = maybe_hard_link(file, ndx, prev_name, prev_statret, &prev_sx,
+				      our_name, stp, fname, itemizing, code);
+		flist->in_progress--;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+		if (preserve_acls)
+			free_acl(&prev_sx);
+#endif
+		if (val < 0)
+			continue;
+		if (remove_source_files == 1 && do_xfers)
+			send_msg_int(MSG_SUCCESS, ndx);
+	}
+
+	if (inc_recurse) {
+		int gnum = F_HL_GNUM(file);
+		struct ht_int32_node *node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 0);
+		assert(node != NULL && node->data != NULL);
+		assert(CVAL(node->data, 0) == 0);
+		free(node->data);
+		if (!(node->data = strdup(our_name)))
+			out_of_memory("finish_hard_link");
+	}
+}
+
+int skip_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, struct file_list **flist_p)
+{
+	struct file_list *flist;
+	int prev_ndx;
+
+	file->flags |= FLAG_SKIP_HLINK;
+	if (!(file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_LAST))
+		return -1;
+
+	check_prior(file, F_HL_GNUM(file), &prev_ndx, &flist);
+	if (prev_ndx >= 0) {
+		file = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+		if (file->flags & (FLAG_HLINK_DONE|FLAG_FILE_SENT))
+			return -1;
+		file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_LAST;
+		*flist_p = flist;
+	}
+
+	return prev_ndx;
+}
+#endif

ifuncs.h

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* Inline functions for rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+static inline void
+alloc_xbuf(xbuf *xb, size_t sz)
+{
+	if (!(xb->buf = new_array(char, sz)))
+		out_of_memory("alloc_xbuf");
+	xb->size = sz;
+	xb->len = xb->pos = 0;
+}
+
+static inline void
+realloc_xbuf(xbuf *xb, size_t sz)
+{
+	char *bf = realloc_array(xb->buf, char, sz);
+	if (!bf)
+		out_of_memory("realloc_xbuf");
+	xb->buf = bf;
+	xb->size = sz;
+}
+
+static inline int
+to_wire_mode(mode_t mode)
+{
+#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
+#if _S_IFLNK != 0120000
+	if (S_ISLNK(mode))
+		return (mode & ~(_S_IFMT)) | 0120000;
+#endif
+#endif
+	return mode;
+}
+
+static inline mode_t
+from_wire_mode(int mode)
+{
+#if _S_IFLNK != 0120000
+	if ((mode & (_S_IFMT)) == 0120000)
+		return (mode & ~(_S_IFMT)) | _S_IFLNK;
+#endif
+	return mode;
+}
+
+static inline char *
+d_name(struct dirent *di)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR
+	return (di->d_name - 2);
+#else
+	return di->d_name;
+#endif
+}
+
+static inline int
+isDigit(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return isdigit(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+isPrint(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return isprint(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+isSpace(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return isspace(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+isLower(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return islower(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+isUpper(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return isupper(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+toLower(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return tolower(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+toUpper(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return toupper(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}

io.h

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+extern int protocol_version;
+
+static inline int32
+read_varint30(int f)
+{
+	if (protocol_version < 30)
+		return read_int(f);
+	return read_varint(f);
+}
+
+static inline int64
+read_varlong30(int f, uchar min_bytes)
+{
+	if (protocol_version < 30)
+		return read_longint(f);
+	return read_varlong(f, min_bytes);
+}
+
+static inline void
+write_varint30(int f, int32 x)
+{
+	if (protocol_version < 30)
+		write_int(f, x);
+	else
+		write_varint(f, x);
+}
+
+static inline void
+write_varlong30(int f, int64 x, uchar min_bytes)
+{
+	if (protocol_version < 30)
+		write_longint(f, x);
+	else
+		write_varlong(f, x, min_bytes);
+}

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-dummy

lib/addrinfo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/*
+PostgreSQL Database Management System
+(formerly known as Postgres, then as Postgres95)
+
+Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2005, The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+
+Portions Copyright (c) 1994, The Regents of the University of California
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement
+is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph
+and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies.
+
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
+DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING
+LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION,
+EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,
+INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
+ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATIONS
+TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
+
+*/
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * getaddrinfo.h
+ *	  Support getaddrinfo() on platforms that don't have it.
+ *
+ * Note: we use our own routines on platforms that don't HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO,
+ * whether or not the library routine getaddrinfo() can be found.  This
+ * policy is needed because on some platforms a manually installed libbind.a
+ * may provide getaddrinfo(), yet the system headers may not provide the
+ * struct definitions needed to call it.  To avoid conflict with the libbind
+ * definition in such cases, we rename our routines to pg_xxx() via macros.
+ *
+ * This code will also work on platforms where struct addrinfo is defined
+ * in the system headers but no getaddrinfo() can be located.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2007, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef ADDRINFO_H
+#define ADDRINFO_H
+
+
+/* Various macros that ought to be in <netdb.h>, but might not be */
+
+#ifndef EAI_FAIL
+#define EAI_BADFLAGS	(-1)
+#define EAI_NONAME		(-2)
+#define EAI_AGAIN		(-3)
+#define EAI_FAIL		(-4)
+#define EAI_FAMILY		(-6)
+#define EAI_SOCKTYPE	(-7)
+#define EAI_SERVICE		(-8)
+#define EAI_MEMORY		(-10)
+#define EAI_SYSTEM		(-11)
+#endif   /* !EAI_FAIL */
+
+#ifndef AI_PASSIVE
+#define AI_PASSIVE		0x0001
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AI_NUMERICHOST
+/*
+ * some platforms don't support AI_NUMERICHOST; define as zero if using
+ * the system version of getaddrinfo...
+ */
+#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO) && defined(HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
+#define AI_NUMERICHOST	0
+#else
+#define AI_NUMERICHOST	0x0004
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AI_CANONNAME
+#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO) && defined(HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
+#define AI_CANONNAME 0
+#else
+#define AI_CANONNAME 0x0008
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AI_NUMERICSERV
+#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO) && defined(HAVE_GETADDRINFO)
+#define AI_NUMERICSERV 0
+#else
+#define AI_NUMERICSERV 0x0010
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_NUMERICHOST
+#define NI_NUMERICHOST	1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_NUMERICSERV
+#define NI_NUMERICSERV	2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_NOFQDN
+#define NI_NOFQDN	4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_NAMEREQD
+#define NI_NAMEREQD 	8
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_DGRAM
+#define NI_DGRAM	16
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef NI_MAXHOST
+#define NI_MAXHOST	1025
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_MAXSERV
+#define NI_MAXSERV	32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO
+struct addrinfo
+{
+	int			ai_flags;
+	int			ai_family;
+	int			ai_socktype;
+	int			ai_protocol;
+	size_t		ai_addrlen;
+	struct sockaddr *ai_addr;
+	char	   *ai_canonname;
+	struct addrinfo *ai_next;
+};
+#endif   /* !HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
+struct sockaddr_storage {
+	unsigned short ss_family;
+	unsigned long ss_align;
+	char ss_padding[128 - sizeof (unsigned long)];
+};
+#endif	/* !HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
+
+/* Rename private copies per comments above */
+#ifdef getaddrinfo
+#undef getaddrinfo
+#endif
+#define getaddrinfo pg_getaddrinfo
+
+#ifdef freeaddrinfo
+#undef freeaddrinfo
+#endif
+#define freeaddrinfo pg_freeaddrinfo
+
+#ifdef gai_strerror
+#undef gai_strerror
+#endif
+#define gai_strerror pg_gai_strerror
+
+#ifdef getnameinfo
+#undef getnameinfo
+#endif
+#define getnameinfo pg_getnameinfo
+
+extern int getaddrinfo(const char *node, const char *service,
+			const struct addrinfo * hints, struct addrinfo ** res);
+extern void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo * res);
+extern const char *gai_strerror(int errcode);
+extern int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr * sa, socklen_t salen,
+			char *node, size_t nodelen,
+			char *service, size_t servicelen, int flags);
+#endif   /* !HAVE_GETADDRINFO */
+
+#endif   /* ADDRINFO_H */

lib/compat.c

@@ -1,42 +1,34 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-/**
- * @file compat.c
+/*
+ * Reimplementations of standard functions for platforms that don't have them.
  *
- * Reimplementations of standard functions for platforms that don't
- * have them.
- **/
-
-
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
+ * Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-
 #ifndef HAVE_STRDUP
  char *strdup(char *s)
 {
-  int l = strlen(s) + 1;
-  char *ret = (char *)malloc(l);
-  if (ret)
-    strcpy(ret,s);
-  return ret;
+	int len = strlen(s) + 1;
+	char *ret = (char *)malloc(len);
+	if (ret)
+		memcpy(ret, s, len);
+	return ret;
 }
 #endif
 
@@ -86,7 +78,7 @@
 /**
  * Find the first ocurrence in @p s of any character in @p accept.
  *
- * Derived from glibc 
+ * Derived from glibc
  **/
  char *strpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept)
 {
@@ -105,7 +97,7 @@
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRLCPY
 /**
- * Like strncpy but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null 
+ * Like strncpy but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null
  * terminates.
  *
  * @param bufsize is the size of the destination buffer.
@@ -128,7 +120,7 @@
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRLCAT
 /**
- * Like strncat() but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null 
+ * Like strncat() but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null
  * terminates.
  *
  * @param bufsize length of the buffer, which should be one more than
@@ -150,49 +142,6 @@
 }
 #endif
 
-#ifdef REPLACE_INET_NTOA
- char *rep_inet_ntoa(struct in_addr ip)
-{
-	unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)&ip.s_addr;
-	static char buf[18];
-#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-	snprintf(buf, 18, "%d.%d.%d.%d", 
-		 (int)p[0], (int)p[1], (int)p[2], (int)p[3]);
-#else
-	snprintf(buf, 18, "%d.%d.%d.%d", 
-		 (int)p[3], (int)p[2], (int)p[1], (int)p[0]);
-#endif
-	return buf;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef REPLACE_INET_ATON
- int inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr *inp)
-{
-	unsigned int a1, a2, a3, a4;
-	unsigned long ret;
-
-	if (strcmp(cp, "255.255.255.255") == 0) {
-		inp->s_addr = (unsigned) -1;
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	if (sscanf(cp, "%u.%u.%u.%u", &a1, &a2, &a3, &a4) != 4 ||
-	    a1 > 255 || a2 > 255 || a3 > 255 || a4 > 255) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	ret = (a1 << 24) | (a2 << 16) | (a3 << 8) | a4;
-
-	inp->s_addr = htonl(ret);
-	
-	if (inp->s_addr == (unsigned) -1) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
 /* some systems don't take the 2nd argument */
 int sys_gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv)
 {

lib/getaddrinfo.c

@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
+/*
+PostgreSQL Database Management System
+(formerly known as Postgres, then as Postgres95)
+
+Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2005, The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+
+Portions Copyright (c) 1994, The Regents of the University of California
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement
+is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph
+and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies.
+
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
+DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING
+LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION,
+EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,
+INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
+ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATIONS
+TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
+
+*/
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * getaddrinfo.c
+ *	  Support getaddrinfo() on platforms that don't have it.
+ *
+ * We also supply getnameinfo() here, assuming that the platform will have
+ * it if and only if it has getaddrinfo().	If this proves false on some
+ * platform, we'll need to split this file and provide a separate configure
+ * test for getnameinfo().
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2007, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Jeremy Allison.
+ * Modified to return multiple IPv4 addresses for Samba.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+#ifndef SMB_MALLOC
+#define SMB_MALLOC(s) malloc(s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SMB_STRDUP
+#define SMB_STRDUP(s) strdup(s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HOST_NAME_MAX
+#define HOST_NAME_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+static int check_hostent_err(struct hostent *hp)
+{
+#ifndef INET6
+	extern int h_errno;
+#endif
+	if (!hp) {
+		switch (h_errno) {
+			case HOST_NOT_FOUND:
+			case NO_DATA:
+				return EAI_NONAME;
+			case TRY_AGAIN:
+				return EAI_AGAIN;
+			case NO_RECOVERY:
+			default:
+				return EAI_FAIL;
+		}
+	}
+	if (!hp->h_name || hp->h_addrtype != AF_INET) {
+		return EAI_FAIL;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static char *canon_name_from_hostent(struct hostent *hp,
+				int *perr)
+{
+	char *ret = NULL;
+
+	*perr = check_hostent_err(hp);
+	if (*perr) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	ret = SMB_STRDUP(hp->h_name);
+	if (!ret) {
+		*perr = EAI_MEMORY;
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+static char *get_my_canon_name(int *perr)
+{
+	char name[HOST_NAME_MAX+1];
+
+	if (gethostname(name, HOST_NAME_MAX) == -1) {
+		*perr = EAI_FAIL;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	/* Ensure null termination. */
+	name[HOST_NAME_MAX] = '\0';
+	return canon_name_from_hostent(gethostbyname(name), perr);
+}
+
+static char *get_canon_name_from_addr(struct in_addr ip,
+				int *perr)
+{
+	return canon_name_from_hostent(
+			gethostbyaddr((void *)&ip, sizeof ip, AF_INET),
+			perr);
+}
+
+static struct addrinfo *alloc_entry(const struct addrinfo *hints,
+				struct in_addr ip,
+				unsigned short port)
+{
+	struct sockaddr_in *psin = NULL;
+	struct addrinfo *ai = SMB_MALLOC(sizeof(*ai));
+
+	if (!ai) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	memset(ai, '\0', sizeof(*ai));
+
+	psin = SMB_MALLOC(sizeof(*psin));
+	if (!psin) {
+		free(ai);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	memset(psin, '\0', sizeof(*psin));
+
+	psin->sin_family = AF_INET;
+	psin->sin_port = htons(port);
+	psin->sin_addr = ip;
+
+	ai->ai_flags = 0;
+	ai->ai_family = AF_INET;
+	ai->ai_socktype = hints->ai_socktype;
+	ai->ai_protocol = hints->ai_protocol;
+	ai->ai_addrlen = sizeof(*psin);
+	ai->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr *) psin;
+	ai->ai_canonname = NULL;
+	ai->ai_next = NULL;
+
+	return ai;
+}
+
+/*
+ * get address info for a single ipv4 address.
+ *
+ *	Bugs:	- servname can only be a number, not text.
+ */
+
+static int getaddr_info_single_addr(const char *service,
+				uint32 addr,
+				const struct addrinfo *hints,
+				struct addrinfo **res)
+{
+
+	struct addrinfo *ai = NULL;
+	struct in_addr ip;
+	unsigned short port = 0;
+
+	if (service) {
+		port = (unsigned short)atoi(service);
+	}
+	ip.s_addr = htonl(addr);
+
+	ai = alloc_entry(hints, ip, port);
+	if (!ai) {
+		return EAI_MEMORY;
+	}
+
+	/* If we're asked for the canonical name,
+	 * make sure it returns correctly. */
+	if (!(hints->ai_flags & AI_NUMERICSERV) &&
+			hints->ai_flags & AI_CANONNAME) {
+		int err;
+		if (addr == INADDR_LOOPBACK || addr == INADDR_ANY) {
+			ai->ai_canonname = get_my_canon_name(&err);
+		} else {
+			ai->ai_canonname =
+			get_canon_name_from_addr(ip,&err);
+		}
+		if (ai->ai_canonname == NULL) {
+			freeaddrinfo(ai);
+			return err;
+		}
+	}
+
+	*res = ai;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * get address info for multiple ipv4 addresses.
+ *
+ *	Bugs:	- servname can only be a number, not text.
+ */
+
+static int getaddr_info_name(const char *node,
+				const char *service,
+				const struct addrinfo *hints,
+				struct addrinfo **res)
+{
+	struct addrinfo *listp = NULL, *prevp = NULL;
+	char **pptr = NULL;
+	int err;
+	struct hostent *hp = NULL;
+	unsigned short port = 0;
+
+	if (service) {
+		port = (unsigned short)atoi(service);
+	}
+
+	hp = gethostbyname(node);
+	err = check_hostent_err(hp);
+	if (err) {
+		return err;
+	}
+
+	for(pptr = hp->h_addr_list; *pptr; pptr++) {
+		struct in_addr ip = *(struct in_addr *)*pptr;
+		struct addrinfo *ai = alloc_entry(hints, ip, port);
+
+		if (!ai) {
+			freeaddrinfo(listp);
+			return EAI_MEMORY;
+		}
+
+		if (!listp) {
+			listp = ai;
+			prevp = ai;
+			ai->ai_canonname = SMB_STRDUP(hp->h_name);
+			if (!ai->ai_canonname) {
+				freeaddrinfo(listp);
+				return EAI_MEMORY;
+			}
+		} else {
+			prevp->ai_next = ai;
+			prevp = ai;
+		}
+	}
+	*res = listp;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * get address info for ipv4 sockets.
+ *
+ *	Bugs:	- servname can only be a number, not text.
+ */
+
+int getaddrinfo(const char *node,
+		const char *service,
+		const struct addrinfo * hintp,
+		struct addrinfo ** res)
+{
+	struct addrinfo hints;
+
+	/* Setup the hints struct. */
+	if (hintp == NULL) {
+		memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
+		hints.ai_family = AF_INET;
+		hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
+	} else {
+		memcpy(&hints, hintp, sizeof(hints));
+	}
+
+	if (hints.ai_family != AF_INET && hints.ai_family != AF_UNSPEC) {
+		return EAI_FAMILY;
+	}
+
+	if (hints.ai_socktype == 0) {
+		hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
+	}
+
+	if (!node && !service) {
+		return EAI_NONAME;
+	}
+
+	if (node) {
+		if (node[0] == '\0') {
+			return getaddr_info_single_addr(service,
+					INADDR_ANY,
+					&hints,
+					res);
+		} else if (hints.ai_flags & AI_NUMERICHOST) {
+			struct in_addr ip;
+			if (!inet_aton(node, &ip)) {
+				return EAI_FAIL;
+			}
+			return getaddr_info_single_addr(service,
+					ntohl(ip.s_addr),
+					&hints,
+					res);
+		} else {
+			return getaddr_info_name(node,
+						service,
+						&hints,
+						res);
+		}
+	} else if (hints.ai_flags & AI_PASSIVE) {
+		return getaddr_info_single_addr(service,
+					INADDR_ANY,
+					&hints,
+					res);
+	}
+	return getaddr_info_single_addr(service,
+					INADDR_LOOPBACK,
+					&hints,
+					res);
+}
+
+
+void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *res)
+{
+	struct addrinfo *next = NULL;
+
+	for (;res; res = next) {
+		next = res->ai_next;
+		if (res->ai_canonname) {
+			free(res->ai_canonname);
+		}
+		if (res->ai_addr) {
+			free(res->ai_addr);
+		}
+		free(res);
+	}
+}
+
+
+const char *gai_strerror(int errcode)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_HSTRERROR
+	int			hcode;
+
+	switch (errcode)
+	{
+		case EAI_NONAME:
+			hcode = HOST_NOT_FOUND;
+			break;
+		case EAI_AGAIN:
+			hcode = TRY_AGAIN;
+			break;
+		case EAI_FAIL:
+		default:
+			hcode = NO_RECOVERY;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return hstrerror(hcode);
+#else							/* !HAVE_HSTRERROR */
+
+	switch (errcode)
+	{
+		case EAI_NONAME:
+			return "Unknown host";
+		case EAI_AGAIN:
+			return "Host name lookup failure";
+#ifdef EAI_BADFLAGS
+		case EAI_BADFLAGS:
+			return "Invalid argument";
+#endif
+#ifdef EAI_FAMILY
+		case EAI_FAMILY:
+			return "Address family not supported";
+#endif
+#ifdef EAI_MEMORY
+		case EAI_MEMORY:
+			return "Not enough memory";
+#endif
+#ifdef EAI_NODATA
+		case EAI_NODATA:
+			return "No host data of that type was found";
+#endif
+#ifdef EAI_SERVICE
+		case EAI_SERVICE:
+			return "Class type not found";
+#endif
+#ifdef EAI_SOCKTYPE
+		case EAI_SOCKTYPE:
+			return "Socket type not supported";
+#endif
+		default:
+			return "Unknown server error";
+	}
+#endif   /* HAVE_HSTRERROR */
+}
+
+static int gethostnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa,
+			char *node,
+			size_t nodelen,
+			int flags)
+{
+	int ret = -1;
+	char *p = NULL;
+
+	if (!(flags & NI_NUMERICHOST)) {
+		struct hostent *hp = gethostbyaddr(
+				(void *)&((struct sockaddr_in *)sa)->sin_addr,
+				sizeof (struct in_addr),
+				sa->sa_family);
+		ret = check_hostent_err(hp);
+		if (ret == 0) {
+			/* Name looked up successfully. */
+			ret = snprintf(node, nodelen, "%s", hp->h_name);
+			if (ret < 0 || (size_t)ret >= nodelen) {
+				return EAI_MEMORY;
+			}
+			if (flags & NI_NOFQDN) {
+				p = strchr(node,'.');
+				if (p) {
+					*p = '\0';
+				}
+			}
+			return 0;
+		}
+
+		if (flags & NI_NAMEREQD) {
+			/* If we require a name and didn't get one,
+			 * automatically fail. */
+			return ret;
+		}
+		/* Otherwise just fall into the numeric host code... */
+	}
+	p = inet_ntoa(((struct sockaddr_in *)sa)->sin_addr);
+	ret = snprintf(node, nodelen, "%s", p);
+	if (ret < 0 || (size_t)ret >= nodelen) {
+		return EAI_MEMORY;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static int getservicenameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa,
+			char *service,
+			size_t servicelen,
+			int flags)
+{
+	int ret = -1;
+	int port = ntohs(((struct sockaddr_in *)sa)->sin_port);
+
+	if (!(flags & NI_NUMERICSERV)) {
+		struct servent *se = getservbyport(
+				port,
+				(flags & NI_DGRAM) ? "udp" : "tcp");
+		if (se && se->s_name) {
+			/* Service name looked up successfully. */
+			ret = snprintf(service, servicelen, "%s", se->s_name);
+			if (ret < 0 || (size_t)ret >= servicelen) {
+				return EAI_MEMORY;
+			}
+			return 0;
+		}
+		/* Otherwise just fall into the numeric service code... */
+	}
+	ret = snprintf(service, servicelen, "%d", port);
+	if (ret < 0 || (size_t)ret >= servicelen) {
+		return EAI_MEMORY;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert an ipv4 address to a hostname.
+ *
+ * Bugs:	- No IPv6 support.
+ */
+int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, socklen_t salen,
+			char *node, size_t nodelen,
+			char *service, size_t servicelen, int flags)
+{
+
+	/* Invalid arguments. */
+	if (sa == NULL || (node == NULL && service == NULL)) {
+		return EAI_FAIL;
+	}
+
+	if (sa->sa_family != AF_INET) {
+		return EAI_FAIL;
+	}
+
+	if (salen < (socklen_t)sizeof (struct sockaddr_in)) {
+		return EAI_FAIL;
+	}
+
+	/* We don't support those. */
+	if ((node && !(flags & NI_NUMERICHOST))
+		|| (service && !(flags & NI_NUMERICSERV)))
+		return EAI_FAIL;
+
+	if (node) {
+		return gethostnameinfo(sa, node, nodelen, flags);
+	}
+
+	if (service) {
+		return getservicenameinfo(sa, service, servicelen, flags);
+	}
+	return 0;
+}

lib/inet_ntop.c

@@ -75,13 +75,14 @@ inet_ntop4(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t size)
 {
 	static const char *fmt = "%u.%u.%u.%u";
 	char tmp[sizeof "255.255.255.255"];
+	size_t len;
 
-	if ((size_t)sprintf(tmp, fmt, src[0], src[1], src[2], src[3]) >= size)
-	{
+	len = snprintf(tmp, sizeof tmp, fmt, src[0], src[1], src[2], src[3]);
+	if (len >= size) {
 		errno = ENOSPC;
 		return (NULL);
 	}
-	strcpy(dst, tmp);
+	memcpy(dst, tmp, len + 1);
 
 	return (dst);
 }
@@ -106,7 +107,7 @@ inet_ntop6(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t size)
 	char tmp[sizeof "ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:255.255.255.255"], *tp;
 	struct { int base, len; } best, cur;
 	unsigned int words[NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ];
-	int i;
+	int i, inc;
 
 	/*
 	 * Preprocess:
@@ -157,13 +158,14 @@ inet_ntop6(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t size)
 		/* Is this address an encapsulated IPv4? */
 		if (i == 6 && best.base == 0 &&
 		    (best.len == 6 || (best.len == 5 && words[5] == 0xffff))) {
-			if (!inet_ntop4(src+12, tp,
-					sizeof tmp - (tp - tmp)))
+			if (!inet_ntop4(src+12, tp, sizeof tmp - (tp - tmp)))
 				return (NULL);
 			tp += strlen(tp);
 			break;
 		}
-		tp += sprintf(tp, "%x", words[i]);
+		inc = snprintf(tp, 5, "%x", words[i]);
+		assert(inc < 5);
+		tp += inc;
 	}
 	/* Was it a trailing run of 0x00's? */
 	if (best.base != -1 && (best.base + best.len) ==
@@ -178,7 +180,7 @@ inet_ntop6(const unsigned char *src, char *dst, size_t size)
 		errno = ENOSPC;
 		return (NULL);
 	}
-	strcpy(dst, tmp);
+	memcpy(dst, tmp, tp - tmp);
 	return (dst);
 }
 #endif /* AF_INET6 */

lib/md5.c

@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+/*
+ * RFC 1321 compliant MD5 implementation
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Christophe Devine
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+void md5_begin(md_context *ctx)
+{
+	ctx->A = 0x67452301;
+	ctx->B = 0xEFCDAB89;
+	ctx->C = 0x98BADCFE;
+	ctx->D = 0x10325476;
+
+	ctx->totalN = ctx->totalN2 = 0;
+}
+
+static void md5_process(md_context *ctx, const uchar data[CSUM_CHUNK])
+{
+	uint32 X[16], A, B, C, D;
+
+	A = ctx->A;
+	B = ctx->B;
+	C = ctx->C;
+	D = ctx->D;
+
+	X[0] = IVAL(data, 0);
+	X[1] = IVAL(data, 4);
+	X[2] = IVAL(data, 8);
+	X[3] = IVAL(data, 12);
+	X[4] = IVAL(data, 16);
+	X[5] = IVAL(data, 20);
+	X[6] = IVAL(data, 24);
+	X[7] = IVAL(data, 28);
+	X[8] = IVAL(data, 32);
+	X[9] = IVAL(data, 36);
+	X[10] = IVAL(data, 40);
+	X[11] = IVAL(data, 44);
+	X[12] = IVAL(data, 48);
+	X[13] = IVAL(data, 52);
+	X[14] = IVAL(data, 56);
+	X[15] = IVAL(data, 60);
+
+#define S(x,n) ((x << n) | ((x & 0xFFFFFFFF) >> (32 - n)))
+
+#define P(a,b,c,d,k,s,t) a += F(b,c,d) + X[k] + t, a = S(a,s) + b
+
+#define F(x,y,z) (z ^ (x & (y ^ z)))
+
+	P(A, B, C, D,  0,  7, 0xD76AA478);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  1, 12, 0xE8C7B756);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  2, 17, 0x242070DB);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  3, 22, 0xC1BDCEEE);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  4,  7, 0xF57C0FAF);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  5, 12, 0x4787C62A);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  6, 17, 0xA8304613);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  7, 22, 0xFD469501);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  8,  7, 0x698098D8);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  9, 12, 0x8B44F7AF);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 10, 17, 0xFFFF5BB1);
+	P(B, C, D, A, 11, 22, 0x895CD7BE);
+	P(A, B, C, D, 12,  7, 0x6B901122);
+	P(D, A, B, C, 13, 12, 0xFD987193);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 14, 17, 0xA679438E);
+	P(B, C, D, A, 15, 22, 0x49B40821);
+
+#undef F
+#define F(x,y,z) (y ^ (z & (x ^ y)))
+
+	P(A, B, C, D,  1,  5, 0xF61E2562);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  6,  9, 0xC040B340);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 11, 14, 0x265E5A51);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  0, 20, 0xE9B6C7AA);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  5,  5, 0xD62F105D);
+	P(D, A, B, C, 10,  9, 0x02441453);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 15, 14, 0xD8A1E681);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  4, 20, 0xE7D3FBC8);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  9,  5, 0x21E1CDE6);
+	P(D, A, B, C, 14,  9, 0xC33707D6);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  3, 14, 0xF4D50D87);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  8, 20, 0x455A14ED);
+	P(A, B, C, D, 13,  5, 0xA9E3E905);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  2,  9, 0xFCEFA3F8);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  7, 14, 0x676F02D9);
+	P(B, C, D, A, 12, 20, 0x8D2A4C8A);
+
+#undef F
+#define F(x,y,z) (x ^ y ^ z)
+
+	P(A, B, C, D,  5,  4, 0xFFFA3942);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  8, 11, 0x8771F681);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 11, 16, 0x6D9D6122);
+	P(B, C, D, A, 14, 23, 0xFDE5380C);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  1,  4, 0xA4BEEA44);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  4, 11, 0x4BDECFA9);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  7, 16, 0xF6BB4B60);
+	P(B, C, D, A, 10, 23, 0xBEBFBC70);
+	P(A, B, C, D, 13,  4, 0x289B7EC6);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  0, 11, 0xEAA127FA);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  3, 16, 0xD4EF3085);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  6, 23, 0x04881D05);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  9,  4, 0xD9D4D039);
+	P(D, A, B, C, 12, 11, 0xE6DB99E5);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 15, 16, 0x1FA27CF8);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  2, 23, 0xC4AC5665);
+
+#undef F
+#define F(x,y,z) (y ^ (x | ~z))
+
+	P(A, B, C, D,  0,  6, 0xF4292244);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  7, 10, 0x432AFF97);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 14, 15, 0xAB9423A7);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  5, 21, 0xFC93A039);
+	P(A, B, C, D, 12,  6, 0x655B59C3);
+	P(D, A, B, C,  3, 10, 0x8F0CCC92);
+	P(C, D, A, B, 10, 15, 0xFFEFF47D);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  1, 21, 0x85845DD1);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  8,  6, 0x6FA87E4F);
+	P(D, A, B, C, 15, 10, 0xFE2CE6E0);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  6, 15, 0xA3014314);
+	P(B, C, D, A, 13, 21, 0x4E0811A1);
+	P(A, B, C, D,  4,  6, 0xF7537E82);
+	P(D, A, B, C, 11, 10, 0xBD3AF235);
+	P(C, D, A, B,  2, 15, 0x2AD7D2BB);
+	P(B, C, D, A,  9, 21, 0xEB86D391);
+
+#undef F
+
+	ctx->A += A;
+	ctx->B += B;
+	ctx->C += C;
+	ctx->D += D;
+}
+
+void md5_update(md_context *ctx, const uchar *input, uint32 length)
+{
+	uint32 left, fill;
+
+	if (!length)
+		return;
+
+	left = ctx->totalN & 0x3F;
+	fill = CSUM_CHUNK - left;
+
+	ctx->totalN += length;
+	ctx->totalN &= 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+	if (ctx->totalN < length)
+		ctx->totalN2++;
+
+	if (left && length >= fill) {
+		memcpy(ctx->buffer + left, input, fill);
+		md5_process(ctx, ctx->buffer);
+		length -= fill;
+		input  += fill;
+		left = 0;
+	}
+
+	while (length >= CSUM_CHUNK) {
+		md5_process(ctx, input);
+		length -= CSUM_CHUNK;
+		input  += CSUM_CHUNK;
+	}
+
+	if (length)
+		memcpy(ctx->buffer + left, input, length);
+}
+
+static uchar md5_padding[CSUM_CHUNK] = { 0x80 };
+
+void md5_result(md_context *ctx, uchar digest[MD5_DIGEST_LEN])
+{
+	uint32 last, padn;
+	uint32 high, low;
+	uchar msglen[8];
+
+	high = (ctx->totalN >> 29)
+	     | (ctx->totalN2 <<  3);
+	low  = (ctx->totalN <<  3);
+
+	SIVAL(msglen, 0, low);
+	SIVAL(msglen, 4, high);
+
+	last = ctx->totalN & 0x3F;
+	padn = last < 56 ? 56 - last : 120 - last;
+
+	md5_update(ctx, md5_padding, padn);
+	md5_update(ctx, msglen, 8);
+
+	SIVAL(digest, 0, ctx->A);
+	SIVAL(digest, 4, ctx->B);
+	SIVAL(digest, 8, ctx->C);
+	SIVAL(digest, 12, ctx->D);
+}
+
+void get_md5(uchar *out, const uchar *input, int n)
+{
+	md_context ctx;
+	md5_begin(&ctx);
+	md5_update(&ctx, input, n);
+	md5_result(&ctx, out);
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST_MD5
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/*
+ * those are the standard RFC 1321 test vectors
+ */
+
+static struct {
+    char *str, *md5;
+} tests[] = {
+ { "",
+   "d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e" },
+ { "a",
+   "0cc175b9c0f1b6a831c399e269772661" },
+ { "abc",
+   "900150983cd24fb0d6963f7d28e17f72" },
+ { "message digest",
+   "f96b697d7cb7938d525a2f31aaf161d0" },
+ { "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz",
+   "c3fcd3d76192e4007dfb496cca67e13b" },
+ { "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789",
+   "d174ab98d277d9f5a5611c2c9f419d9f" },
+ { "12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890",
+   "57edf4a22be3c955ac49da2e2107b67a" },
+ { NULL, NULL }
+};
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	FILE *f;
+	int i, j;
+	char output[33];
+	md_context ctx;
+	uchar buf[1000];
+	uchar md5sum[MD5_DIGEST_LEN];
+
+	if (argc < 2) {
+		printf("\nMD5 Validation Tests:\n\n");
+
+		for (i = 0; tests[i].str; i++) {
+			char *str = tests[i].str;
+			char *chk = tests[i].md5;
+
+			printf("  Test %d ", i + 1);
+
+			get_md5(md5sum, str, strlen(str));
+
+			for (j = 0; j < MD5_DIGEST_LEN; j++)
+				sprintf(output + j * 2, "%02x", md5sum[j]);
+
+			if (memcmp(output, chk, 32)) {
+				printf("failed!\n");
+				return 1;
+			}
+
+			printf("passed.\n");
+		}
+
+		printf("\n");
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	while (--argc) {
+		if (!(f = fopen(*++argv, "rb"))) {
+			perror("fopen");
+			return 1;
+		}
+
+		md5_begin(&ctx);
+
+		while ((i = fread(buf, 1, sizeof buf, f)) > 0)
+			md5_update(&ctx, buf, i);
+
+		md5_result(&ctx, md5sum);
+
+		for (j = 0; j < MD5_DIGEST_LEN; j++)
+			printf("%02x", md5sum[j]);
+
+		printf("  %s\n", *argv);
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#endif

lib/mdfour.c

@@ -1,32 +1,32 @@
 /* 
-   Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
-   Version 1.9.
-   a implementation of MD4 designed for use in the SMB authentication protocol
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1997-1998.
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+ * Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
+ * Version 1.9.
+ * An implementation of MD4 designed for use in the SMB authentication protocol.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1997-1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * 
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ * 
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ * 
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 /* NOTE: This code makes no attempt to be fast! 
+ *
+ * It assumes that a int is at least 32 bits long. */
 
-   It assumes that a int is at least 32 bits long
-*/
-
-static struct mdfour *m;
+static md_context *m;
 
 #define MASK32 (0xffffffff)
 
@@ -48,32 +48,31 @@ static void mdfour64(uint32 *M)
 	A = m->A; B = m->B; C = m->C; D = m->D; 
 	AA = A; BB = B; CC = C; DD = D;
 
-        ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  1,  7);  
+	ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  1,  7);  
 	ROUND1(C,D,A,B,  2, 11);  ROUND1(B,C,D,A,  3, 19);
-        ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  4,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  5,  7);  
+	ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  4,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  5,  7);  
 	ROUND1(C,D,A,B,  6, 11);  ROUND1(B,C,D,A,  7, 19);
-        ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  8,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  9,  7);  
+	ROUND1(A,B,C,D,  8,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C,  9,  7);  
 	ROUND1(C,D,A,B, 10, 11);  ROUND1(B,C,D,A, 11, 19);
-        ROUND1(A,B,C,D, 12,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C, 13,  7);  
+	ROUND1(A,B,C,D, 12,  3);  ROUND1(D,A,B,C, 13,  7);  
 	ROUND1(C,D,A,B, 14, 11);  ROUND1(B,C,D,A, 15, 19);	
 
-
-        ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  4,  5);  
+	ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  4,  5);  
 	ROUND2(C,D,A,B,  8,  9);  ROUND2(B,C,D,A, 12, 13);
-        ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  1,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  5,  5);  
+	ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  1,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  5,  5);  
 	ROUND2(C,D,A,B,  9,  9);  ROUND2(B,C,D,A, 13, 13);
-        ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  2,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  6,  5);  
+	ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  2,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  6,  5);  
 	ROUND2(C,D,A,B, 10,  9);  ROUND2(B,C,D,A, 14, 13);
-        ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  3,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  7,  5);  
+	ROUND2(A,B,C,D,  3,  3);  ROUND2(D,A,B,C,  7,  5);  
 	ROUND2(C,D,A,B, 11,  9);  ROUND2(B,C,D,A, 15, 13);
 
 	ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  0,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C,  8,  9);  
 	ROUND3(C,D,A,B,  4, 11);  ROUND3(B,C,D,A, 12, 15);
-        ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  2,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C, 10,  9);  
+	ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  2,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C, 10,  9);  
 	ROUND3(C,D,A,B,  6, 11);  ROUND3(B,C,D,A, 14, 15);
-        ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  1,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C,  9,  9);  
+	ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  1,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C,  9,  9);  
 	ROUND3(C,D,A,B,  5, 11);  ROUND3(B,C,D,A, 13, 15);
-        ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  3,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C, 11,  9);  
+	ROUND3(A,B,C,D,  3,  3);  ROUND3(D,A,B,C, 11,  9);  
 	ROUND3(C,D,A,B,  7, 11);  ROUND3(B,C,D,A, 15, 15);
 
 	A += AA; B += BB; 
@@ -85,16 +84,17 @@ static void mdfour64(uint32 *M)
 	m->A = A; m->B = B; m->C = C; m->D = D;
 }
 
-static void copy64(uint32 *M, unsigned char *in)
+static void copy64(uint32 *M, const uchar *in)
 {
 	int i;
 
-	for (i=0;i<16;i++)
-		M[i] = (in[i*4+3]<<24) | (in[i*4+2]<<16) |
-			(in[i*4+1]<<8) | (in[i*4+0]<<0);
+	for (i = 0; i < MD4_DIGEST_LEN; i++) {
+		M[i] = (in[i*4+3] << 24) | (in[i*4+2] << 16)
+		     | (in[i*4+1] << 8)  | (in[i*4+0] << 0);
+	}
 }
 
-static void copy4(unsigned char *out,uint32 x)
+static void copy4(uchar *out,uint32 x)
 {
 	out[0] = x&0xFF;
 	out[1] = (x>>8)&0xFF;
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ static void copy4(unsigned char *out,uint32 x)
 	out[3] = (x>>24)&0xFF;
 }
 
-void mdfour_begin(struct mdfour *md)
+void mdfour_begin(md_context *md)
 {
 	md->A = 0x67452301;
 	md->B = 0xefcdab89;
@@ -112,27 +112,26 @@ void mdfour_begin(struct mdfour *md)
 	md->totalN2 = 0;
 }
 
-
-static void mdfour_tail(unsigned char *in, uint32 n)
+static void mdfour_tail(const uchar *in, uint32 length)
 {
-	unsigned char buf[128];
+	uchar buf[128];
 	uint32 M[16];
 	extern int protocol_version;
 
 	/*
 	 * Count total number of bits, modulo 2^64
 	 */
-	m->totalN += n << 3;
-	if (m->totalN < (n << 3)) {
+	m->totalN += length << 3;
+	if (m->totalN < (length << 3))
 		m->totalN2++;
-	}
-	m->totalN2 += n >> 29;
+	m->totalN2 += length >> 29;
 
 	memset(buf, 0, 128);
-	if (n) memcpy(buf, in, n);
-	buf[n] = 0x80;
+	if (length)
+		memcpy(buf, in, length);
+	buf[length] = 0x80;
 
-	if (n <= 55) {
+	if (length <= 55) {
 		copy4(buf+56, m->totalN);
 		/*
 		 * Prior to protocol version 27 only the number of bits
@@ -140,9 +139,8 @@ static void mdfour_tail(unsigned char *in, uint32 n)
 		 * of bits modulo 2^64, which was fixed starting with
 		 * protocol version 27.
 		 */
-		if (protocol_version >= 27) {
+		if (protocol_version >= 27)
 			copy4(buf+60, m->totalN2);
-		}
 		copy64(M, buf);
 		mdfour64(M);
 	} else {
@@ -153,9 +151,8 @@ static void mdfour_tail(unsigned char *in, uint32 n)
 		 * of bits modulo 2^64, which was fixed starting with
 		 * protocol version 27.
 		 */
-		if (protocol_version >= 27) {
+		if (protocol_version >= 27)
 			copy4(buf+124, m->totalN2); 
-		}
 		copy64(M, buf);
 		mdfour64(M);
 		copy64(M, buf+64);
@@ -163,46 +160,45 @@ static void mdfour_tail(unsigned char *in, uint32 n)
 	}
 }
 
-void mdfour_update(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *in, uint32 n)
+void mdfour_update(md_context *md, const uchar *in, uint32 length)
 {
 	uint32 M[16];
 
 	m = md;
 
-	if (n == 0) mdfour_tail(in, n);
+	if (length == 0)
+		mdfour_tail(in, length);
 
-	while (n >= 64) {
+	while (length >= 64) {
 		copy64(M, in);
 		mdfour64(M);
 		in += 64;
-		n -= 64;
+		length -= 64;
 		m->totalN += 64 << 3;
-		if (m->totalN < 64 << 3) {
+		if (m->totalN < 64 << 3)
 			m->totalN2++;
-		}
 	}
 
-	if (n) mdfour_tail(in, n);
+	if (length)
+		mdfour_tail(in, length);
 }
 
-
-void mdfour_result(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *out)
+void mdfour_result(md_context *md, uchar digest[MD4_DIGEST_LEN])
 {
 	m = md;
 
-	copy4(out, m->A);
-	copy4(out+4, m->B);
-	copy4(out+8, m->C);
-	copy4(out+12, m->D);
+	copy4(digest, m->A);
+	copy4(digest+4, m->B);
+	copy4(digest+8, m->C);
+	copy4(digest+12, m->D);
 }
 
-
-void mdfour(unsigned char *out, unsigned char *in, int n)
+void mdfour(uchar digest[MD4_DIGEST_LEN], uchar *in, int length)
 {
-	struct mdfour md;
+	md_context md;
 	mdfour_begin(&md);
-	mdfour_update(&md, in, n);
-	mdfour_result(&md, out);
+	mdfour_update(&md, in, length);
+	mdfour_result(&md, digest);
 }
 
 #ifdef TEST_MDFOUR
@@ -211,8 +207,8 @@ int protocol_version = 28;
 static void file_checksum1(char *fname)
 {
 	int fd, i, was_multiple_of_64 = 1;
-	struct mdfour md;
-	unsigned char buf[64*1024], sum[16];
+	md_context md;
+	uchar buf[64*1024], sum[MD4_DIGEST_LEN];
 	
 	fd = open(fname,O_RDONLY);
 	if (fd == -1) {
@@ -223,7 +219,7 @@ static void file_checksum1(char *fname)
 	mdfour_begin(&md);
 
 	while (1) {
-		int n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf));
+		int n = read(fd, buf, sizeof buf);
 		if (n <= 0)
 			break;
 		was_multiple_of_64 = !(n % 64);
@@ -236,54 +232,15 @@ static void file_checksum1(char *fname)
 
 	mdfour_result(&md, sum);
 
-	for (i=0;i<16;i++)
+	for (i = 0; i < MD4_DIGEST_LEN; i++)
 		printf("%02X", sum[i]);
 	printf("\n");
 }
 
-#if 0
-#include "../md4.h"
-
-static void file_checksum2(char *fname)
-{
-	int fd, i;
-	MDstruct md;
-	unsigned char buf[64], sum[16];
-
-	fd = open(fname,O_RDONLY);
-	if (fd == -1) {
-		perror("fname");
-		exit(1);
-	}
-	
-	MDbegin(&md);
-
-	while (1) {
-		int n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf));
-		if (n <= 0) break;
-		MDupdate(&md, buf, n*8);
-	}
-
-	if (!md.done) {
-		MDupdate(&md, buf, 0);
-	}
-
-	close(fd);
-
-	memcpy(sum, md.buffer, 16);
-
-	for (i=0;i<16;i++)
-		printf("%02X", sum[i]);
-	printf("\n");
-}
-#endif
-
  int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
-	file_checksum1(argv[1]);
-#if 0
-	file_checksum2(argv[1]);
-#endif
+	while (--argc)
+		file_checksum1(*++argv);
 	return 0;
 }
 #endif

lib/mdfour.h

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-/* 
-   Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
-   Version 1.9.
-   a implementation of MD4 designed for use in the SMB authentication protocol
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1997-1998.
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-struct mdfour {
-	uint32 A, B, C, D;
-	uint32 totalN;          /* bit count, lower 32 bits */
-	uint32 totalN2;         /* bit count, upper 32 bits */
-};
-
-void mdfour_begin(struct mdfour *md);
-void mdfour_update(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *in, uint32 n);
-void mdfour_result(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *out);
-void mdfour(unsigned char *out, unsigned char *in, int n);
-
-
-
-

lib/mdigest.h

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* The include file for both the MD4 and MD5 routines. */
+
+#define MD4_DIGEST_LEN 16
+#define MD5_DIGEST_LEN 16
+#define MAX_DIGEST_LEN MD5_DIGEST_LEN
+
+#define CSUM_CHUNK 64
+
+typedef struct {
+	uint32 A, B, C, D;
+	uint32 totalN;          /* bit count, lower 32 bits */
+	uint32 totalN2;         /* bit count, upper 32 bits */
+	uchar buffer[CSUM_CHUNK];
+} md_context;
+
+void mdfour_begin(md_context *md);
+void mdfour_update(md_context *md, const uchar *in, uint32 length);
+void mdfour_result(md_context *md, uchar digest[MD4_DIGEST_LEN]);
+
+void get_mdfour(uchar digest[MD4_DIGEST_LEN], const uchar *in, int length);
+
+void md5_begin(md_context *ctx);
+void md5_update(md_context *ctx, const uchar *input, uint32 length);
+void md5_result(md_context *ctx, uchar digest[MD5_DIGEST_LEN]);
+
+void get_md5(uchar digest[MD5_DIGEST_LEN], const uchar *input, int n);

lib/permstring.c

@@ -1,41 +1,39 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * A single utility routine.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2001 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2003, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-/**
- * Produce a string representation of Unix mode bits like that used by
- * ls(1).
- *
- * @param buf buffer of at least 11 characters
- **/
-void permstring(char *perms,
-		int mode)
+/* Produce a string representation of Unix mode bits like that used by ls(1).
+ * The "buf" buffer must be at least 11 characters. */
+void permstring(char *perms, mode_t mode)
 {
 	static const char *perm_map = "rwxrwxrwx";
 	int i;
 
-	strcpy(perms, "----------");
-	
-	for (i=0;i<9;i++) {
-		if (mode & (1<<i)) perms[9-i] = perm_map[8-i];
+	strlcpy(perms, "----------", 11);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) {
+		if (mode & (1 << i))
+			perms[9-i] = perm_map[8-i];
 	}
 
 	/* Handle setuid/sticky bits.  You might think the indices are
@@ -46,18 +44,22 @@ void permstring(char *perms,
 
 	if (mode & S_ISGID)
 		perms[6] = (mode & S_IXGRP) ? 's' : 'S';
-	
+
 #ifdef S_ISVTX
 	if (mode & S_ISVTX)
 		perms[9] = (mode & S_IXOTH) ? 't' : 'T';
 #endif
-		
-	if (S_ISLNK(mode)) perms[0] = 'l';
-	if (S_ISDIR(mode)) perms[0] = 'd';
-	if (S_ISBLK(mode)) perms[0] = 'b';
-	if (S_ISCHR(mode)) perms[0] = 'c';
-	if (S_ISSOCK(mode)) perms[0] = 's';
-	if (S_ISFIFO(mode)) perms[0] = 'p';
-}
 
-	
+	if (S_ISDIR(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'd';
+	else if (S_ISLNK(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'l';
+	else if (S_ISBLK(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'b';
+	else if (S_ISCHR(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'c';
+	else if (S_ISSOCK(mode))
+		perms[0] = 's';
+	else if (S_ISFIFO(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'p';
+}

lib/permstring.h

@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 #define PERMSTRING_SIZE 11
 
-void permstring(char *perms, int mode);
+void permstring(char *perms, mode_t mode);

lib/pool_alloc.3

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ See \fB\\$1\fP in \fB\\$2\fP for details.
 ..
 .TH POOL_ALLOC 3
 .SH NAME
-pool_alloc, pool_free, pool_talloc, pool_tfree, pool_create, pool_destroy
+pool_alloc, pool_free, pool_free_old, pool_talloc, pool_tfree, pool_create, pool_destroy, pool_boundary
 \- Allocate and free memory in managed allocation pools.
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .B #include "pool_alloc.h"
@@ -39,42 +39,45 @@ pool_alloc, pool_free, pool_talloc, pool_tfree, pool_create, pool_destroy
 
 \fBvoid *pool_alloc(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, size_t \fIsize\fB, char *\fImsg\fB);
 
-\fBvoid pool_free(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, sise_t \fIsize\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
+\fBvoid pool_free(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, size_t \fIsize\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
+
+\fBvoid pool_free_old(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
 
 \fBvoid *pool_talloc(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, \fItype\fB), int \fIcount\fB, char *\fImsg\fB);
 
 \fBvoid pool_tfree(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, \fItype\fB, int \fIcount\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
+
+\fBvoid pool_boundary(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, sise_t \fIsize\fB);
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .P
 The pool allocation routines use
 .B malloc()
 for underlying memory management.
-What allocation pools do is cause
-memory within a given pool to be in large contigious blocks
-(called extents) that when freed will be reusable.  Unlike
-.B malloc()
+What allocation pools do is cause memory within a given pool
+to be allocated in large contiguous blocks
+(called extents) that will be reusable when freed.  Unlike
+.BR malloc() ,
 the allocations are not managed individually.
-Instead each extent tracks the total free memory within the
+Instead, each extent tracks the total free memory within the
 extent.  Each extent can either be used to allocate memory
 or to manage the freeing of memory within that extent.
 When an extent has less free memory than a given
-allocation request or when the first request to free
-memory within that extent is received the extent ceases to
-be used for allocation.
+allocation request, the current extent ceases to be used
+for allocation.  See also the
+.B pool_boundary()
+function.
 .P
 This form of memory management is suited to large numbers of small
 related allocations that are held for a while
 and then freed as a group.
 Because the
-underlying allocations are done in large contigious extents
-when an extent is freed it releases a large enough
-contigious block of memory to be useful to subsequent
+underlying allocations are done in large contiguous extents,
+when an extent is freed, it can release a large enough
+contiguous block of memory to allow the memory to be returned
+to the OS for use by whatever program needs it.
+You can allocate from one or more memory pools and/or
 .B malloc()
-and
-.B pool_alloc()
-calls even if allocations from other pools or from
-.B malloc()
-are made between allocations from a given pool.
+all at the same time without interfering with how pools work.
 .P
 .B pool_create()
 Creates an allocation pool for subsequent calls to the pool
@@ -90,22 +93,32 @@ Specifying
 .B 0
 for
 .I quantum
-Will produce a quantum that should meet maximal allignment
+will produce a quantum that should meet maximal alignment
 on most platforms.
-If the
+If
 .B POOL_QALIGN
-.I flag
-is set allocations will be aligned to addresses that are a
+is set in the
+.IR flags ,
+allocations will be aligned to addresses that are a
 multiple of
 .IR quantum .
-If the
+If
 .B POOL_CLEAR
-.I flag
-is set all allocations from the pool will be zero filled.
+is set in the
+.IR flags ,
+all allocations from the pool will be initialized to zeros.
+You may specify a
+.B NULL
+for the
+.I bomb
+function pointer if you don't wish to use it.  (See the
+.B pool_alloc()
+function for how it is used.)
 .P
 .B pool_destroy()
-destroys an allocation pool and frees all memory allocated
-in that pool.
+destroys an allocation
+.I pool
+and frees all its associated memory.
 .P
 .B pool_alloc()
 allocates
@@ -115,57 +128,97 @@ bytes from the specified
 If
 .I size
 is
-.B 0
+.BR 0 ,
 .I quantum
-bytes will be freed.
-If the requested memory cannot be allocated
-.B pool_alloc()
-will call
+bytes will be allocated.
+If the pool has been created with
+.BR POOL_QALIGN ,
+every chunk of memory that is returned will be suitably aligned.
+You can use this with the default
+.I quantum
+size to ensure that all memory can store a variable of any type.
+If the requested memory cannot be allocated, the
 .I bomb()
-function, if defined, with
+function will be called with
 .I msg
-as it's sole argument and
+as its sole argument (if the function was defined at the time
+the pool was created), and then a
 .B NULL
-will be returned.
+address is returned (assuming that the bomb function didn't exit).
 .P
 .B pool_free()
 frees
 .I size
-bytes pointed to by
+bytes pointed to by an
 .I addr
-previously allocated in the specified
+that was previously allocated in the specified
 .IR pool .
-The memory freed within an extent will not be reusable until
-all of the memory in that extent has been freed but 
-depending on the order in which the
-allocations are freed some extents may be released for reuse
-while others are still in use.
 If
 .I size
 is
-.B 0
+.BR 0 ,
 .I quantum
 bytes will be freed.
+The memory freed within an extent will not be reusable until
+all of the memory in that extent has been freed with one
+exception: the most recent pool allocation may be freed back
+into the pool prior to making any further allocations.
+If enough free calls are made to indicate that an extent has no
+remaining allocated objects (as computed by the total freed size for
+an extent), its memory will be completely freed back to the system.
 If
 .I addr
 is
-.B 0
-no memory will be freed but subsequent allocations will come
+.BR 0 ,
+no memory will be freed, but subsequent allocations will come
 from a new extent.
 .P
-.B pool_talloc()
-is a macro that take a
-.I type
+.B pool_free_old()
+takes a boundary
+.I addr
+value that was returned by
+.B pool_boundary()
+and frees up any extents in the
+.I pool
+that have data allocated from that point backward in time.
+NOTE: you must NOT mix calls to both
+.B pool_free
 and
+.B pool_free_old
+on the same pool!
+.P
+.B pool_boundary()
+asks for a boundary value that can be sent to 
+.B pool_free_old()
+at a later time to free up all memory allocated prior to a particular
+moment in time.
+If the extent that holds the boundary point has allocations from after the
+boundary point, it will not be freed until a future
+.B pool_free_old()
+call encompasses the entirety of the extent's data.
+If
+.I len
+is non-zero, the call will also check if the active extent has at least
+that much free memory available in it, and if not, it will mark the
+extent as inactive, forcing a new extent to be used for future allocations.
+(You can specify -1 for
+.I len
+if you want to force a new extent to start.)
+.P
+.B pool_talloc()
+is a macro that takes a
+.I type
+and a
 .I count
-instead of
-.I size
-and will cast the return value to the correct type.
+instead of a
+.IR size .
+It casts the return value to the correct pointer type.
 .P
 .B pool_tfree
-is a macro to free memory previously allocated in the
-specified
-.IR pool .
+is a macro that calls
+.B pool_free
+on memory that was allocated by
+.BR pool_talloc() .
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 .B pool_create()
 returns a pointer to
@@ -176,9 +229,6 @@ and
 .B pool_talloc()
 return pointers to the allocated memory,
 or NULL if the request fails.
-For each extent so long as no allocations are smaller than varaible
-allignment requirements this pointer will be suitably
-alligned for any kind of variable.
 The return type of
 .B pool_alloc()
 will normally require casting to the desired type but
@@ -186,7 +236,12 @@ will normally require casting to the desired type but
 will returns a pointer of the requested
 .IR type .
 .P
+.B pool_boundary()
+returns a pointer that should only be used in a call to
+.BR pool_free_old() .
+.P
 .BR pool_free() ,
+.BR pool_free_old() ,
 .B pool_tfree()
 and
 .B pool_destroy()

lib/pool_alloc.c

@@ -6,11 +6,8 @@ struct alloc_pool
 {
 	size_t			size;		/* extent size		*/
 	size_t			quantum;	/* allocation quantum	*/
-	struct pool_extent	*live;		/* current extent for
-						 * allocations		*/
-	struct pool_extent	*free;		/* unfreed extent list	*/
-	void			(*bomb)();
-						/* function to call if
+	struct pool_extent	*extents;	/* top extent is "live" */
+	void			(*bomb)();	/* function to call if
 						 * malloc fails		*/
 	int			flags;
 
@@ -33,8 +30,8 @@ struct pool_extent
 };
 
 struct align_test {
-    void *foo;
-    int64 bar;
+	void *foo;
+	int64 bar;
 };
 
 #define MINALIGN	offsetof(struct align_test, bar)
@@ -44,20 +41,18 @@ struct align_test {
 #define PTR_ADD(b,o)	( (void*) ((char*)(b) + (o)) )
 
 alloc_pool_t
-pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum,
-    void (*bomb)(char *), int flags)
+pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum, void (*bomb)(const char *), int flags)
 {
 	struct alloc_pool	*pool;
 
-	if (!(pool = (struct alloc_pool*) malloc(sizeof (struct alloc_pool))))
+	if (!(pool = new(struct alloc_pool)))
 		return pool;
 	memset(pool, 0, sizeof (struct alloc_pool));
 
 	pool->size = size	/* round extent size to min alignment reqs */
 	    ? (size + MINALIGN - 1) & ~(MINALIGN - 1)
 	    : POOL_DEF_EXTENT;
-	if (pool->flags & POOL_INTERN)
-	{
+	if (flags & POOL_INTERN) {
 		pool->size -= sizeof (struct pool_extent);
 		flags |= POOL_APPEND;
 	}
@@ -77,15 +72,7 @@ pool_destroy(alloc_pool_t p)
 	if (!pool)
 		return;
 
-	if (pool->live)
-	{
-		cur = pool->live;
-		free(cur->start);
-		if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
-			free(cur);
-	}
-	for (cur = pool->free; cur; cur = next)
-	{
+	for (cur = pool->extents; cur; cur = next) {
 		next = cur->next;
 		free(cur->start);
 		if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
@@ -95,7 +82,7 @@ pool_destroy(alloc_pool_t p)
 }
 
 void *
-pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, char *bomb)
+pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, const char *bomb_msg)
 {
 	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
 	if (!pool)
@@ -107,21 +94,15 @@ pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, char *bomb)
 		len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
 
 	if (len > pool->size)
-		goto bomb;
+		goto bomb_out;
 
-	if (!pool->live || len > pool->live->free)
-	{
+	if (!pool->extents || len > pool->extents->free) {
 		void	*start;
 		size_t	free;
 		size_t	bound;
-		size_t	sqew;
+		size_t	skew;
 		size_t	asize;
-
-		if (pool->live)
-		{
-			pool->live->next = pool->free;
-			pool->free = pool->live;
-		}
+		struct pool_extent *ext;
 
 		free = pool->size;
 		bound = 0;
@@ -130,30 +111,26 @@ pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, char *bomb)
 		if (pool->flags & POOL_APPEND)
 			asize += sizeof (struct pool_extent);
 
-		if (!(start = (void *) malloc(asize)))
-			goto bomb;
+		if (!(start = new_array(char, asize)))
+			goto bomb_out;
 
 		if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
-			memset(start, 0, pool->size);
+			memset(start, 0, free);
 
 		if (pool->flags & POOL_APPEND)
-		{
-			pool->live = PTR_ADD(start, free);
-		}
-		else if (!(pool->live = (struct pool_extent *) malloc(sizeof (struct pool_extent))))
-		{
-			goto bomb;
-		}
+			ext = PTR_ADD(start, free);
+		else if (!(ext = new(struct pool_extent)))
+			goto bomb_out;
 		if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN && pool->quantum > 1
-		    && (sqew = (size_t)PTR_ADD(start, free) % pool->quantum))
-		{
-			bound  += sqew;
-			free -= sqew;
+		    && (skew = (size_t)PTR_ADD(start, free) % pool->quantum)) {
+			bound  += skew;
+			free -= skew;
 		}
-		pool->live->start = start;
-		pool->live->free = free;
-		pool->live->bound = bound;
-		pool->live->next = NULL;
+		ext->start = start;
+		ext->free = free;
+		ext->bound = bound;
+		ext->next = pool->extents;
+		pool->extents = ext;
 
 		pool->e_created++;
 	}
@@ -161,22 +138,24 @@ pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, char *bomb)
 	pool->n_allocated++;
 	pool->b_allocated += len;
 
-	pool->live->free -= len;
+	pool->extents->free -= len;
 
-	return PTR_ADD(pool->live->start, pool->live->free);
+	return PTR_ADD(pool->extents->start, pool->extents->free);
 
-bomb:
+  bomb_out:
 	if (pool->bomb)
-		(*pool->bomb)(bomb);
+		(*pool->bomb)(bomb_msg);
 	return NULL;
 }
 
+/* This function allows you to declare memory in the pool that you are done
+ * using.  If you free all the memory in a pool's extent, that extent will
+ * be freed. */
 void
 pool_free(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, void *addr)
 {
-	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
-	struct pool_extent	*cur;
-	struct pool_extent	*prev;
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *)p;
+	struct pool_extent *cur, *prev;
 
 	if (!pool)
 		return;
@@ -186,46 +165,10 @@ pool_free(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, void *addr)
 	else if (pool->quantum > 1 && len % pool->quantum)
 		len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
 
-	if (!addr && pool->live)
-	{
-		pool->live->next = pool->free;
-		pool->free = pool->live;
-		pool->live = NULL;
-		return;
-	}
 	pool->n_freed++;
 	pool->b_freed += len;
 
-	cur = pool->live;
-	if (cur
-	    && addr >= cur->start
-	    && addr < PTR_ADD(cur->start, pool->size))
-	{
-		if (addr == PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free))
-		{
-			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
-				memset(addr, 0, len);
-			pool->b_freed += len;
-		} else {
-			cur->bound += len;
-		}
-		if (cur->free + cur->bound >= pool->size)
-		{
-			size_t sqew;
-
-			cur->free = pool->size;
-			cur->bound = 0;
-			if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN && pool->quantum > 1
-			    && (sqew = (size_t)PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free) % pool->quantum))
-			{
-				cur->bound += sqew;
-				cur->free -= sqew;
-			}
-		}
-		return;
-	}
-	for (prev = NULL, cur = pool->free; cur; prev = cur, cur = cur->next)
-	{
+	for (prev = NULL, cur = pool->extents; cur; prev = cur, cur = cur->next) {
 		if (addr >= cur->start
 		    && addr < PTR_ADD(cur->start, pool->size))
 			break;
@@ -233,32 +176,130 @@ pool_free(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, void *addr)
 	if (!cur)
 		return;
 
-	if (prev)
-	{
-		prev->next = cur->next;
-		cur->next = pool->free;
-		pool->free = cur;
+	if (!prev) {
+		/* The "live" extent is kept ready for more allocations. */
+		if (cur->free + cur->bound + len >= pool->size) {
+			size_t skew;
+
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR) {
+				memset(PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free), 0,
+				       pool->size - cur->free);
+			}
+			cur->free = pool->size;
+			cur->bound = 0;
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN && pool->quantum > 1
+			    && (skew = (size_t)PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free) % pool->quantum)) {
+				cur->bound += skew;
+				cur->free -= skew;
+			}
+		} else if (addr == PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free)) {
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
+				memset(addr, 0, len);
+			cur->free += len;
+		} else
+			cur->bound += len;
+	} else {
+		cur->bound += len;
+
+		if (cur->free + cur->bound >= pool->size) {
+			prev->next = cur->next;
+			free(cur->start);
+			if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
+				free(cur);
+			pool->e_freed++;
+		} else if (prev != pool->extents) {
+			/* Move the extent to be the first non-live extent. */
+			prev->next = cur->next;
+			cur->next = pool->extents->next;
+			pool->extents->next = cur;
+		}
 	}
-	cur->bound += len;
+}
 
-	if (cur->free + cur->bound >= pool->size)
-	{
-		pool->free = cur->next;
+/* This allows you to declare that the given address marks the edge of some
+ * pool memory that is no longer needed.  Any extents that hold only data
+ * older than the boundary address are freed.  NOTE: You MUST NOT USE BOTH
+ * pool_free() and pool_free_old() on the same pool!! */
+void
+pool_free_old(alloc_pool_t p, void *addr)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *)p;
+	struct pool_extent *cur, *prev, *next;
 
+	if (!pool || !addr)
+		return;
+
+	for (prev = NULL, cur = pool->extents; cur; prev = cur, cur = cur->next) {
+		if (addr >= cur->start
+		    && addr < PTR_ADD(cur->start, pool->size))
+			break;
+	}
+	if (!cur)
+		return;
+
+	if (addr == PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free)) {
+		if (prev) {
+			prev->next = NULL;
+			next = cur;
+		} else {
+			size_t skew;
+
+			/* The most recent live extent can just be reset. */
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
+				memset(addr, 0, pool->size - cur->free);
+			cur->free = pool->size;
+			cur->bound = 0;
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN && pool->quantum > 1
+			    && (skew = (size_t)PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free) % pool->quantum)) {
+				cur->bound += skew;
+				cur->free -= skew;
+			}
+			next = cur->next;
+			cur->next = NULL;
+		}
+	} else {
+		next = cur->next;
+		cur->next = NULL;
+	}
+
+	while ((cur = next) != NULL) {
+		next = cur->next;
 		free(cur->start);
 		if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
 			free(cur);
 		pool->e_freed++;
 	}
-	return;
+}
+
+/* If the current extent doesn't have "len" free space in it, mark it as full
+ * so that the next alloc will start a new extent.  If len is (size_t)-1, this
+ * bump will always occur.  The function returns a boundary address that can
+ * be used with pool_free_old(), or a NULL if no memory is allocated. */
+void *
+pool_boundary(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *)p;
+	struct pool_extent *cur;
+
+	if (!pool || !pool->extents)
+		return NULL;
+
+	cur = pool->extents;
+
+	if (cur->free < len) {
+		cur->bound += cur->free;
+		cur->free = 0;
+	}
+
+	return PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free);
 }
 
 #define FDPRINT(label, value) \
-	snprintf(buf, BUFSIZ, label, value), \
-	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+	snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, label, value), \
+	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf))
 
 #define FDEXTSTAT(ext) \
-	snprintf(buf, BUFSIZ, "  %12ld  %5ld\n", \
+	snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "  %12ld  %5ld\n", \
 		(long) ext->free, \
 		(long) ext->bound), \
 	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf))
@@ -279,26 +320,17 @@ pool_stats(alloc_pool_t p, int fd, int summarize)
 	FDPRINT("  Extents freed:     %12ld\n",		pool->e_freed);
 	FDPRINT("  Alloc count:       %12.0f\n", (double) pool->n_allocated);
 	FDPRINT("  Free Count:        %12.0f\n", (double) pool->n_freed);
-	FDPRINT("  Alloc bytes:       %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_allocated);
-	FDPRINT("  Free bytes:        %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_freed);
+	FDPRINT("  Bytes allocated:   %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_allocated);
+	FDPRINT("  Bytes freed:       %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_freed);
 
 	if (summarize)
 		return;
 
-	if (!pool->live && !pool->free)
+	if (!pool->extents)
 		return;
 
 	write(fd, "\n", 1);
 
-	if (pool->live)
-	{
-		FDEXTSTAT(pool->live);
-	}
-	strcpy(buf, "   FREE    BOUND\n");
-	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
-
-	for (cur = pool->free; cur; cur = cur->next)
-	{
+	for (cur = pool->extents; cur; cur = cur->next)
 		FDEXTSTAT(cur);
-	}
 }

lib/pool_alloc.h

@@ -7,14 +7,15 @@
 
 typedef void *alloc_pool_t;
 
-alloc_pool_t pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum, void (*bomb)(char *), int flags);
+alloc_pool_t pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum, void (*bomb)(const char *), int flags);
 void pool_destroy(alloc_pool_t pool);
-void *pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size, char *bomb);
+void *pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size, const char *bomb_msg);
 void pool_free(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size, void *addr);
+void pool_free_old(alloc_pool_t pool, void *addr);
+void *pool_boundary(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size);
 
-#define pool_talloc(pool, type, count, bomb) \
-	((type *)pool_alloc(pool, sizeof(type) * count, bomb))
+#define pool_talloc(pool, type, count, bomb_msg) \
+	((type *)pool_alloc(pool, sizeof(type) * count, bomb_msg))
 
 #define pool_tfree(pool, type, count, addr) \
 	(pool_free(pool, sizeof(type) * count, addr))
-

lib/snprintf.c

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef VA_COPY
-#ifdef HAVE_VA_COPY
+#if defined HAVE_VA_COPY || defined va_copy
 #define VA_COPY(dest, src) va_copy(dest, src)
 #else
 #ifdef HAVE___VA_COPY

lib/sysacls.h

@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/*
+ * Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
+ * Version 2.2.x
+ * Portable SMB ACL interface
+ * Copyright (C) Jeremy Allison 2000
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_ACL_H
+#include <sys/acl.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_ACL_LIBACL_H
+#include <acl/libacl.h>
+#endif
+
+#define SMB_MALLOC(cnt) new_array(char, cnt)
+#define SMB_MALLOC_P(obj) new_array(obj, 1)
+#define SMB_MALLOC_ARRAY(obj, cnt) new_array(obj, cnt)
+#define SMB_REALLOC(mem, cnt) realloc_array(mem, char, cnt)
+#define slprintf snprintf
+
+#if defined HAVE_POSIX_ACLS /*-----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This is an identity mapping (just remove the SMB_). */
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		acl_tag_t
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		acl_type_t
+
+/* Types of ACLs. */
+#define SMB_ACL_USER		ACL_USER
+#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	ACL_USER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		ACL_GROUP
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	ACL_GROUP_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		ACL_OTHER
+#define SMB_ACL_MASK		ACL_MASK
+
+#define SMB_ACL_T		acl_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		acl_entry_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	ACL_FIRST_ENTRY
+#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	ACL_NEXT_ENTRY
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	ACL_TYPE_ACCESS
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT
+
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+
+#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
+
+#elif defined HAVE_TRU64_ACLS /*---------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This is for DEC/Compaq Tru64 UNIX */
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		acl_tag_t
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		acl_type_t
+
+/* Types of ACLs. */
+#define SMB_ACL_USER		ACL_USER
+#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	ACL_USER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		ACL_GROUP
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	ACL_GROUP_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		ACL_OTHER
+#define SMB_ACL_MASK		ACL_MASK
+
+#define SMB_ACL_T		acl_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		acl_entry_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	0
+#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	1
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	ACL_TYPE_ACCESS
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT
+
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+
+#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
+
+#elif defined HAVE_UNIXWARE_ACLS || defined HAVE_SOLARIS_ACLS /*-------------*/
+
+/* Donated by Michael Davidson <md@sco.COM> for UnixWare / OpenUNIX.
+ * Modified by Toomas Soome <tsoome@ut.ee> for Solaris.  */
+
+/* SVR4.2 ES/MP ACLs */
+typedef int SMB_ACL_TAG_T;
+typedef int SMB_ACL_TYPE_T;
+
+/* Types of ACLs. */
+#define SMB_ACL_USER		USER
+#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	USER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		GROUP
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	GROUP_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		OTHER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_MASK		CLASS_OBJ
+
+typedef struct SMB_ACL_T {
+	int size;
+	int count;
+	int next;
+	struct acl acl[1];
+} *SMB_ACL_T;
+
+typedef struct acl *SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T;
+
+#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	0
+#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	1
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	0
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	1
+
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+
+#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+#define SMB_ACL_LOSES_SPECIAL_MODE_BITS
+#endif
+
+#elif defined HAVE_HPUX_ACLS /*----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Based on the Solaris & UnixWare code. */
+
+#undef GROUP
+#include <sys/aclv.h>
+
+/* SVR4.2 ES/MP ACLs */
+typedef int SMB_ACL_TAG_T;
+typedef int SMB_ACL_TYPE_T;
+
+/* Types of ACLs. */
+#define SMB_ACL_USER		USER
+#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	USER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		GROUP
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	GROUP_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		OTHER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_MASK		CLASS_OBJ
+
+typedef struct SMB_ACL_T {
+	int size;
+	int count;
+	int next;
+	struct acl acl[1];
+} *SMB_ACL_T;
+
+typedef struct acl *SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T;
+
+#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	0
+#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	1
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	0
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	1
+
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+
+#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
+
+#elif defined HAVE_IRIX_ACLS /*----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* IRIX ACLs */
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		acl_tag_t
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		acl_type_t
+
+/* Types of ACLs. */
+#define SMB_ACL_USER		ACL_USER
+#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	ACL_USER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		ACL_GROUP
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	ACL_GROUP_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		ACL_OTHER_OBJ
+#define SMB_ACL_MASK		ACL_MASK
+
+typedef struct SMB_ACL_T {
+	int next;
+	BOOL freeaclp;
+	struct acl *aclp;
+} *SMB_ACL_T;
+
+#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		acl_entry_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	0
+#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	1
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	ACL_TYPE_ACCESS
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT
+
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+
+#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
+
+#elif defined HAVE_AIX_ACLS /*-----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Donated by Medha Date, mdate@austin.ibm.com, for IBM */
+
+#include "/usr/include/acl.h"
+
+struct acl_entry_link{
+	struct acl_entry_link *prevp;
+	struct new_acl_entry *entryp;
+	struct acl_entry_link *nextp;
+	int count;
+};
+
+struct new_acl_entry{
+	unsigned short ace_len;
+	unsigned short ace_type;
+	unsigned int ace_access;
+	struct ace_id ace_id[1];
+};
+
+#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		struct new_acl_entry*
+#define SMB_ACL_T		struct acl_entry_link*
+ 
+#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		unsigned short
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		int
+
+/* Types of ACLs. */
+#define SMB_ACL_USER		ACEID_USER
+#define SMB_ACL_USER_OBJ	3
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		ACEID_GROUP
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP_OBJ	4
+#define SMB_ACL_OTHER		5
+#define SMB_ACL_MASK		6
+
+#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	1
+#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	2
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	0
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	1
+
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	(4 | 2 | 1)
+
+#define SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT
+
+#elif defined(HAVE_OSX_ACLS) /*----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Special handling for OS X ACLs */
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TAG_T		acl_tag_t
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_T		acl_type_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_T		acl_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T		acl_entry_t
+
+#define SMB_ACL_USER		1
+#define SMB_ACL_GROUP		2
+
+#define SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY	ACL_FIRST_ENTRY
+#define SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY	ACL_NEXT_ENTRY
+
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS	ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
+#define SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT	ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT
+
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_NAME_BITS	((1<<25)-1)
+#define SMB_ACL_VALID_OBJ_BITS	0
+
+/*#undef SMB_ACL_NEED_SORT*/
+
+#else /*---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Unknown platform. */
+
+#error Cannot handle ACLs on this platform!
+
+#endif
+
+int sys_acl_get_entry(SMB_ACL_T the_acl, int entry_id, SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T *entry_p);
+int sys_acl_get_tag_type(SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T entry_d, SMB_ACL_TAG_T *tag_type_p);
+int sys_acl_get_info(SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T entry, SMB_ACL_TAG_T *tag_type_p, uint32 *bits_p, id_t *u_g_id_p);
+SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_get_file(const char *path_p, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type);
+SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_get_fd(int fd);
+SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_init(int count);
+int sys_acl_create_entry(SMB_ACL_T *pacl, SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T *pentry);
+int sys_acl_set_info(SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T entry, SMB_ACL_TAG_T tagtype, uint32 bits, id_t u_g_id);
+int sys_acl_set_access_bits(SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T entry, uint32 bits);
+int sys_acl_valid(SMB_ACL_T theacl);
+int sys_acl_set_file(const char *name, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T acltype, SMB_ACL_T theacl);
+int sys_acl_set_fd(int fd, SMB_ACL_T theacl);
+int sys_acl_delete_def_file(const char *name);
+int sys_acl_free_acl(SMB_ACL_T the_acl);
+int no_acl_syscall_error(int err);
+
+#endif /* SUPPORT_ACLS */

lib/sysxattrs.c

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ * Extended attribute support for rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2004 Red Hat, Inc.
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Written by Jay Fenlason.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+#include "sysxattrs.h"
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+
+#if defined HAVE_LINUX_XATTRS
+
+ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return lgetxattr(path, name, value, size);
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return fgetxattr(filedes, name, value, size);
+}
+
+int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return lsetxattr(path, name, value, size, 0);
+}
+
+int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name)
+{
+	return lremovexattr(path, name);
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
+{
+	return llistxattr(path, list, size);
+}
+
+#elif HAVE_OSX_XATTRS
+
+ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return getxattr(path, name, value, size, 0, XATTR_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return fgetxattr(filedes, name, value, size, 0, 0);
+}
+
+int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return setxattr(path, name, value, size, 0, XATTR_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name)
+{
+	return removexattr(path, name, XATTR_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
+{
+	return listxattr(path, list, size, XATTR_NOFOLLOW);
+}
+
+#elif HAVE_FREEBSD_XATTRS
+
+ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return extattr_get_link(path, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, name, value, size);
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return extattr_get_fd(filedes, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, name, value, size);
+}
+
+int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	return extattr_set_link(path, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, name, value, size);
+}
+
+int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name)
+{
+	return extattr_delete_link(path, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, name);
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
+{
+	unsigned char keylen;
+	ssize_t off, len = extattr_list_link(path, EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER, list, size);
+
+	if (len <= 0 || (size_t)len > size)
+		return len;
+
+	/* FreeBSD puts a single-byte length before each string, with no '\0'
+	 * terminator.  We need to change this into a series of null-terminted
+	 * strings.  Since the size is the same, we can simply transform the
+	 * output in place. */
+	for (off = 0; off < len; off += keylen + 1) {
+		keylen = ((unsigned char*)list)[off];
+		if (off + keylen >= len) {
+			/* Should be impossible, but kernel bugs happen! */
+			errno = EINVAL;
+			return -1;
+		}
+		memmove(list+off, list+off+1, keylen);
+		list[off+keylen] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	return len;
+}
+
+#else
+
+#error You need to create xattr compatibility functions.
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SUPPORT_XATTRS */

lib/sysxattrs.h

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+
+#if defined HAVE_ATTR_XATTR_H
+#include <attr/xattr.h>
+#elif defined HAVE_SYS_XATTR_H
+#include <sys/xattr.h>
+#elif defined HAVE_SYS_EXTATTR_H
+#include <sys/extattr.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Linux 2.4 does not define this as a distinct errno value: */
+#ifndef ENOATTR
+#define ENOATTR ENODATA
+#endif
+
+ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size);
+ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size);
+int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size);
+int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name);
+ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size);
+
+#else
+
+/* No xattrs available */
+
+#endif

lib/wildmatch.c

@@ -57,173 +57,312 @@
 int wildmatch_iteration_count;
 #endif
 
-static int domatch(const uchar *p, const uchar *text)
+static int force_lower_case = 0;
+
+/* Match pattern "p" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
+ * of "text" and any strings in array "a". */
+static int dowild(const uchar *p, const uchar *text, const uchar*const *a)
 {
-    int matched, special;
-    uchar ch, prev;
+    uchar p_ch;
 
 #ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
     wildmatch_iteration_count++;
 #endif
 
-    for ( ; (ch = *p) != '\0'; text++, p++) {
-	if (*text == '\0' && ch != '*')
-	    return FALSE;
-	switch (ch) {
+    for ( ; (p_ch = *p) != '\0'; text++, p++) {
+	int matched, special;
+	uchar t_ch, prev_ch;
+	while ((t_ch = *text) == '\0') {
+	    if (*a == NULL) {
+		if (p_ch != '*')
+		    return ABORT_ALL;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    text = *a++;
+	}
+	if (force_lower_case && ISUPPER(t_ch))
+	    t_ch = tolower(t_ch);
+	switch (p_ch) {
 	  case '\\':
 	    /* Literal match with following character.  Note that the test
 	     * in "default" handles the p[1] == '\0' failure case. */
-	    ch = *++p;
+	    p_ch = *++p;
 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
 	  default:
-	    if (*text != ch)
+	    if (t_ch != p_ch)
 		return FALSE;
 	    continue;
 	  case '?':
 	    /* Match anything but '/'. */
-	    if (*text == '/')
+	    if (t_ch == '/')
 		return FALSE;
 	    continue;
 	  case '*':
 	    if (*++p == '*') {
 		while (*++p == '*') {}
 		special = TRUE;
-	    }
-	    else
+	    } else
 		special = FALSE;
 	    if (*p == '\0') {
 		/* Trailing "**" matches everything.  Trailing "*" matches
 		 * only if there are no more slash characters. */
-		return special? TRUE : strchr((char*)text, '/') == NULL;
+		if (!special) {
+		    do {
+			if (strchr((char*)text, '/') != NULL)
+			    return FALSE;
+		    } while ((text = *a++) != NULL);
+		}
+		return TRUE;
 	    }
-	    for ( ; *text; text++) {
-		if ((matched = domatch(p, text)) != FALSE) {
+	    while (1) {
+		if (t_ch == '\0') {
+		    if ((text = *a++) == NULL)
+			break;
+		    t_ch = *text;
+		    continue;
+		}
+		if ((matched = dowild(p, text, a)) != FALSE) {
 		    if (!special || matched != ABORT_TO_STARSTAR)
 			return matched;
-		}
-		else if (!special && *text == '/')
+		} else if (!special && t_ch == '/')
 		    return ABORT_TO_STARSTAR;
+		t_ch = *++text;
 	    }
 	    return ABORT_ALL;
 	  case '[':
-	    ch = *++p;
+	    p_ch = *++p;
 #ifdef NEGATE_CLASS2
-	    if (ch == NEGATE_CLASS2)
-		ch = NEGATE_CLASS;
+	    if (p_ch == NEGATE_CLASS2)
+		p_ch = NEGATE_CLASS;
 #endif
 	    /* Assign literal TRUE/FALSE because of "matched" comparison. */
-	    special = ch == NEGATE_CLASS? TRUE : FALSE;
+	    special = p_ch == NEGATE_CLASS? TRUE : FALSE;
 	    if (special) {
 		/* Inverted character class. */
-		ch = *++p;
+		p_ch = *++p;
 	    }
-	    prev = 0;
+	    prev_ch = 0;
 	    matched = FALSE;
 	    do {
-		if (!ch)
+		if (!p_ch)
 		    return ABORT_ALL;
-		if (ch == '\\') {
-		    ch = *++p;
-		    if (!ch)
+		if (p_ch == '\\') {
+		    p_ch = *++p;
+		    if (!p_ch)
 			return ABORT_ALL;
-		    if (*text == ch)
+		    if (t_ch == p_ch)
 			matched = TRUE;
-		}
-		else if (ch == '-' && prev && p[1] && p[1] != ']') {
-		    ch = *++p;
-		    if (ch == '\\') {
-			ch = *++p;
-			if (!ch)
+		} else if (p_ch == '-' && prev_ch && p[1] && p[1] != ']') {
+		    p_ch = *++p;
+		    if (p_ch == '\\') {
+			p_ch = *++p;
+			if (!p_ch)
 			    return ABORT_ALL;
 		    }
-		    if (*text <= ch && *text >= prev)
+		    if (t_ch <= p_ch && t_ch >= prev_ch)
 			matched = TRUE;
-		    ch = 0; /* This makes "prev" get set to 0. */
-		}
-		else if (ch == '[' && p[1] == ':') {
+		    p_ch = 0; /* This makes "prev_ch" get set to 0. */
+		} else if (p_ch == '[' && p[1] == ':') {
 		    const uchar *s;
 		    int i;
-		    for (s = p += 2; (ch = *p) && ch != ']'; p++) {}
-		    if (!ch)
+		    for (s = p += 2; (p_ch = *p) && p_ch != ']'; p++) {} /*SHARED ITERATOR*/
+		    if (!p_ch)
 			return ABORT_ALL;
 		    i = p - s - 1;
 		    if (i < 0 || p[-1] != ':') {
 			/* Didn't find ":]", so treat like a normal set. */
 			p = s - 2;
-			ch = '[';
-			if (*text == ch)
+			p_ch = '[';
+			if (t_ch == p_ch)
 			    matched = TRUE;
 			continue;
 		    }
 		    if (CC_EQ(s,i, "alnum")) {
-			if (ISALNUM(*text))
+			if (ISALNUM(t_ch))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    }
-		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "alpha")) {
-			if (ISALPHA(*text))
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "alpha")) {
+			if (ISALPHA(t_ch))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    }
-		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "blank")) {
-			if (ISBLANK(*text))
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "blank")) {
+			if (ISBLANK(t_ch))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    }
-		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "cntrl")) {
-			if (ISCNTRL(*text))
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "cntrl")) {
+			if (ISCNTRL(t_ch))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    }
-		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "digit")) {
-			if (ISDIGIT(*text))
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "digit")) {
+			if (ISDIGIT(t_ch))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    }
-		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "graph")) {
-			if (ISGRAPH(*text))
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "graph")) {
+			if (ISGRAPH(t_ch))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    }
-		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "lower")) {
-			if (ISLOWER(*text))
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "lower")) {
+			if (ISLOWER(t_ch))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    }
-		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "print")) {
-			if (ISPRINT(*text))
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "print")) {
+			if (ISPRINT(t_ch))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    }
-		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "punct")) {
-			if (ISPUNCT(*text))
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "punct")) {
+			if (ISPUNCT(t_ch))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    }
-		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "space")) {
-			if (ISSPACE(*text))
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "space")) {
+			if (ISSPACE(t_ch))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    }
-		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "upper")) {
-			if (ISUPPER(*text))
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "upper")) {
+			if (ISUPPER(t_ch))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    }
-		    else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "xdigit")) {
-			if (ISXDIGIT(*text))
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "xdigit")) {
+			if (ISXDIGIT(t_ch))
 			    matched = TRUE;
-		    }
-		    else /* malformed [:class:] string */
+		    } else /* malformed [:class:] string */
 			return ABORT_ALL;
-		    ch = 0; /* This makes "prev" get set to 0. */
-		}
-		else if (*text == ch)
+		    p_ch = 0; /* This makes "prev_ch" get set to 0. */
+		} else if (t_ch == p_ch)
 		    matched = TRUE;
-	    } while (prev = ch, (ch = *++p) != ']');
-	    if (matched == special || *text == '/')
+	    } while (prev_ch = p_ch, (p_ch = *++p) != ']');
+	    if (matched == special || t_ch == '/')
 		return FALSE;
 	    continue;
 	}
     }
 
-    return *text == '\0';
+    do {
+	if (*text)
+	    return FALSE;
+    } while ((text = *a++) != NULL);
+
+    return TRUE;
 }
 
-/* Find the pattern (p) in the text string (t). */
-int wildmatch(const char *p, const char *t)
+/* Match literal string "s" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
+ * of "text" and any strings in array "a". */
+static int doliteral(const uchar *s, const uchar *text, const uchar*const *a)
 {
+    for ( ; *s != '\0'; text++, s++) {
+	while (*text == '\0') {
+	    if ((text = *a++) == NULL)
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+	if (*text != *s)
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    do {
+	if (*text)
+	    return FALSE;
+    } while ((text = *a++) != NULL);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Return the last "count" path elements from the concatenated string.
+ * We return a string pointer to the start of the string, and update the
+ * array pointer-pointer to point to any remaining string elements. */
+static const uchar *trailing_N_elements(const uchar*const **a_ptr, int count)
+{
+    const uchar*const *a = *a_ptr;
+    const uchar*const *first_a = a;
+
+    while (*a)
+	    a++;
+
+    while (a != first_a) {
+	const uchar *s = *--a;
+	s += strlen((char*)s);
+	while (--s >= *a) {
+	    if (*s == '/' && !--count) {
+		*a_ptr = a+1;
+		return s+1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (count == 1) {
+	*a_ptr = a+1;
+	return *a;
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Match the "pattern" against the "text" string. */
+int wildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text)
+{
+    static const uchar *nomore[1]; /* A NULL pointer. */
 #ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
     wildmatch_iteration_count = 0;
 #endif
-    return domatch((const uchar*)p, (const uchar*)t) == TRUE;
+    return dowild((const uchar*)pattern, (const uchar*)text, nomore) == TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Match the "pattern" against the forced-to-lower-case "text" string. */
+int iwildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text)
+{
+    static const uchar *nomore[1]; /* A NULL pointer. */
+    int ret;
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+    wildmatch_iteration_count = 0;
+#endif
+    force_lower_case = 1;
+    ret = dowild((const uchar*)pattern, (const uchar*)text, nomore) == TRUE;
+    force_lower_case = 0;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/* Match pattern "p" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
+ * of all the pointers in array "texts" (which has a NULL pointer at the
+ * end).  The int "where" can be 0 (normal matching), > 0 (match only
+ * the trailing N slash-separated filename components of "texts"), or < 0
+ * (match the "pattern" at the start or after any slash in "texts"). */
+int wildmatch_array(const char *pattern, const char*const *texts, int where)
+{
+    const uchar *p = (const uchar*)pattern;
+    const uchar*const *a = (const uchar*const*)texts;
+    const uchar *text;
+    int matched;
+
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+    wildmatch_iteration_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+    if (where > 0)
+	text = trailing_N_elements(&a, where);
+    else
+	text = *a++;
+    if (!text)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ((matched = dowild(p, text, a)) != TRUE && where < 0
+     && matched != ABORT_ALL) {
+	while (1) {
+	    if (*text == '\0') {
+		if ((text = (uchar*)*a++) == NULL)
+		    return FALSE;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (*text++ == '/' && (matched = dowild(p, text, a)) != FALSE
+	     && matched != ABORT_TO_STARSTAR)
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    return matched == TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Match literal string "s" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
+ * of all the pointers in array "texts" (which has a NULL pointer at the
+ * end).  The int "where" can be 0 (normal matching), or > 0 (match
+ * only the trailing N slash-separated filename components of "texts"). */
+int litmatch_array(const char *string, const char*const *texts, int where)
+{
+    const uchar *s = (const uchar*)string;
+    const uchar*const *a = (const uchar* const*)texts;
+    const uchar *text;
+
+    if (where > 0)
+	text = trailing_N_elements(&a, where);
+    else
+	text = *a++;
+    if (!text)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    return doliteral(s, text, a) == TRUE;
 }

lib/wildmatch.h

@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
 /* wildmatch.h */
 
-int wildmatch(const char *p, const char *text);
+int wildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text);
+int iwildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text);
+int wildmatch_array(const char *pattern, const char*const *texts, int where);
+int litmatch_array(const char *string, const char*const *texts, int where);

loadparm.c

@@ -1,26 +1,25 @@
 /* This is based on loadparm.c from Samba, written by Andrew Tridgell
    and Karl Auer */
 
-/* some fixes
+/*
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
  */
 
-/*
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/* some fixes
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ */
 
 /*
  *  Load parameters.
@@ -51,12 +50,20 @@
 /* TODO: Parameter to set debug level on server. */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "ifuncs.h"
 #define PTR_DIFF(p1,p2) ((ptrdiff_t)(((char *)(p1)) - (char *)(p2)))
 #define strequal(a,b) (strcasecmp(a,b)==0)
 #define BOOLSTR(b) ((b) ? "Yes" : "No")
 typedef char pstring[1024];
 #define pstrcpy(a,b) strlcpy(a,b,sizeof(pstring))
 
+#ifndef LOG_DAEMON
+#define LOG_DAEMON 0
+#endif
+
+#define DEFAULT_DONT_COMPRESS "*.gz *.zip *.z *.rpm *.deb *.iso *.bz2" \
+	" *.t[gb]z *.7z *.mp[34] *.mov *.avi *.ogg *.jpg *.jpeg"
+
 /* the following are used by loadparm for option lists */
 typedef enum
 {
@@ -98,13 +105,11 @@ struct parm_struct
  */
 typedef struct
 {
+	char *bind_address;
 	char *motd_file;
-	char *log_file;
 	char *pid_file;
 	char *socket_options;
-	char *bind_address;
-	int syslog_facility;
-	int max_verbosity;
+
 	int rsync_port;
 } global;
 
@@ -112,81 +117,105 @@ static global Globals;
 
 
 /*
- * This structure describes a single service.
+ * This structure describes a single service.  Their order must match the
+ * initializers below, which you can accomplish by keeping each sub-section
+ * sorted.  (e.g. in vim, just visually select each subsection and use !sort.)
  */
 typedef struct
 {
-	char *name;
-	char *path;
+	char *auth_users;
+	char *charset;
 	char *comment;
-	char *lock_file;
-	BOOL read_only;
-	BOOL write_only;
-	BOOL list;
-	BOOL use_chroot;
-	BOOL transfer_logging;
-	BOOL ignore_errors;
-	char *uid;
+	char *dont_compress;
+	char *exclude;
+	char *exclude_from;
+	char *filter;
 	char *gid;
 	char *hosts_allow;
 	char *hosts_deny;
-	char *auth_users;
-	char *secrets_file;
-	BOOL strict_modes;
-	char *filter;
-	char *exclude;
-	char *exclude_from;
 	char *include;
 	char *include_from;
+	char *incoming_chmod;
+	char *lock_file;
+	char *log_file;
 	char *log_format;
+	char *name;
+	char *outgoing_chmod;
+	char *path;
+	char *postxfer_exec;
+	char *prexfer_exec;
 	char *refuse_options;
-	char *dont_compress;
-	int timeout;
+	char *secrets_file;
+	char *temp_dir;
+	char *uid;
+
 	int max_connections;
+	int max_verbosity;
+	int syslog_facility;
+	int timeout;
+
+	BOOL fake_super;
+	BOOL ignore_errors;
 	BOOL ignore_nonreadable;
+	BOOL list;
+	BOOL munge_symlinks;
+	BOOL numeric_ids;
+	BOOL read_only;
+	BOOL strict_modes;
+	BOOL transfer_logging;
+	BOOL use_chroot;
+	BOOL write_only;
 } service;
 
 
-/* This is a default service used to prime a services structure */
+/* This is a default service used to prime a services structure.  In order
+ * to make these easy to keep sorted in the same way as the variables
+ * above, use the variable name in the leading comment, including a
+ * trailing ';' (to avoid a sorting problem with trailing digits). */
 static service sDefault =
 {
-	NULL,    /* name */
-	NULL,    /* path */
-	NULL,    /* comment */
-	DEFAULT_LOCK_FILE,    /* lock file */
-	True,    /* read only */
-	False,   /* write only */
-	True,    /* list */
-	True,    /* use chroot */
-	False,   /* transfer logging */
-	False,   /* ignore errors */
-	"nobody",/* uid */
+ /* auth_users; */		NULL,
+ /* charset; */ 		NULL,
+ /* comment; */ 		NULL,
+ /* dont_compress; */		DEFAULT_DONT_COMPRESS,
+ /* exclude; */			NULL,
+ /* exclude_from; */		NULL,
+ /* filter; */			NULL,
+ /* gid; */			NOBODY_GROUP,
+ /* hosts_allow; */		NULL,
+ /* hosts_deny; */		NULL,
+ /* include; */			NULL,
+ /* include_from; */		NULL,
+ /* incoming_chmod; */		NULL,
+ /* lock_file; */		DEFAULT_LOCK_FILE,
+ /* log_file; */		NULL,
+ /* log_format; */		"%o %h [%a] %m (%u) %f %l",
+ /* name; */			NULL,
+ /* outgoing_chmod; */		NULL,
+ /* path; */			NULL,
+ /* postxfer_exec; */		NULL,
+ /* prexfer_exec; */		NULL,
+ /* refuse_options; */		NULL,
+ /* secrets_file; */		NULL,
+ /* temp_dir; */ 		NULL,
+ /* uid; */			NOBODY_USER,
 
-	/* TODO: This causes problems on Debian, where it is called
-	 * "nogroup".  Debian patch this in their version of the
-	 * package, but it would be nice to be consistent.  Possibly
-	 * other systems are different again.
-	 *
-	 * What is the best behaviour?  Perhaps always using (gid_t)
-	 * -2? */
-	"nobody",/* gid */
+ /* max_connections; */		0,
+ /* max_verbosity; */		1,
+ /* syslog_facility; */		LOG_DAEMON,
+ /* timeout; */			0,
 
-	NULL,    /* hosts allow */
-	NULL,    /* hosts deny */
-	NULL,    /* auth users */
-	NULL,    /* secrets file */
-	True,   /* strict modes */
-	NULL,    /* filter */
-	NULL,    /* exclude */
-	NULL,    /* exclude from */
-	NULL,    /* include */
-	NULL,    /* include from */
-	"%o %h [%a] %m (%u) %f %l",    /* log format */
-	NULL,    /* refuse options */
-	"*.gz *.tgz *.zip *.z *.rpm *.deb *.iso *.bz2 *.tbz",    /* dont compress */
-	0,        /* timeout */
-	0,        /* max connections */
-	False     /* ignore nonreadable */
+ /* fake_super; */		False,
+ /* ignore_errors; */		False,
+ /* ignore_nonreadable; */	False,
+ /* list; */			True,
+ /* munge_symlinks; */		(BOOL)-1,
+ /* numeric_ids; */		(BOOL)-1,
+ /* read_only; */		True,
+ /* strict_modes; */		True,
+ /* transfer_logging; */	False,
+ /* use_chroot; */		True,
+ /* write_only; */		False,
 };
 
 
@@ -269,61 +298,68 @@ static struct enum_list enum_facilities[] = {
 /* note that we do not initialise the defaults union - it is not allowed in ANSI C */
 static struct parm_struct parm_table[] =
 {
-  {"motd file",        P_STRING,  P_GLOBAL, &Globals.motd_file,    NULL,   0},
-  {"syslog facility",  P_ENUM,    P_GLOBAL, &Globals.syslog_facility, enum_facilities,0},
-  {"socket options",   P_STRING,  P_GLOBAL, &Globals.socket_options,NULL,  0},
-  {"log file",         P_STRING,  P_GLOBAL, &Globals.log_file,      NULL,  0},
-  {"pid file",         P_STRING,  P_GLOBAL, &Globals.pid_file,      NULL,  0},
-  {"max verbosity",    P_INTEGER, P_GLOBAL, &Globals.max_verbosity, NULL,  0},
-  {"port",             P_INTEGER, P_GLOBAL, &Globals.rsync_port,    NULL,  0},
-  {"address",          P_STRING,  P_GLOBAL, &Globals.bind_address,  NULL,  0},
+ {"address",           P_STRING, P_GLOBAL,&Globals.bind_address,       NULL,0},
+ {"motd file",         P_STRING, P_GLOBAL,&Globals.motd_file,          NULL,0},
+ {"pid file",          P_STRING, P_GLOBAL,&Globals.pid_file,           NULL,0},
+ {"port",              P_INTEGER,P_GLOBAL,&Globals.rsync_port,         NULL,0},
+ {"socket options",    P_STRING, P_GLOBAL,&Globals.socket_options,     NULL,0},
 
-  {"timeout",          P_INTEGER, P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.timeout,     NULL,  0},
-  {"max connections",  P_INTEGER, P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.max_connections,NULL, 0},
-  {"name",             P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.name,        NULL,   0},
-  {"comment",          P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.comment,     NULL,   0},
-  {"lock file",        P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.lock_file,   NULL,   0},
-  {"path",             P_PATH,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.path,        NULL,   0},
-  {"read only",        P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.read_only,   NULL,   0},
-  {"write only",       P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.write_only,  NULL,   0},
-  {"list",             P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.list,        NULL,   0},
-  {"use chroot",       P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.use_chroot,  NULL,   0},
-  {"ignore nonreadable",P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.ignore_nonreadable,  NULL,   0},
-  {"uid",              P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.uid,         NULL,   0},
-  {"gid",              P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.gid,         NULL,   0},
-  {"hosts allow",      P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.hosts_allow, NULL,   0},
-  {"hosts deny",       P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.hosts_deny,  NULL,   0},
-  {"auth users",       P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.auth_users,  NULL,   0},
-  {"secrets file",     P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.secrets_file,NULL,   0},
-  {"strict modes",     P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.strict_modes,NULL,   0},
-  {"filter",           P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.filter,      NULL,   0},
-  {"exclude",          P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.exclude,     NULL,   0},
-  {"exclude from",     P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.exclude_from,NULL,   0},
-  {"include",          P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.include,     NULL,   0},
-  {"include from",     P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.include_from,NULL,   0},
-  {"transfer logging", P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.transfer_logging,NULL,0},
-  {"ignore errors",    P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.ignore_errors,NULL,0},
-  {"log format",       P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.log_format,  NULL,   0},
-  {"refuse options",   P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.refuse_options,NULL, 0},
-  {"dont compress",    P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.dont_compress,NULL,  0},
-  {NULL,               P_BOOL,    P_NONE,   NULL,                  NULL,   0}
+ {"auth users",        P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.auth_users,        NULL,0},
+ {"charset",           P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.charset,           NULL,0},
+ {"comment",           P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.comment,           NULL,0},
+ {"dont compress",     P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.dont_compress,     NULL,0},
+ {"exclude from",      P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.exclude_from,      NULL,0},
+ {"exclude",           P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.exclude,           NULL,0},
+ {"fake super",        P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.fake_super,        NULL,0},
+ {"filter",            P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.filter,            NULL,0},
+ {"gid",               P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.gid,               NULL,0},
+ {"hosts allow",       P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.hosts_allow,       NULL,0},
+ {"hosts deny",        P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.hosts_deny,        NULL,0},
+ {"ignore errors",     P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.ignore_errors,     NULL,0},
+ {"ignore nonreadable",P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.ignore_nonreadable,NULL,0},
+ {"include from",      P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.include_from,      NULL,0},
+ {"include",           P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.include,           NULL,0},
+ {"incoming chmod",    P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.incoming_chmod,    NULL,0},
+ {"list",              P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.list,              NULL,0},
+ {"lock file",         P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.lock_file,         NULL,0},
+ {"log file",          P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.log_file,          NULL,0},
+ {"log format",        P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.log_format,        NULL,0},
+ {"max connections",   P_INTEGER,P_LOCAL, &sDefault.max_connections,   NULL,0},
+ {"max verbosity",     P_INTEGER,P_LOCAL, &sDefault.max_verbosity,     NULL,0},
+ {"munge symlinks",    P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.munge_symlinks,    NULL,0},
+ {"name",              P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.name,              NULL,0},
+ {"numeric ids",       P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.numeric_ids,       NULL,0},
+ {"outgoing chmod",    P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.outgoing_chmod,    NULL,0},
+ {"path",              P_PATH,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.path,              NULL,0},
+#ifdef HAVE_PUTENV
+ {"post-xfer exec",    P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.postxfer_exec,     NULL,0},
+ {"pre-xfer exec",     P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.prexfer_exec,      NULL,0},
+#endif
+ {"read only",         P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.read_only,         NULL,0},
+ {"refuse options",    P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.refuse_options,    NULL,0},
+ {"secrets file",      P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.secrets_file,      NULL,0},
+ {"strict modes",      P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.strict_modes,      NULL,0},
+ {"syslog facility",   P_ENUM,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.syslog_facility,enum_facilities,0},
+ {"temp dir",          P_PATH,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.temp_dir,          NULL,0},
+ {"timeout",           P_INTEGER,P_LOCAL, &sDefault.timeout,           NULL,0},
+ {"transfer logging",  P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.transfer_logging,  NULL,0},
+ {"uid",               P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.uid,               NULL,0},
+ {"use chroot",        P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.use_chroot,        NULL,0},
+ {"write only",        P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.write_only,        NULL,0},
+ {NULL,                P_BOOL,   P_NONE,  NULL,                        NULL,0}
 };
 
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Initialise the global parameter structure.
+* Initialise the global parameter structure.
 ***************************************************************************/
 static void init_globals(void)
 {
 	memset(&Globals, 0, sizeof Globals);
-#ifdef LOG_DAEMON
-	Globals.syslog_facility = LOG_DAEMON;
-#endif
-	Globals.max_verbosity = 1;
 }
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Initialise the sDefault parameter structure.
+* Initialise the sDefault parameter structure.
 ***************************************************************************/
 static void init_locals(void)
 {
@@ -354,43 +390,55 @@ static void init_locals(void)
  int fn_name(int i) {return(LP_SNUM_OK(i)? pSERVICE(i)->val : sDefault.val);}
 
 
+FN_GLOBAL_STRING(lp_bind_address, &Globals.bind_address)
 FN_GLOBAL_STRING(lp_motd_file, &Globals.motd_file)
-FN_GLOBAL_STRING(lp_log_file, &Globals.log_file)
 FN_GLOBAL_STRING(lp_pid_file, &Globals.pid_file)
 FN_GLOBAL_STRING(lp_socket_options, &Globals.socket_options)
-FN_GLOBAL_INTEGER(lp_syslog_facility, &Globals.syslog_facility)
-FN_GLOBAL_INTEGER(lp_max_verbosity, &Globals.max_verbosity)
-FN_GLOBAL_INTEGER(lp_rsync_port, &Globals.rsync_port)
-FN_GLOBAL_STRING(lp_bind_address, &Globals.bind_address)
 
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_name, name)
+FN_GLOBAL_INTEGER(lp_rsync_port, &Globals.rsync_port)
+
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_auth_users, auth_users)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_charset, charset)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_comment, comment)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_path, path)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_lock_file, lock_file)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_read_only, read_only)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_write_only, write_only)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_list, list)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_use_chroot, use_chroot)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_transfer_logging, transfer_logging)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_ignore_errors, ignore_errors)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_ignore_nonreadable, ignore_nonreadable)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_uid, uid)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_dont_compress, dont_compress)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_exclude, exclude)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_exclude_from, exclude_from)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_filter, filter)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_gid, gid)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_hosts_allow, hosts_allow)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_hosts_deny, hosts_deny)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_auth_users, auth_users)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_secrets_file, secrets_file)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_strict_modes, strict_modes)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_filter, filter)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_exclude, exclude)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_exclude_from, exclude_from)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_include, include)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_include_from, include_from)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_incoming_chmod, incoming_chmod)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_lock_file, lock_file)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_log_file, log_file)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_log_format, log_format)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_name, name)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_outgoing_chmod, outgoing_chmod)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_path, path)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_postxfer_exec, postxfer_exec)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_prexfer_exec, prexfer_exec)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_refuse_options, refuse_options)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_dont_compress, dont_compress)
-FN_LOCAL_INTEGER(lp_timeout, timeout)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_secrets_file, secrets_file)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_temp_dir, temp_dir)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_uid, uid)
+
 FN_LOCAL_INTEGER(lp_max_connections, max_connections)
+FN_LOCAL_INTEGER(lp_max_verbosity, max_verbosity)
+FN_LOCAL_INTEGER(lp_syslog_facility, syslog_facility)
+FN_LOCAL_INTEGER(lp_timeout, timeout)
+
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_fake_super, fake_super)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_ignore_errors, ignore_errors)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_ignore_nonreadable, ignore_nonreadable)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_list, list)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_munge_symlinks, munge_symlinks)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_numeric_ids, numeric_ids)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_read_only, read_only)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_strict_modes, strict_modes)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_transfer_logging, transfer_logging)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_use_chroot, use_chroot)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_write_only, write_only)
 
 /* local prototypes */
 static int    strwicmp(char *psz1, char *psz2);
@@ -403,7 +451,7 @@ static BOOL   do_section(char *sectionname);
 
 
 /***************************************************************************
-initialise a service to the defaults
+* initialise a service to the defaults
 ***************************************************************************/
 static void init_service(service *pservice)
 {
@@ -437,8 +485,8 @@ static void string_set(char **s, const char *v)
 
 
 /***************************************************************************
-add a new service to the services array initialising it with the given
-service
+* add a new service to the services array initialising it with the given
+* service
 ***************************************************************************/
 static int add_a_service(service *pservice, char *name)
 {
@@ -477,7 +525,7 @@ static int add_a_service(service *pservice, char *name)
 }
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Do a case-insensitive, whitespace-ignoring string compare.
+* Do a case-insensitive, whitespace-ignoring string compare.
 ***************************************************************************/
 static int strwicmp(char *psz1, char *psz2)
 {
@@ -495,12 +543,11 @@ static int strwicmp(char *psz1, char *psz2)
    /* sync the strings on first non-whitespace */
    while (1)
    {
-      while (isspace(* (unsigned char *) psz1))
+      while (isSpace(psz1))
          psz1++;
-      while (isspace(* (unsigned char *) psz2))
+      while (isSpace(psz2))
          psz2++;
-      if (toupper(* (unsigned char *) psz1) != toupper(* (unsigned char *) psz2)
-	  || *psz1 == '\0' || *psz2 == '\0')
+      if (toUpper(psz1) != toUpper(psz2) || *psz1 == '\0' || *psz2 == '\0')
          break;
       psz1++;
       psz2++;
@@ -509,8 +556,8 @@ static int strwicmp(char *psz1, char *psz2)
 }
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Map a parameter's string representation to something we can use.
-Returns False if the parameter string is not recognised, else TRUE.
+* Map a parameter's string representation to something we can use.
+* Returns False if the parameter string is not recognised, else TRUE.
 ***************************************************************************/
 static int map_parameter(char *parmname)
 {
@@ -523,15 +570,15 @@ static int map_parameter(char *parmname)
       if (strwicmp(parm_table[iIndex].label, parmname) == 0)
          return(iIndex);
 
-   rprintf(FERROR, "Unknown Parameter encountered: \"%s\"\n", parmname);
+   rprintf(FLOG, "Unknown Parameter encountered: \"%s\"\n", parmname);
    return(-1);
 }
 
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Set a boolean variable from the text value stored in the passed string.
-Returns True in success, False if the passed string does not correctly
-represent a boolean.
+* Set a boolean variable from the text value stored in the passed string.
+* Returns True in success, False if the passed string does not correctly
+* represent a boolean.
 ***************************************************************************/
 static BOOL set_boolean(BOOL *pb, char *parmvalue)
 {
@@ -549,7 +596,7 @@ static BOOL set_boolean(BOOL *pb, char *parmvalue)
          *pb = False;
       else
       {
-         rprintf(FERROR, "Badly formed boolean in configuration file: \"%s\".\n",
+         rprintf(FLOG, "Badly formed boolean in configuration file: \"%s\".\n",
                parmvalue);
          bRetval = False;
       }
@@ -557,7 +604,7 @@ static BOOL set_boolean(BOOL *pb, char *parmvalue)
 }
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Find a service by name. Otherwise works like get_service.
+* Find a service by name. Otherwise works like get_service.
 ***************************************************************************/
 static int getservicebyname(char *name, service *pserviceDest)
 {
@@ -577,8 +624,7 @@ static int getservicebyname(char *name, service *pserviceDest)
 
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Copy a service structure to another
-
+* Copy a service structure to another
 ***************************************************************************/
 static void copy_service(service *pserviceDest,
                          service *pserviceSource)
@@ -623,8 +669,8 @@ static void copy_service(service *pserviceDest,
 
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Process a parameter for a particular service number. If snum < 0
-then assume we are in the globals
+* Process a parameter for a particular service number. If snum < 0
+* then assume we are in the globals
 ***************************************************************************/
 static BOOL lp_do_parameter(int snum, char *parmname, char *parmvalue)
 {
@@ -637,7 +683,7 @@ static BOOL lp_do_parameter(int snum, char *parmname, char *parmvalue)
 
    if (parmnum < 0)
      {
-       rprintf(FERROR, "IGNORING unknown parameter \"%s\"\n", parmname);
+       rprintf(FLOG, "IGNORING unknown parameter \"%s\"\n", parmname);
        return(True);
      }
 
@@ -648,7 +694,7 @@ static BOOL lp_do_parameter(int snum, char *parmname, char *parmvalue)
      parm_ptr = def_ptr;
    } else {
        if (parm_table[parmnum].class == P_GLOBAL) {
-	   rprintf(FERROR, "Global parameter %s found in service section!\n",parmname);
+	   rprintf(FLOG, "Global parameter %s found in service section!\n",parmname);
 	   return(True);
 	 }
        parm_ptr = ((char *)pSERVICE(snum)) + PTR_DIFF(def_ptr,&sDefault);
@@ -715,7 +761,7 @@ static BOOL lp_do_parameter(int snum, char *parmname, char *parmvalue)
 }
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Process a parameter.
+* Process a parameter.
 ***************************************************************************/
 static BOOL do_parameter(char *parmname, char *parmvalue)
 {
@@ -723,9 +769,9 @@ static BOOL do_parameter(char *parmname, char *parmvalue)
 }
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Process a new section (service). At this stage all sections are services.
-Later we'll have special sections that permit server parameters to be set.
-Returns True on success, False on failure.
+* Process a new section (service). At this stage all sections are services.
+* Later we'll have special sections that permit server parameters to be set.
+* Returns True on success, False on failure.
 ***************************************************************************/
 static BOOL do_section(char *sectionname)
 {
@@ -746,6 +792,11 @@ static BOOL do_section(char *sectionname)
      return(True);
    }
 
+   if (strchr(sectionname, '/') != NULL) {
+     rprintf(FLOG, "Warning: invalid section name in configuration file: %s\n", sectionname);
+     return False;
+   }
+
    /* if we have a current service, tidy it up before moving on */
    bRetval = True;
 
@@ -760,7 +811,7 @@ static BOOL do_section(char *sectionname)
 
        if ((iServiceIndex=add_a_service(&sDefault,sectionname)) < 0)
 	 {
-	   rprintf(FERROR,"Failed to add a new service\n");
+	   rprintf(FLOG, "Failed to add a new service\n");
 	   return(False);
 	 }
      }
@@ -770,14 +821,11 @@ static BOOL do_section(char *sectionname)
 
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Load the services array from the services file. Return True on success,
-False on failure.
+* Load the services array from the services file. Return True on success,
+* False on failure.
 ***************************************************************************/
 BOOL lp_load(char *pszFname, int globals_only)
 {
-	extern int am_server;
-	extern int am_daemon;
-	extern int am_root;
 	pstring n2;
 	BOOL bRetval;
 
@@ -787,12 +835,7 @@ BOOL lp_load(char *pszFname, int globals_only)
 
 	init_globals();
 
-	if (pszFname)
-	    pstrcpy(n2,pszFname);
-	else if (am_server && am_daemon && !am_root)
-	    pstrcpy(n2,RSYNCD_USERCONF);
-	else
-	    pstrcpy(n2,RSYNCD_SYSCONF);
+	pstrcpy(n2, pszFname);
 
 	/* We get sections first, so have to start 'behind' to make up */
 	iServiceIndex = -1;
@@ -803,7 +846,7 @@ BOOL lp_load(char *pszFname, int globals_only)
 
 
 /***************************************************************************
-return the max number of services
+* return the max number of services
 ***************************************************************************/
 int lp_numservices(void)
 {
@@ -811,10 +854,10 @@ int lp_numservices(void)
 }
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Return the number of the service with the given name, or -1 if it doesn't
-exist. Note that this is a DIFFERENT ANIMAL from the internal function
-getservicebyname()! This works ONLY if all services have been loaded, and
-does not copy the found service.
+* Return the number of the service with the given name, or -1 if it doesn't
+* exist. Note that this is a DIFFERENT ANIMAL from the internal function
+* getservicebyname()! This works ONLY if all services have been loaded, and
+* does not copy the found service.
 ***************************************************************************/
 int lp_number(char *name)
 {

match.c

@@ -1,88 +1,89 @@
 /*
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+ * Block matching used by the file-transfer code.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 extern int verbose;
-extern int am_server;
 extern int do_progress;
 extern int checksum_seed;
+extern int append_mode;
 
 int updating_basis_file;
 
-typedef unsigned short tag;
-
-#define TABLESIZE (1<<16)
-#define NULL_TAG (-1)
-
 static int false_alarms;
-static int tag_hits;
+static int hash_hits;
 static int matches;
 static int64 data_transfer;
 
 static int total_false_alarms;
-static int total_tag_hits;
+static int total_hash_hits;
 static int total_matches;
 
 extern struct stats stats;
 
-struct target {
-	tag t;
-	int32 i;
-};
+#define TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE (1<<16)
 
-static struct target *targets;
+static uint32 tablesize;
+static int32 *hash_table;
 
-static int32 *tag_table;
-
-#define gettag2(s1,s2) (((s1) + (s2)) & 0xFFFF)
-#define gettag(sum) gettag2((sum)&0xFFFF,(sum)>>16)
-
-static int compare_targets(struct target *t1,struct target *t2)
-{
-	return (int)t1->t - (int)t2->t;
-}
+#define SUM2HASH2(s1,s2) (((s1) + (s2)) & 0xFFFF)
+#define SUM2HASH(sum) SUM2HASH2((sum)&0xFFFF,(sum)>>16)
 
+#define BIG_SUM2HASH(sum) ((sum)%tablesize)
 
 static void build_hash_table(struct sum_struct *s)
 {
+	static uint32 alloc_size;
 	int32 i;
 
-	if (!tag_table)
-		tag_table = new_array(int32, TABLESIZE);
-
-	targets = new_array(struct target, s->count);
-	if (!tag_table || !targets)
-		out_of_memory("build_hash_table");
-
-	for (i = 0; i < s->count; i++) {
-		targets[i].i = i;
-		targets[i].t = gettag(s->sums[i].sum1);
+	/* Dynamically calculate the hash table size so that the hash load
+	 * for big files is about 80%.  A number greater than the traditional
+	 * size must be odd or s2 will not be able to span the entire set. */
+	tablesize = (uint32)(s->count/8) * 10 + 11;
+	if (tablesize < TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE)
+		tablesize = TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE;
+	if (tablesize > alloc_size || tablesize < alloc_size - 16*1024) {
+		if (hash_table)
+			free(hash_table);
+		hash_table = new_array(int32, tablesize);
+		if (!hash_table)
+			out_of_memory("build_hash_table");
+		alloc_size = tablesize;
 	}
 
-	qsort(targets,s->count,sizeof(targets[0]),(int (*)())compare_targets);
+	memset(hash_table, 0xFF, tablesize * sizeof hash_table[0]);
 
-	for (i = 0; i < TABLESIZE; i++)
-		tag_table[i] = NULL_TAG;
-
-	for (i = s->count; i-- > 0; )
-		tag_table[targets[i].t] = i;
+	if (tablesize == TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE) {
+		for (i = 0; i < s->count; i++) {
+			uint32 t = SUM2HASH(s->sums[i].sum1);
+			s->sums[i].chain = hash_table[t];
+			hash_table[t] = i;
+		}
+	} else {
+		for (i = 0; i < s->count; i++) {
+			uint32 t = BIG_SUM2HASH(s->sums[i].sum1);
+			s->sums[i].chain = hash_table[t];
+			hash_table[t] = i;
+		}
+	}
 }
 
 
@@ -104,7 +105,7 @@ static OFF_T last_match;
 static void matched(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf,
 		    OFF_T offset, int32 i)
 {
-	int32 n = offset - last_match; /* max value: block_size (int32) */
+	int32 n = (int32)(offset - last_match); /* max value: block_size (int32) */
 	int32 j;
 
 	if (verbose > 2 && i >= 0) {
@@ -127,26 +128,21 @@ static void matched(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf,
 		sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match + j, n1), n1);
 	}
 
-
 	if (i >= 0)
 		last_match = offset + s->sums[i].len;
 	else
 		last_match = offset;
 
-	if (buf && do_progress) {
+	if (buf && do_progress)
 		show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
-
-		if (i == -1)
-			end_progress(buf->file_size);
-	}
 }
 
 
 static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 			struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 {
-	OFF_T offset, end, backup;
-	int32 k, want_i;
+	OFF_T offset, end;
+	int32 k, want_i, backup;
 	char sum2[SUM_LENGTH];
 	uint32 s1, s2, sum;
 	int more;
@@ -181,20 +177,27 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 	}
 
 	do {
-		tag t = gettag2(s1,s2);
 		int done_csum2 = 0;
-		int32 j = tag_table[t];
+		int32 i;
 
-		if (verbose > 4)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"offset=%.0f sum=%08x\n",(double)offset,sum);
+		if (verbose > 4) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "offset=%.0f sum=%04x%04x\n",
+				(double)offset, s2 & 0xFFFF, s1 & 0xFFFF);
+		}
 
-		if (j == NULL_TAG)
-			goto null_tag;
+		if (tablesize == TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE) {
+			if ((i = hash_table[SUM2HASH2(s1,s2)]) < 0)
+				goto null_hash;
+			sum = (s1 & 0xffff) | (s2 << 16);
+		} else {
+			sum = (s1 & 0xffff) | (s2 << 16);
+			if ((i = hash_table[BIG_SUM2HASH(sum)]) < 0)
+				goto null_hash;
+		}
 
-		sum = (s1 & 0xffff) | (s2 << 16);
-		tag_hits++;
+		hash_hits++;
 		do {
-			int32 l, i = targets[j].i;
+			int32 l;
 
 			if (sum != s->sums[i].sum1)
 				continue;
@@ -210,9 +213,11 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 			    && !(s->sums[i].flags & SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET))
 				continue;
 
-			if (verbose > 3)
-				rprintf(FINFO,"potential match at %.0f target=%.0f %.0f sum=%08x\n",
-					(double)offset,(double)j,(double)i,sum);
+			if (verbose > 3) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+					"potential match at %.0f i=%ld sum=%08x\n",
+					(double)offset, (long)i, sum);
+			}
 
 			if (!done_csum2) {
 				map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf,offset,l);
@@ -229,8 +234,8 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 			 * one with an identical offset, so we prefer that over
 			 * the following want_i optimization. */
 			if (updating_basis_file) {
-				do {
-					int32 i2 = targets[j].i;
+				int32 i2;
+				for (i2 = i; i2 >= 0; i2 = s->sums[i2].chain) {
 					if (s->sums[i2].offset != offset)
 						continue;
 					if (i2 != i) {
@@ -245,7 +250,7 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 					 * both the sender and the receiver. */
 					s->sums[i].flags |= SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET;
 					goto set_want_i;
-				} while (++j < s->count && targets[j].t == t);
+				}
 			}
 
 			/* we've found a match, but now check to see
@@ -271,10 +276,10 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 			s2 = sum >> 16;
 			matches++;
 			break;
-		} while (++j < s->count && targets[j].t == t);
+		} while ((i = s->sums[i].chain) >= 0);
 
-	null_tag:
-		backup = offset - last_match;
+	  null_hash:
+		backup = (int32)(offset - last_match);
 		/* We sometimes read 1 byte prior to last_match... */
 		if (backup < 0)
 			backup = 0;
@@ -324,53 +329,70 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
  **/
 void match_sums(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 {
-	char file_sum[MD4_SUM_LENGTH];
+	char file_sum[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
+	int sum_len;
 
 	last_match = 0;
 	false_alarms = 0;
-	tag_hits = 0;
+	hash_hits = 0;
 	matches = 0;
 	data_transfer = 0;
 
 	sum_init(checksum_seed);
 
+	if (append_mode > 0) {
+		if (append_mode == 2) {
+			OFF_T j = 0;
+			for (j = CHUNK_SIZE; j < s->flength; j += CHUNK_SIZE) {
+				if (buf && do_progress)
+					show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
+				sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match, CHUNK_SIZE),
+					   CHUNK_SIZE);
+				last_match = j;
+			}
+			if (last_match < s->flength) {
+				int32 n = (int32)(s->flength - last_match);
+				if (buf && do_progress)
+					show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
+				sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match, n), n);
+			}
+		}
+		last_match = s->flength;
+		s->count = 0;
+	}
+
 	if (len > 0 && s->count > 0) {
 		build_hash_table(s);
 
 		if (verbose > 2)
 			rprintf(FINFO,"built hash table\n");
 
-		hash_search(f,s,buf,len);
+		hash_search(f, s, buf, len);
 
 		if (verbose > 2)
 			rprintf(FINFO,"done hash search\n");
 	} else {
 		OFF_T j;
 		/* by doing this in pieces we avoid too many seeks */
-		for (j = CHUNK_SIZE; j < len; j += CHUNK_SIZE)
+		for (j = last_match + CHUNK_SIZE; j < len; j += CHUNK_SIZE)
 			matched(f, s, buf, j, -2);
 		matched(f, s, buf, len, -1);
 	}
 
-	sum_end(file_sum);
+	sum_len = sum_end(file_sum);
 	/* If we had a read error, send a bad checksum. */
 	if (buf && buf->status != 0)
 		file_sum[0]++;
 
 	if (verbose > 2)
 		rprintf(FINFO,"sending file_sum\n");
-	write_buf(f,file_sum,MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
-
-	if (targets) {
-		free(targets);
-		targets=NULL;
-	}
+	write_buf(f, file_sum, sum_len);
 
 	if (verbose > 2)
-		rprintf(FINFO, "false_alarms=%d tag_hits=%d matches=%d\n",
-			false_alarms, tag_hits, matches);
+		rprintf(FINFO, "false_alarms=%d hash_hits=%d matches=%d\n",
+			false_alarms, hash_hits, matches);
 
-	total_tag_hits += tag_hits;
+	total_hash_hits += hash_hits;
 	total_false_alarms += false_alarms;
 	total_matches += matches;
 	stats.literal_data += data_transfer;
@@ -382,8 +404,7 @@ void match_report(void)
 		return;
 
 	rprintf(FINFO,
-		"total: matches=%d  tag_hits=%d  false_alarms=%d data=%.0f\n",
-		total_matches,total_tag_hits,
-		total_false_alarms,
+		"total: matches=%d  hash_hits=%d  false_alarms=%d data=%.0f\n",
+		total_matches, total_hash_hits, total_false_alarms,
 		(double)stats.literal_data);
 }

mkproto.awk

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-# generate prototypes for Samba C code
-# tridge, June 1996
-
-BEGIN {
-  inheader=0;
-  print "/* This file is automatically generated with \"make proto\". DO NOT EDIT */"
-  print ""
-}
-
-{
-  if (inheader) {
-    if (match($0,"[)][ \t]*$")) {
-      inheader = 0;
-      printf "%s;\n",$0;
-    } else {
-      printf "%s\n",$0;
-    }
-    next;
-  }
-}
-
-/^FN_LOCAL_BOOL/ {
-  split($0,a,"[,()]")
-  printf "BOOL %s(int );\n", a[2]
-}
-
-/^FN_LOCAL_STRING/ {
-  split($0,a,"[,()]")
-  printf "char *%s(int );\n", a[2]
-}
-
-/^FN_LOCAL_INT/ {
-  split($0,a,"[,()]")
-  printf "int %s(int );\n", a[2]
-}
-
-/^FN_LOCAL_CHAR/ {
-  split($0,a,"[,()]")
-  printf "char %s(int );\n", a[2]
-}
-
-/^FN_GLOBAL_BOOL/ {
-  split($0,a,"[,()]")
-  printf "BOOL %s(void);\n", a[2]
-}
-
-/^FN_GLOBAL_STRING/ {
-  split($0,a,"[,()]")
-  printf "char *%s(void);\n", a[2]
-}
-
-/^FN_GLOBAL_INT/ {
-  split($0,a,"[,()]")
-  printf "int %s(void);\n", a[2]
-}
-
-/^static|^extern/ || !/^[a-zA-Z]/ || /[;]/ {
-  next;
-}
-
-!/^OFF_T|^size_t|^off_t|^pid_t|^unsigned|^mode_t|^DIR|^user|^int|^char|^uint|^uchar|^short|^struct|^BOOL|^void|^time|^const/ {
-  next;
-}
-
-
-/[(].*[)][ \t]*$/ {
-    printf "%s;\n",$0;
-    next;
-}
-
-/[(]/ {
-  inheader=1;
-  printf "%s\n",$0;
-  next;
-}
-

mkproto.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# generate prototypes for rsync
+
+$old_protos = '';
+if (open(IN, 'proto.h')) {
+    $old_protos = join('', <IN>);
+    close IN;
+}
+
+%FN_MAP = (
+    BOOL => 'BOOL ',
+    CHAR => 'char ',
+    INTEGER => 'int ',
+    STRING => 'char *',
+);
+
+$inheader = 0;
+$protos = qq|/* This file is automatically generated with "make proto". DO NOT EDIT */\n\n|;
+
+while (<>) {
+    if ($inheader) {
+	if (/[)][ \t]*$/) {
+	    $inheader = 0;
+	    s/$/;/;
+	}
+	$protos .= $_;
+    } elsif (/^FN_(LOCAL|GLOBAL)_([^(]+)\(([^,()]+)/) {
+	$ret = $FN_MAP{$2};
+	$func = $3;
+	$arg = $1 eq 'LOCAL' ? 'int module_id' : 'void';
+	$protos .= "$ret$func($arg);\n";
+    } elsif (/^static|^extern/ || /[;]/ || !/^[A-Za-z][A-Za-z0-9_]* /) {
+	;
+    } elsif (/[(].*[)][ \t]*$/) {
+	s/$/;/;
+	$protos .= $_;
+    } elsif (/[(]/) {
+	$inheader = 1;
+	$protos .= $_;
+    }
+}
+
+if ($old_protos ne $protos) {
+    open(OUT, '>proto.h') or die $!;
+    print OUT $protos;
+    close OUT;
+}
+
+open(OUT, '>proto.h-tstamp') and close OUT;

packaging/bin/gpg

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#!/bin/sh -e
+# This script gets git to run gpg with a --passphrase-file option.
+
+PATH=`echo $PATH | sed 's/^[^:]*://'`
+
+gpg --batch --passphrase-file=$GPG_PASSFILE "${@}"

packaging/cull_options

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# This script outputs some perl code that parses all possible options
+# that the code in options.c might send to the server.  This perl code
+# is included in the rrsync script.
+use strict;
+
+our %short_no_arg;
+our %short_with_num;
+our %long_opt = (
+    'no-i-r' => 0,
+    'fake-super' => 0,
+    'log-file' => 3,
+);
+our $last_long_opt;
+
+open(IN, '../options.c') or die "Unable to open ../options.c: $!\n";
+
+while (<IN>) {
+    if (/\Qargstr[x++]\E = '([^.ie])'/) {
+	$short_no_arg{$1} = 1;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    } elsif (/\Qasprintf(\E[^,]+, "-([a-zA-Z0-9])\%l?[ud]"/) {
+	$short_with_num{$1} = 1;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    } elsif (/\Qargs[ac++]\E = "--([^"=]+)"/) {
+	$last_long_opt = $1;
+	$long_opt{$1} = 0;
+    } elsif (defined($last_long_opt)
+	&& /\Qargs[ac++]\E = ([^["\s]+);/ && $1 ne 'dest_option') {
+	$long_opt{$last_long_opt} = 2;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    } elsif (/dest_option = "--([^"]+)"/) {
+	$long_opt{$1} = 2;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    } elsif (/\Qasprintf(\E[^,]+, "--([^"=]+)=/ || /\Qargs[ac++]\E = "--([^"=]+)=/) {
+	$long_opt{$1} = 1;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    }
+}
+close IN;
+
+my $short_no_arg = join('', sort keys %short_no_arg);
+my $short_with_num = join('', sort keys %short_with_num);
+
+print <<EOT;
+
+# These options are the only options that rsync might send to the server,
+# and only in the option format that the stock rsync produces.
+
+# To disable a short-named option, add its letter to this string:
+our \$short_disabled = 's';
+
+our \$short_no_arg = '$short_no_arg'; # DO NOT REMOVE ANY
+our \$short_with_num = '$short_with_num'; # DO NOT REMOVE ANY
+
+# To disable a long-named option, change its value to a -1.  The values mean:
+# 0 = the option has no arg; 1 = the arg doesn't need any checking; 2 = only
+# check the arg when receiving; and 3 = always check the arg.
+our \%long_opt = (
+EOT
+
+foreach my $opt (sort keys %long_opt) {
+    my $val = $long_opt{$opt};
+    $val = 1 if $opt =~ /^(max-|min-)/;
+    $val = 3 if $opt eq 'files-from';
+    $val = '$ro ? -1 : ' . $val if $opt =~ /^remove-/;
+    print "  '$opt' => $val,\n";
+}
+
+print ");\n\n";

packaging/extern-squish

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# This script finds extraneous "extern" variables in the *.c files.
+# Run it from inside the main rsync directory.
+
+use strict;
+
+my @files = glob('*.c');
+
+foreach my $fn (@files) {
+    open(IN, '<', $fn) or die;
+    undef $/; $_ = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
+    close IN;
+    my @externs = /^extern .*?([^[\s(*;&.]+)(?:\[.*?\])?;/mg;
+    foreach my $find (@externs) {
+	my @matches = /(?<!\sstruct )\b(\Q$find\E)\b/g;
+	print $fn, ': ', $find, "\n" if @matches == 1;
+    }
+}

packaging/lsb/rsync.spec

@@ -1,93 +1,74 @@
-Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
+Summary: A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool
 Name: rsync
-Version: 2.6.4pre1
+Version: 3.0.2
+%define fullversion %{version}
 Release: 1
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-%{version}.tar.gz
-URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
-Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
+%define srcdir src
+Group: Applications/Internet
+Source0: http://rsync.samba.org/ftp/rsync/%{srcdir}/rsync-%{fullversion}.tar.gz
+#Source1: http://rsync.samba.org/ftp/rsync/%{srcdir}/rsync-patches-%{fullversion}.tar.gz
+URL: http://rsync.samba.org/
+
+Prefix: %{_prefix}
+BuildRoot: /var/tmp/%{name}-root
+License: GPL
 
 %description
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
-
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
-differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
-
-%changelog
-* Thu Jan 30 2003 Horst von Brand <vonbrand@inf.utfsm.cl>
-  Fixed "Sept" date in %changelog here
-  Use %{_mandir} to point to manpages
-  Support for compressed manpages (* at end catches them in %files)
-  Add doc/README-SGML and doc/rsync.sgml to %doc
-
-* Mon Sep 11 2000 John H Terpstra <jht@turbolinux.com>
-  Changed target paths to be Linux Standards Base compliant
-
-* Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness
-
-* Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-  reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
-
-* Sat May 16 1998 John H Terpstra <jht@aquasoft.com.au>
-  Upgraded to Rsync 2.0.6
-    -new feature anonymous rsync
-
-* Mon Apr  6 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Upgrade to rsync version 1.7.2.
-
-* Sun Mar  1 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Built 1.6.9-1 based on the 1.6.3-2 spec file of John A. Martin.
-Changes from 1.6.3-2 packaging: added latex and dvips commands
-to create tech_report.ps.
-
-* Mon Aug 25 1997 John A. Martin <jam@jamux.com>
-
-Built 1.6.3-2 after finding no rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm although there
-was an ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/alpha/rsync-1.6.3-1.alpha.rpm
-showing no packager nor signature but giving 
-"Source RPM: rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm".
-
-Changes from 1.6.2-1 packaging: added '$RPM_OPT_FLAGS' to make, strip
-to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
-
-* Thu Apr 10 1997 Michael De La Rue <miked@ed.ac.uk>
-
-rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
-previous package(s).)
+Rsync is a fast and extraordinarily versatile file copying tool.  It can
+copy locally, to/from another host over any remote shell, or to/from a
+remote rsync daemon.  It offers a large number of options that control
+every aspect of its behavior and permit very flexible specification of the
+set of files to be copied.  It is famous for its delta-transfer algorithm,
+which reduces the amount of data sent over the network by sending only the
+differences between the source files and the existing files in the
+destination.  Rsync is widely used for backups and mirroring and as an
+improved copy command for everyday use.
 
 %prep
-%setup
+# Choose one -- setup source only, or setup source + rsync-patches:
+%setup -q -n rsync-%{fullversion}
+#%setup -q -b1 -n rsync-%{fullversion}
+
+# If you you used "%setup -q -b1", choose the patches you wish to apply:
+#patch -p1 <patches/acls.diff
+#patch -p1 <patches/xattrs.diff
+#patch -p1 <patches/remote-option.diff
+#patch -p1 <patches/db.diff
+
+# Avoid extra perl dependencies for scripts going into doc dir.
+chmod -x support/*
 
 %build
-./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=%{_mandir}
-make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
-strip rsync
+#./prepare-source
+%configure
+
+make
 
 %install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_mandir}/man{1,5}
-install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_mandir}/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_mandir}/man5
+rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+
+%makeinstall
+
+mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/xinetd.d
+install -m 644 packaging/lsb/rsync.xinetd $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/xinetd.d/rsync
+
+#install -p -m 755 support/rsyncdb $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin/rsyncdb
 
 %clean
 rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
 
 %files
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) %{_mandir}/man1/rsync.1*
-%attr(-,root,root) %{_mandir}/man5/rsyncd.conf.5*
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc README
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc doc/README-SGML doc/rsync.sgml
+%defattr(-,root,root)
+%doc COPYING NEWS OLDNEWS README support/ tech_report.tex
+%config(noreplace) /etc/xinetd.d/rsync
+%{_prefix}/bin/rsync*
+%{_mandir}/man1/rsync.1*
+%{_mandir}/man5/rsyncd.conf.5*
+
+%changelog
+* Tue Apr 08 2008 Wayne Davison <wayned@samba.org>
+Released 3.0.2.
+
+* Fri Mar 21 2008 Wayne Davison <wayned@samba.org>
+Added installation of /etc/xinetd.d/rsync file and some commented-out
+lines that demonstrate how to use the rsync-patches tar file.

packaging/lsb/rsync.xinetd

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# default: off
+# description: The rsync server is a good addition to an ftp server, as it
+#	allows crc checksumming etc.
+service rsync
+{
+	disable	= yes
+	socket_type     = stream
+	wait            = no
+	user            = root
+	server          = /usr/bin/rsync
+	server_args     = --daemon
+	log_on_failure  += USERID
+}

packaging/nightly-rsync

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+use strict;
+
+# This script expects the directory ~/samba-rsync-ftp to exist and to be a
+# copy of the /home/ftp/pub/rsync dir on samba.org.  It also requires a
+# pristine CVS checkout of rsync (don't use your normal rsync build dir
+# unless you're 100% sure that there are not unchecked-in changes).
+#
+# If this is run with -ctu, it will make an updated "nightly" tar file in
+# the nightly dir.  It will also remove any old tar files, regenerate the
+# HTML man pages in the nightly dir, and then rsync the changes to the
+# samba.org server.
+
+use Getopt::Long;
+use Date::Format;
+
+# Where the local copy of /home/ftp/pub/rsync/dev/nightly should be updated.
+our $dest = $ENV{HOME} . '/samba-rsync-ftp/dev/nightly';
+our $nightly_symlink = "$dest/rsync-HEAD.tar.gz";
+
+our($make_tar, $upload, $help_opt);
+&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
+&usage if !&GetOptions(
+    'make-tar|t' => \$make_tar,
+    'upload|u' => \$upload,
+    'help|h' => \$help_opt,
+) || $help_opt;
+
+our $name = time2str('rsync-HEAD-%Y%m%d-%H%M%Z', time, 'GMT');
+our $ztoday = time2str('%d %b %Y', time);
+our $today = $ztoday;
+our $gen_target = $upload ? 'gensend' : 'gen';
+
+die "$dest does not exist\n" unless -d $dest;
+die "There is no .git dir in the current directory.\n" unless -d '.git';
+die "There is no rsync checkout in the current directory.\n" unless -f 'rsyncd.conf.yo';
+
+if ($make_tar) {
+    open(IN, '-|', 'git status') or die $!;
+    my $status = join('', <IN>);
+    close IN;
+    die "The checkout is not clean:\n", $status unless $status =~ /\nnothing to commit \(working directory clean\)/;
+    die "The checkout is not on the master branch.\n" unless $status =~ /^# On branch master\n/;
+    system "make $gen_target" and die "make $gen_target failed!\n";
+
+    my @extra_files;
+    open(IN, '<', 'Makefile.in') or die "Couldn't open Makefile.in: $!\n";
+    while (<IN>) {
+	if (s/^GENFILES=//) {
+	    while (s/\\$//) {
+		$_ .= <IN>;
+	    }
+	    @extra_files = split(' ', $_);
+	    last;
+	}
+    }
+    close IN;
+
+    print "Creating $name.tar.gz\n";
+    system "rsync -a @extra_files $name/";
+    system "git archive --format=tar --prefix=$name/ HEAD | tar xf -";
+    system "support/git-set-file-times --prefix=$name/";
+    system "fakeroot tar czf $dest/$name.tar.gz $name; rm -rf $name";
+
+    unlink($nightly_symlink);
+    symlink("$name.tar.gz", $nightly_symlink);
+}
+
+foreach my $fn (qw( rsync.yo rsyncd.conf.yo )) {
+    my $yo_tmp = "$dest/$fn";
+    (my $html_fn = "$dest/$fn") =~ s/\.yo/.html/;
+
+    open(IN, '<', $fn) or die $!;
+    undef $/; $_ = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
+    close IN;
+
+    s/^(manpage\([^)]+\)\(\d+\)\()[^)]+(\).*)/$1$today$2/m;
+    #s/^(This man ?page is current for version) \S+ (of rsync)/$1 $version $2/m;
+
+    open(OUT, '>', $yo_tmp) or die $!;
+    print OUT $_;
+    close OUT;
+
+    system 'yodl2html', '-o', $html_fn, $yo_tmp;
+
+    unlink($yo_tmp);
+}
+
+chdir($dest) or die $!;
+
+my $cnt = 0;
+open(PIPE, '-|', 'ls -1t rsync-HEAD-*') or die $!;
+while (<PIPE>) {
+    chomp;
+    next if $cnt++ < 10;
+    unlink($_);
+}
+close PIPE;
+
+system 'ls -ltr';
+
+if ($upload) {
+    my $opt = '';
+    if (defined $ENV{RSYNC_PARTIAL_DIR}) {
+	$opt = " -f 'R $ENV{RSYNC_PARTIAL_DIR}'";
+    }
+    system "rsync$opt -aviHP --delete-after . samba.org:/home/ftp/pub/rsync/dev/nightly";
+}
+
+exit;
+
+sub usage
+{
+    die <<EOT;
+Usage: nightly-rsync [OPTIONS]
+
+ -t, --make-tar    create a new tar file in $dest
+ -u, --upload      upload the revised nightly dir to samba.org
+ -h, --help        display this help
+EOT
+}

packaging/patch-update

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+# This script is used to turn one or more of the "patch/*" branches
+# into one or more diffs in the "patches" directory.  Pass the option
+# --gen if you want generated files in the diffs.  Pass the name of
+# one or more diffs if you want to just update a subset of all the
+# diffs.
+
+use strict;
+use Getopt::Long;
+
+my $patches_dir = 'patches';
+my $tmp_dir = "patches.$$";
+
+&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
+&usage if !&GetOptions(
+    'skip-check' => \( my $skip_branch_check ),
+    'shell|s' => \( my $launch_shell ),
+    'gen:s' => \( my $incl_generated_files ),
+    'help|h' => \( my $help_opt ),
+);
+&usage if $help_opt;
+
+if (defined $incl_generated_files) {
+    $patches_dir = $incl_generated_files if $incl_generated_files ne '';
+    $incl_generated_files = 1;
+}
+
+die "No '$patches_dir' directory was found.\n" unless -d $patches_dir;
+die "No '.git' directory present in the current dir.\n" unless -d '.git';
+
+my($status, $is_clean, $starting_branch) = &check_git_status;
+if (!$skip_branch_check && !$is_clean) {
+    die "The checkout is not clean:\n", $status;
+}
+
+my @extra_files;
+open(IN, '<', 'Makefile.in') or die "Couldn't open Makefile.in: $!\n";
+while (<IN>) {
+    if (s/^GENFILES=//) {
+	while (s/\\$//) {
+	    $_ .= <IN>;
+	}
+	@extra_files = split(' ', $_);
+	last;
+    }
+}
+close IN;
+
+if ($incl_generated_files) {
+    die "'$tmp_dir' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e $tmp_dir;
+    mkdir($tmp_dir, 0700) or die "Unable to mkdir($tmp_dir): $!\n";
+    system "./config.status Makefile && make gen && rsync -a @extra_files $tmp_dir/master/" and exit 1;
+}
+my $last_touch = time;
+
+my(%patches, %local_patch);
+
+# Start by finding all patches so that we can load all possible parents.
+open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'branch', '-a') or die $!;
+while (<PIPE>) {
+    if (m# origin/patch/(.*)#) {
+	$patches{$1} = 1;
+    } elsif (m# patch/(.*)#) {
+	$patches{$1} = $local_patch{$1} = 1;
+    }
+}
+close PIPE;
+
+my @patches = sort keys %patches;
+
+my(%parent, %description);
+foreach my $patch (@patches) {
+    my $branch = ($local_patch{$patch} ? '' : 'origin/') . "patch/$patch";
+    my $desc = '';
+    open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'diff', '-U1000', "master...$branch", '--', "PATCH.$patch") or die $!;
+    while (<PIPE>) {
+	last if /^@@ /;
+    }
+    while (<PIPE>) {
+	next unless s/^[ +]//;
+	if (m#patch -p1 <patches/(\S+)\.diff# && $1 ne $patch) {
+	    $parent{$patch} = $1;
+	}
+	$desc .= $_;
+    }
+    $description{$patch} = $desc;
+}
+
+if (@ARGV) {
+    # Limit the list of patches to actually process based on @ARGV.
+    @patches = ( );
+    foreach (@ARGV) {
+	s{^(patches|patch|origin/patch)/} {};
+	s{\.diff$} {};
+	push(@patches, $_);
+    }
+}
+
+my %completed;
+foreach my $patch (@patches) {
+    next if $completed{$patch}++;
+    last unless update_patch($patch);
+}
+
+if ($incl_generated_files) {
+    system "rm -rf $tmp_dir";
+}
+
+sleep 1 if $last_touch == time;
+system "git checkout $starting_branch" and exit 1;
+
+exit;
+
+
+sub update_patch
+{
+    my($patch) = @_;
+
+    my $parent = $parent{$patch};
+    if (defined $parent) {
+	unless ($completed{$parent}++) {
+	    update_patch($parent);
+	}
+	$parent = "patch/$parent";
+    } else {
+	$parent = 'master';
+    }
+
+    print "======== $patch ========\n";
+
+    sleep 1 if $incl_generated_files && $last_touch == time;
+    if ($local_patch{$patch}) {
+	system "git checkout patch/$patch" and return 0;
+    } else {
+	system "git checkout --track -b patch/$patch origin/patch/$patch" and return 0;
+    }
+
+    my $ok = system("git merge $parent") == 0;
+    if (!$ok || $launch_shell) {
+	print qq|"git merge $parent" incomplete -- please fix.\n| if !$ok;
+	$ENV{PS1} = "[$parent] patch/$patch: ";
+	while (1) {
+	    if (system($ENV{SHELL}) != 0) {
+		print "Abort? [n/y] ";
+		$_ = <STDIN>;
+		next unless /^y/i;
+		return 0;
+	    }
+	    ($status, $is_clean) = &check_git_status;
+	    last if $is_clean;
+	    print $status;
+	}
+    }
+
+    open(OUT, '>', "$patches_dir/$patch.diff") or die $!;
+    print OUT $description{$patch}, "\n";
+
+    if ($incl_generated_files) {
+	system "./config.status Makefile && make gen && rsync -a @extra_files $tmp_dir/$patch/";
+    }
+    $last_touch = time;
+
+    open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'diff', $parent) or die $!;
+    DIFF: while (<PIPE>) {
+	while (m{^diff --git a/PATCH}) {
+	    while (<PIPE>) {
+		last if m{^diff --git a/};
+	    }
+	    last DIFF if !defined $_;
+	}
+	next if /^index /;
+	print OUT $_;
+    }
+    close PIPE;
+
+    if ($incl_generated_files) {
+	$parent =~ s#.*/##;
+	open(PIPE, '-|', 'diff', '-up', "$tmp_dir/$parent", "$tmp_dir/$patch") or die $!;
+	while (<PIPE>) {
+	    s#^(diff -up) $tmp_dir/[^/]+/(.*?) $tmp_dir/[^/]+/(.*)#$1 a/$2 b/$3#o;
+	    s#^\Q---\E $tmp_dir/[^/]+/([^\t]+)\t.*#--- a/$1#o;
+	    s#^\Q+++\E $tmp_dir/[^/]+/([^\t]+)\t.*#+++ b/$1#o;
+	    print OUT $_;
+	}
+	close PIPE;
+    }
+
+    close OUT;
+
+    1;
+}
+
+exit;
+
+sub check_git_status
+{
+    open(IN, '-|', 'git status') or die $!;
+    my $status = join('', <IN>);
+    close IN;
+    my $is_clean = $status =~ /\nnothing to commit \(working directory clean\)/;
+    my($starting_branch) = $status =~ /^# On branch (.+)\n/;
+    ($status, $is_clean, $starting_branch);
+}
+
+sub usage
+{
+    die <<EOT;
+Usage: patch-update [OPTIONS]
+
+--gen[=DIR]   Include generated files.  Optional dest DIR overrides "patches".
+--skip-check  Skip the check that ensures starting with a clean branch.
+EOT
+}

packaging/release-rsync

@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+use strict;
+
+# This script expects the directory ~/samba-rsync-ftp to exist and to be a
+# copy of the /home/ftp/pub/rsync dir on samba.org.  When the script is done,
+# the git repository in the current directory will be updated, and the local
+# ~/samba-rsync-ftp dir will be ready to be rsynced to samba.org.
+
+use Cwd;
+use Term::ReadKey;
+use Date::Format;
+
+my $dest = $ENV{HOME} . '/samba-rsync-ftp';
+my $passfile = $ENV{HOME} . '/.rsyncpass';
+my $path = $ENV{PATH};
+
+my $now = time;
+my $cl_today = time2str('* %a %b %d %Y', $now);
+my $year = time2str('%Y', $now);
+my $ztoday = time2str('%d %b %Y', $now);
+(my $today = $ztoday) =~ s/^0//;
+
+my $curdir = Cwd::cwd;
+
+END {
+    unlink($passfile);
+}
+
+my @extra_files;
+open(IN, '<', 'Makefile.in') or die "Couldn't open Makefile.in: $!\n";
+while (<IN>) {
+    if (s/^GENFILES=//) {
+	while (s/\\$//) {
+	    $_ .= <IN>;
+	}
+	@extra_files = split(' ', $_);
+	last;
+    }
+}
+close IN;
+
+my $break = <<EOT;
+==========================================================================
+EOT
+
+print $break, <<EOT, $break, "\n";
+== This will release a new version of rsync onto an unsuspecting world. ==
+EOT
+
+die "$dest does not exist\n" unless -d $dest;
+die "There is no .git dir in the current directory.\n" unless -d '.git';
+die "'a' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e 'a';
+die "'b' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e 'b';
+
+open(IN, '-|', 'git status') or die $!;
+my $status = join('', <IN>);
+close IN;
+die "The checkout is not clean:\n", $status unless $status =~ /\nnothing to commit \(working directory clean\)/;
+die "The checkout is not on the master branch.\n" unless $status =~ /^# On branch master\n/;
+
+my $confversion;
+open(IN, '<', 'configure.in') or die $!;
+while (<IN>) {
+    if (/^RSYNC_VERSION=(.*)/) {
+	$confversion = $1;
+	last;
+    }
+}
+close IN;
+die "Unable to find RSYNC_VERSION in configure.in\n" unless defined $confversion;
+
+open(IN, '<', 'OLDNEWS') or die $!;
+$_ = <IN>;
+close IN;
+my($lastversion) = /(\d+\.\d+\.\d+)/;
+
+my $version = $confversion;
+$version =~ s/dev/pre1/ || $version =~ s/pre(\d+)/ 'pre' . ($1 + 1) /e;
+
+print "Please enter the version number of this release: [$version] ";
+chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
+if ($_ eq '.') {
+    $version =~ s/pre\d+//;
+} elsif ($_ ne '') {
+    $version = $_;
+}
+die "Invalid version: `$version'\n" unless $version =~ /^[\d.]+(pre\d+)?$/;
+
+if (`git tag -l v$version` ne '') {
+    print "Tag v$version already exists.\n\nDelete tag or quit? [q/del] ";
+    $_ = <STDIN>;
+    exit 1 unless /^del/i;
+    system "git tag -d v$version";
+}
+
+if ($version =~ s/[-.]*pre[-.]*/pre/ && $confversion !~ /dev$/) {
+    $lastversion = $confversion;
+}
+
+print "Enter the previous version to produce a patch against: [$lastversion] ";
+chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
+$lastversion = $_ if $_ ne '';
+$lastversion =~ s/[-.]*pre[-.]*/pre/;
+
+my $pre = $version =~ /(pre\d+)/ ? $1 : '';
+
+my $release = $pre ? '0.1' : '1';
+print "Please enter the RPM release number of this release: [$release] ";
+chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
+$release = $_ if $_ ne '';
+$release .= ".$pre" if $pre;
+
+my($srcdir,$srcdiffdir,$lastsrcdir,$skipping);
+if ($lastversion =~ /pre/) {
+    if (!$pre) {
+	die "You should not diff a release version against a pre-release version.\n";
+    }
+    $srcdir = $srcdiffdir = $lastsrcdir = 'src-previews';
+    $skipping = ' ** SKIPPING **';
+} elsif ($pre) {
+    $srcdir = $srcdiffdir = 'src-previews';
+    $lastsrcdir = 'src';
+    $skipping = ' ** SKIPPING **';
+} else {
+    $srcdir = $lastsrcdir = 'src';
+    $srcdiffdir = 'src-diffs';
+    $skipping = '';
+}
+
+print "\n", $break, <<EOT;
+\$version is "$version"
+\$lastversion is "$lastversion"
+\$dest is "$dest"
+\$curdir is "$curdir"
+\$srcdir is "$srcdir"
+\$srcdiffdir is "$srcdiffdir"
+\$lastsrcdir is "$lastsrcdir"
+\$release is "$release"
+
+About to:
+    - make sure that SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION is 0$skipping
+    - tweak the version in configure.in and the spec files
+    - tweak NEWS and OLDNEWS to update the release date$skipping
+    - tweak the date in the *.yo files and generate the manpages
+    - generate configure.sh, config.h.in, and proto.h
+    - page through the differences
+
+EOT
+print "<Press Enter to continue> ";
+$_ = <STDIN>;
+
+(my $finalversion = $version) =~ s/pre\d+//;
+my %specvars = ( 'Version:' => $finalversion, 'Release:' => $release,
+		 '%define fullversion' => "\%{version}$pre", 'Released' => "$version.",
+		 '%define srcdir' => $srcdir );
+my @tweak_files = ( glob('packaging/*.spec'), glob('packaging/*/*.spec'), glob('*.yo'),
+		    qw( configure.in rsync.h NEWS OLDNEWS options.c ) );
+
+foreach my $fn (@tweak_files) {
+    open(IN, '<', $fn) or die $!;
+    undef $/; $_ = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
+    close IN;
+    if ($fn =~ /configure/) {
+	s/^RSYNC_VERSION=.*/RSYNC_VERSION=$version/m
+	    or die "Unable to update RSYNC_VERSION in $fn\n";
+    } elsif ($fn =~ /\.spec/) {
+	while (my($str, $val) = each %specvars) {
+	    s/^\Q$str\E .*/$str $val/m
+		or die "Unable to update $str in $fn\n";
+	}
+	s/^\* \w\w\w \w\w\w \d\d \d\d\d\d (.*)/$cl_today $1/m
+	    or die "Unable to update ChangeLog header in $fn\n";
+    } elsif ($fn =~ /\.yo/) {
+	s/^(manpage\([^)]+\)\(\d+\)\()[^)]+(\).*)/$1$today$2/m
+	    or die "Unable to update date in manpage() header in $fn\n";
+	s/^(This man ?page is current for version) \S+ (of rsync)/$1 $version $2/m
+	    or die "Unable to update current version info in $fn\n";
+    } elsif ($fn eq 'rsync.h') {
+	s/(#define\s+SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION)\s+\d+/$1 0/
+	    or die "Unable to find SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION define in $fn\n";
+	next if $pre;
+    } elsif ($fn eq 'NEWS') {
+	s/^(NEWS for rsync \Q$finalversion\E) \(UNRELEASED\)\s*\n/$1 ($today)\n/mi
+	    or die "The first line of $fn is not in the right format.  It must be:\n"
+		 . "NEWS for rsync $finalversion (UNRELEASED)\n";
+	next if $pre;
+    } elsif ($fn eq 'OLDNEWS') {
+	s/^\t\S\S\s\S\S\S\s\d\d\d\d(\t\Q$finalversion\E)/\t$ztoday$1/m
+	    or die "Unable to find \"?? ??? $year\t$finalversion\" line in $fn\n";
+	next if $pre;
+    } elsif ($fn eq 'options.c') {
+	if (s/(Copyright \(C\) 2002-)(\d+)( Wayne Davison)/$1$year$3/
+	 && $2 ne $year) {
+	    die "Copyright comments need to be updated to $year in all files!\n";
+	}
+	# Adjust the year in the --version output.
+	s/(rprintf\(f, "Copyright \(C\) 1996-)(\d+)/$1$year/
+	    or die "Unable to find Copyright string in --version output of $fn\n";
+	next if $2 eq $year;
+    } else {
+	die "Unrecognized file in \@tweak_files: $fn\n";
+    }
+    open(OUT, '>', $fn) or die $!;
+    print OUT $_;
+    close OUT;
+}
+
+print $break;
+system "git diff --color | less -p '^diff .*'";
+
+my $srctar_name = "rsync-$version.tar.gz";
+my $pattar_name = "rsync-patches-$version.tar.gz";
+my $diff_name = "rsync-$lastversion-$version.diffs.gz";
+my $srctar_file = "$dest/$srcdir/$srctar_name";
+my $pattar_file = "$dest/$srcdir/$pattar_name";
+my $diff_file = "$dest/$srcdiffdir/$diff_name";
+my $news_file = "$dest/$srcdir/rsync-$version-NEWS";
+my $lasttar_file = "$dest/$lastsrcdir/rsync-$lastversion.tar.gz";
+
+print $break, <<EOT;
+
+About to:
+    - commit all version changes
+    - merge the master branch into the patch/* branches
+    - update the files in the "patches" dir and OPTIONALLY
+      (if you type 'y') to launch a shell for each patch
+
+EOT
+print "<Press Enter OR 'y' to continue> ";
+my $ans = <STDIN>;
+
+system "git commit -a -m 'Preparing for release of $version'" and exit 1;
+
+print "Updating files in \"patches\" dir ...\n";
+system "packaging/patch-update";
+
+if ($ans =~ /^y/i) {
+    print "\nVisiting all \"patch/*\" branches ...\n";
+    system "packaging/patch-update --shell";
+}
+
+print $break, <<EOT;
+
+About to:
+    - create signed tag for this release: v$version
+    - create release diffs, "$diff_name"
+    - create release tar, "$srctar_name"
+    - generate rsync-$version/patches/* files
+    - create patches tar, "$pattar_name"
+    - update top-level README, *NEWS, TODO, and ChangeLog
+    - update top-level rsync*.html manpages
+    - gpg-sign the release files
+    - update hard-linked top-level release files$skipping
+
+EOT
+print "<Press Enter to continue> ";
+$_ = <STDIN>;
+
+my $passphrase;
+while (1) {
+    ReadMode('noecho');
+    print "\nEnter your GPG pass-phrase: ";
+    chomp($passphrase = <STDIN>);
+    ReadMode(0);
+    print "\n";
+
+    # Briefly create a temp file with the passphrase for git's tagging use.
+    my $oldmask = umask 077;
+    unlink($passfile);
+    open(OUT, '>', $passfile) or die $!;
+    print OUT $passphrase, "\n";
+    close OUT;
+    umask $oldmask;
+    $ENV{'GPG_PASSFILE'} = $passfile;
+
+    # We want to use our passphrase-providing "gpg" script, so modify the PATH.
+    $ENV{PATH} = "packaging/bin:$path";
+    $_ = `git tag -s -m 'Version $version.' v$version 2>&1`;
+    $ENV{PATH} = $path;
+    unlink($passfile);
+    print $_;
+    next if /bad passphrase/;
+    last unless /failed/;
+    exit 1;
+}
+
+# Extract the generated files from the old tar.
+@_ = @extra_files;
+map { s#^#rsync-$lastversion/# } @_;
+system "tar xzf $lasttar_file @_";
+rename("rsync-$lastversion", 'a');
+
+print "Creating $diff_file ...\n";
+system "./config.status Makefile; make gen; rsync -a @extra_files b/";
+my $sed_script = 's:^((---|\+\+\+) [ab]/[^\t]+)\t.*:\1:';
+system "(git diff v$lastversion v$version; diff -upN a b | sed -r '$sed_script') | gzip -9 >$diff_file";
+system "rm -rf a";
+rename('b', "rsync-$version");
+
+print "Creating $srctar_file ...\n";
+system "git archive --format=tar --prefix=rsync-$version/ v$version | tar xf -";
+system "support/git-set-file-times --prefix=rsync-$version/";
+system "fakeroot tar czf $srctar_file rsync-$version; rm -rf rsync-$version";
+
+print "Updating files in \"rsync-$version/patches\" dir ...\n";
+mkdir("rsync-$version", 0755);
+mkdir("rsync-$version/patches", 0755);
+system "packaging/patch-update --skip-check --gen=rsync-$version/patches";
+
+print "Creating $pattar_file ...\n";
+system "fakeroot tar chzf $pattar_file rsync-$version/patches; rm -rf rsync-$version";
+
+print "Updating the other files in $dest ...\n";
+system "rsync -a README NEWS OLDNEWS TODO $dest";
+unlink($news_file);
+link("$dest/NEWS", $news_file);
+system "git log --name-status | gzip -9 >$dest/ChangeLog.gz";
+
+system "yodl2html -o $dest/rsync.html rsync.yo";
+system "yodl2html -o $dest/rsyncd.conf.html rsyncd.conf.yo";
+
+foreach my $fn ($srctar_file, $pattar_file, $diff_file) {
+    unlink("$fn.asc");
+    open(GPG, '|-', "gpg --batch --passphrase-fd=0 -ba $fn") or die $!;
+    print GPG $passphrase, "\n";
+    close GPG;
+}
+
+if (!$pre) {
+    system "rm $dest/rsync-*.gz $dest/rsync-*.asc $dest/rsync-*-NEWS $dest/src-previews/rsync-*diffs.gz*";
+
+    foreach my $fn ($srctar_file, "$srctar_file.asc",
+		    $pattar_file, "$pattar_file.asc",
+		    $diff_file, "$diff_file.asc", $news_file) {
+	(my $top_fn = $fn) =~ s#/src(-\w+)?/#/#;
+	link($fn, $top_fn);
+    }
+}
+
+print $break, <<'EOT';
+
+Local changes are done.  When you're satisfied, push the git repository
+and rsync the release files.  Remember to announce the release on *BOTH*
+rsync-announce@lists.samba.org and rsync@lists.samba.org (and the web)!
+EOT

params.c

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-/*
-  This modules is based on the params.c module from Samba, written by Karl Auer
-  and much modifed by Christopher Hertel.
+/* This modules is based on the params.c module from Samba, written by Karl Auer
+   and much modifed by Christopher Hertel. */
 
+/*
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
  * (at your option) any later version.
  *
  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -12,11 +12,11 @@
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- *
- * -------------------------------------------------------------------------- **
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- **
  *
  * Module name: params
  *
@@ -74,6 +74,7 @@
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "ifuncs.h"
 
 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- **
  * Constants...
@@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ static int Continuation( char *line, int pos )
    */
   {
   pos--;
-  while( (pos >= 0) && isspace(((unsigned char *)line)[pos]) )
+  while( pos >= 0 && isSpace(line + pos) )
      pos--;
 
   return( ((pos >= 0) && ('\\' == line[pos])) ? pos : -1 );
@@ -210,7 +211,7 @@ static BOOL Section( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*sfunc)(char *) )
       bufr   = realloc_array( bufr, char, bSize );
       if( NULL == bufr )
         {
-        rprintf(FERROR, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func);
+        rprintf(FLOG, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func);
         return( False );
         }
       }
@@ -222,7 +223,7 @@ static BOOL Section( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*sfunc)(char *) )
         bufr[end] = '\0';
         if( 0 == end )                  /* Don't allow an empty name.       */
           {
-          rprintf(FERROR, "%s Empty section name in configuration file.\n", func );
+          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Empty section name in configuration file.\n", func );
           return( False );
           }
         if( !sfunc( bufr ) )            /* Got a valid name.  Deal with it. */
@@ -235,7 +236,7 @@ static BOOL Section( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*sfunc)(char *) )
         if( i < 0 )
           {
           bufr[end] = '\0';
-          rprintf(FERROR, "%s Badly formed line in configuration file: %s\n",
+          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Badly formed line in configuration file: %s\n",
                    func, bufr );
           return( False );
           }
@@ -260,7 +261,7 @@ static BOOL Section( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*sfunc)(char *) )
     }
 
   /* We arrive here if we've met the EOF before the closing bracket. */
-  rprintf(FERROR, "%s Unexpected EOF in the configuration file: %s\n", func, bufr );
+  rprintf(FLOG, "%s Unexpected EOF in the configuration file: %s\n", func, bufr );
   return( False );
   } /* Section */
 
@@ -304,7 +305,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
       bufr   = realloc_array( bufr, char, bSize );
       if( NULL == bufr )
         {
-        rprintf(FERROR, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func) ;
+        rprintf(FLOG, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func) ;
         return( False );
         }
       }
@@ -314,7 +315,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
       case '=':                 /* Equal sign marks end of param name. */
         if( 0 == end )              /* Don't allow an empty name.      */
           {
-          rprintf(FERROR, "%s Invalid parameter name in config. file.\n", func );
+          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Invalid parameter name in config. file.\n", func );
           return( False );
           }
         bufr[end++] = '\0';         /* Mark end of string & advance.   */
@@ -328,7 +329,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
         if( i < 0 )
           {
           bufr[end] = '\0';
-          rprintf(FERROR, "%s Ignoring badly formed line in configuration file: %s\n",
+          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Ignoring badly formed line in configuration file: %s\n",
                    func, bufr );
           return( True );
           }
@@ -339,7 +340,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
       case '\0':                /* Shouldn't have EOF within param name. */
       case EOF:
         bufr[i] = '\0';
-        rprintf(FERROR, "%s Unexpected end-of-file at: %s\n", func, bufr );
+        rprintf(FLOG, "%s Unexpected end-of-file at: %s\n", func, bufr );
         return( True );
 
       default:
@@ -369,7 +370,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
       bufr   = realloc_array( bufr, char, bSize );
       if( NULL == bufr )
         {
-        rprintf(FERROR, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func) ;
+        rprintf(FLOG, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func) ;
         return( False );
         }
       }
@@ -386,7 +387,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
           c = 0;
         else
           {
-          for( end = i; (end >= 0) && isspace(((unsigned char *) bufr)[end]); end-- )
+          for( end = i; end >= 0 && isSpace(bufr + end); end-- )
             ;
           c = getc( InFile );
           }
@@ -484,15 +485,15 @@ static FILE *OpenConfFile( char *FileName )
 
   if( NULL == FileName || 0 == *FileName )
     {
-    rprintf(FERROR,"%s No configuration filename specified.\n", func);
+    rprintf(FLOG, "%s No configuration filename specified.\n", func);
     return( NULL );
     }
 
   OpenedFile = fopen( FileName, "r" );
   if( NULL == OpenedFile )
     {
-    rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "rsync: unable to open configuration file \"%s\"",
-	    safe_fname(FileName));
+    rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "unable to open configuration file \"%s\"",
+	    FileName);
     }
 
   return( OpenedFile );
@@ -533,7 +534,7 @@ BOOL pm_process( char *FileName,
     bufr = new_array( char, bSize );
     if( NULL == bufr )
       {
-      rprintf(FERROR,"%s memory allocation failure.\n", func);
+      rprintf(FLOG, "%s memory allocation failure.\n", func);
       fclose(InFile);
       return( False );
       }
@@ -547,7 +548,7 @@ BOOL pm_process( char *FileName,
 
   if( !result )                               /* Generic failure. */
     {
-    rprintf(FERROR,"%s Failed.  Error returned from params.c:parse().\n", func);
+    rprintf(FLOG, "%s Failed.  Error returned from params.c:parse().\n", func);
     return( False );
     }
 

pipe.c

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
-/*  -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+/*
+ * Routines used to setup various kinds of inter-process pipes.
  *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
- * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
  * (at your option) any later version.
  *
  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -14,9 +16,8 @@
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
@@ -24,12 +25,13 @@
 extern int am_sender;
 extern int am_server;
 extern int blocking_io;
-extern int orig_umask;
-extern int write_batch;
 extern int filesfrom_fd;
+extern mode_t orig_umask;
+extern char *logfile_name;
+extern struct chmod_mode_struct *chmod_modes;
 
 /**
- * Create a child connected to use on stdin/stdout.
+ * Create a child connected to us via its stdin/stdout.
  *
  * This is derived from CVS code
  *
@@ -47,9 +49,8 @@ pid_t piped_child(char **command, int *f_in, int *f_out)
 	int to_child_pipe[2];
 	int from_child_pipe[2];
 
-	if (verbose >= 2) {
-		print_child_argv(command);
-	}
+	if (verbose >= 2)
+		print_child_argv("opening connection using:", command);
 
 	if (fd_pair(to_child_pipe) < 0 || fd_pair(from_child_pipe) < 0) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "pipe");
@@ -79,8 +80,7 @@ pid_t piped_child(char **command, int *f_in, int *f_out)
 		if (blocking_io > 0)
 			set_blocking(STDOUT_FILENO);
 		execvp(command[0], command);
-		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Failed to exec %s",
-			safe_fname(command[0]));
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Failed to exec %s", command[0]);
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
 	}
 
@@ -112,6 +112,9 @@ pid_t local_child(int argc, char **argv, int *f_in, int *f_out,
 	int to_child_pipe[2];
 	int from_child_pipe[2];
 
+	/* The parent process is always the sender for a local rsync. */
+	assert(am_sender);
+
 	if (fd_pair(to_child_pipe) < 0 ||
 	    fd_pair(from_child_pipe) < 0) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "pipe");
@@ -125,15 +128,16 @@ pid_t local_child(int argc, char **argv, int *f_in, int *f_out,
 	}
 
 	if (pid == 0) {
-		am_sender = !am_sender;
+		am_sender = 0;
 		am_server = 1;
+		filesfrom_fd = -1;
+		chmod_modes = NULL; /* Let the sending side handle this. */
 
-		/* The server side never writes the batch, even if it
-		 * is local (it makes the logic easier elsewhere). */
-		write_batch = 0;
-
-		if (!am_sender)
-			filesfrom_fd = -1;
+		/* Let the client side handle this. */
+		if (logfile_name) {
+			logfile_name = NULL;
+			logfile_close();
+		}
 
 		if (dup2(to_child_pipe[0], STDIN_FILENO) < 0 ||
 		    close(to_child_pipe[1]) < 0 ||
@@ -146,12 +150,12 @@ pid_t local_child(int argc, char **argv, int *f_in, int *f_out,
 			close(to_child_pipe[0]);
 		if (from_child_pipe[1] != STDOUT_FILENO)
 			close(from_child_pipe[1]);
+#ifdef ICONV_CONST
+		setup_iconv();
+#endif
 		child_main(argc, argv);
 	}
 
-	if (!am_sender)
-		filesfrom_fd = -1;
-
 	if (close(from_child_pipe[1]) < 0 ||
 	    close(to_child_pipe[0]) < 0) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Failed to close");

popt/.cvsignore

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-ID
-Makefile
-config.cache
-config.h
-config.log
-config.status
-dummy

popt/findme.c

@@ -2,18 +2,20 @@
  * \file popt/findme.c
  */
 
-/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/* (C) 1998-2002 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
    ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #include "system.h"
 #include "findme.h"
 
-const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0) {
+const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0)
+{
     char * path = getenv("PATH");
     char * pathbuf;
     char * start, * chptr;
     char * buf;
+    size_t bufsize;
 
     if (argv0 == NULL) return NULL;	/* XXX can't happen */
     /* If there is a / in the argv[0], it has to be an absolute path */
@@ -22,17 +24,20 @@ const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0) {
 
     if (path == NULL) return NULL;
 
-    start = pathbuf = alloca(strlen(path) + 1);
-    buf = malloc(strlen(path) + strlen(argv0) + sizeof("/"));
+    bufsize = strlen(path) + 1;
+    start = pathbuf = alloca(bufsize);
+    if (pathbuf == NULL) return NULL;	/* XXX can't happen */
+    strlcpy(pathbuf, path, bufsize);
+    bufsize += sizeof "/" - 1 + strlen(argv0);
+    buf = malloc(bufsize);
     if (buf == NULL) return NULL;	/* XXX can't happen */
-    strcpy(pathbuf, path);
 
     chptr = NULL;
     /*@-branchstate@*/
     do {
 	if ((chptr = strchr(start, ':')))
 	    *chptr = '\0';
-	sprintf(buf, "%s/%s", start, argv0);
+	snprintf(buf, bufsize, "%s/%s", start, argv0);
 
 	if (!access(buf, X_OK))
 	    return buf;

popt/popt.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * \file popt/popt.c
  */
 
-/* (C) 19982000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/* (C) 1998-2002 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from
    ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist */
 
@@ -18,8 +18,18 @@
 #include "findme.h"
 #include "poptint.h"
 
-#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
-static char * strerror(int errno) {
+#ifndef DBL_EPSILON
+#define DBL_EPSILON 2.2204460492503131e-16
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	MYDEBUG
+/*@unchecked@*/
+int _popt_debug = 0;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_STRERROR) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
+static char * strerror(int errno)
+{
     extern int sys_nerr;
     extern char * sys_errlist[];
 
@@ -31,7 +41,8 @@ static char * strerror(int errno) {
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MYDEBUG
-/*@unused@*/ static void prtcon(const char *msg, poptContext con)
+/*@unused@*/
+static void prtcon(const char *msg, poptContext con)
 {
     if (msg) fprintf(stderr, "%s", msg);
     fprintf(stderr, "\tcon %p os %p nextCharArg \"%s\" nextArg \"%s\" argv[%d] \"%s\"\n",
@@ -49,7 +60,7 @@ void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute)
     con->execPath = _free(con->execPath);
     con->execPath = xstrdup(path);
     con->execAbsolute = allowAbsolute;
-    /*@-nullstate@*/ /* LCL: con->execPath can be NULL? */
+    /*@-nullstate@*/ /* LCL: con->execPath not NULL */
     return;
     /*@=nullstate@*/
 }
@@ -62,17 +73,22 @@ static void invokeCallbacksPRE(poptContext con, const struct poptOption * opt)
     for (; opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg; opt++) {
 	if (opt->arg == NULL) continue;		/* XXX program error. */
 	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
+	    void * arg = opt->arg;
+/*@-branchstate@*/
+	    /* XXX sick hack to preserve pretense of ABI. */
+	    if (arg == poptHelpOptions) arg = poptHelpOptionsI18N;
+/*@=branchstate@*/
 	    /* Recurse on included sub-tables. */
-	    invokeCallbacksPRE(con, opt->arg);
+	    invokeCallbacksPRE(con, arg);
 	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_CALLBACK &&
 		   (opt->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_PRE))
 	{   /*@-castfcnptr@*/
 	    poptCallbackType cb = (poptCallbackType)opt->arg;
 	    /*@=castfcnptr@*/
 	    /* Perform callback. */
-	    /*@-moduncon -noeffectuncon @*/
+	    /*@-noeffectuncon @*/
 	    cb(con, POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE, NULL, NULL, opt->descrip);
-	    /*@=moduncon =noeffectuncon @*/
+	    /*@=noeffectuncon @*/
 	}
     }
 }
@@ -85,17 +101,22 @@ static void invokeCallbacksPOST(poptContext con, const struct poptOption * opt)
     for (; opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg; opt++) {
 	if (opt->arg == NULL) continue;		/* XXX program error. */
 	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
+	    void * arg = opt->arg;
+/*@-branchstate@*/
+	    /* XXX sick hack to preserve pretense of ABI. */
+	    if (arg == poptHelpOptions) arg = poptHelpOptionsI18N;
+/*@=branchstate@*/
 	    /* Recurse on included sub-tables. */
-	    invokeCallbacksPOST(con, opt->arg);
+	    invokeCallbacksPOST(con, arg);
 	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_CALLBACK &&
 		   (opt->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_POST))
 	{   /*@-castfcnptr@*/
 	    poptCallbackType cb = (poptCallbackType)opt->arg;
 	    /*@=castfcnptr@*/
 	    /* Perform callback. */
-	    /*@-moduncon -noeffectuncon @*/
+	    /*@-noeffectuncon @*/
 	    cb(con, POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST, NULL, NULL, opt->descrip);
-	    /*@=moduncon =noeffectuncon @*/
+	    /*@=noeffectuncon @*/
 	}
     }
 }
@@ -112,6 +133,11 @@ static void invokeCallbacksOPTION(poptContext con,
     if (opt != NULL)
     for (; opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg; opt++) {
 	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
+	    void * arg = opt->arg;
+/*@-branchstate@*/
+	    /* XXX sick hack to preserve pretense of ABI. */
+	    if (arg == poptHelpOptions) arg = poptHelpOptionsI18N;
+/*@=branchstate@*/
 	    /* Recurse on included sub-tables. */
 	    if (opt->arg != NULL)	/* XXX program error */
 		invokeCallbacksOPTION(con, opt->arg, myOpt, myData, shorty);
@@ -133,10 +159,10 @@ static void invokeCallbacksOPTION(poptContext con,
 	    const void * cbData = (cbopt->descrip ? cbopt->descrip : myData);
 	    /* Perform callback. */
 	    if (cb != NULL) {	/* XXX program error */
-		/*@-moduncon -noeffectuncon @*/
+		/*@-noeffectuncon @*/
 		cb(con, POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION, myOpt,
 			con->os->nextArg, cbData);
-		/*@=moduncon =noeffectuncon @*/
+		/*@=noeffectuncon @*/
 	    }
 	    /* Terminate (unless explcitly continuing). */
 	    if (!(cbopt->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_CONTINUE))
@@ -181,8 +207,12 @@ poptContext poptGetContext(const char * name, int argc, const char ** argv,
 	con->flags |= POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER;
 
     if (name) {
-	char * t = malloc(strlen(name) + 1);
-	if (t) con->appName = strcpy(t, name);
+	size_t bufsize = strlen(name) + 1;
+	char * t = malloc(bufsize);
+	if (t) {
+	    strlcpy(t, name, bufsize);
+	    con->appName = t;
+	}
     }
 
     /*@-internalglobs@*/
@@ -202,6 +232,7 @@ static void cleanOSE(/*@special@*/ struct optionStackEntry *os)
     os->argb = PBM_FREE(os->argb);
 }
 
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
 void poptResetContext(poptContext con)
 {
     int i;
@@ -222,10 +253,11 @@ void poptResetContext(poptContext con)
     con->doExec = NULL;
 
     if (con->finalArgv != NULL)
-    for (i = 0; i < con->finalArgvCount; i++)
+    for (i = 0; i < con->finalArgvCount; i++) {
 	/*@-unqualifiedtrans@*/		/* FIX: typedef double indirection. */
 	con->finalArgv[i] = _free(con->finalArgv[i]);
 	/*@=unqualifiedtrans@*/
+    }
 
     con->finalArgvCount = 0;
     con->arg_strip = PBM_FREE(con->arg_strip);
@@ -233,8 +265,10 @@ void poptResetContext(poptContext con)
     return;
     /*@=nullstate@*/
 }
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
 /* Only one of longName, shortName should be set, not both. */
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
 static int handleExec(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
 		/*@null@*/ const char * longName, char shortName)
 	/*@uses con->execs, con->numExecs, con->flags, con->doExec,
@@ -277,12 +311,13 @@ static int handleExec(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
 
     i = con->finalArgvCount++;
     if (con->finalArgv != NULL)	/* XXX can't happen */
-    {	char *s  = malloc((longName ? strlen(longName) : 0) + 3);
+    {	size_t bufsize = (longName ? strlen(longName) : 0) + 3;
+	char *s  = malloc(bufsize);
 	if (s != NULL) {	/* XXX can't happen */
 	    if (longName)
-		sprintf(s, "--%s", longName);
+		snprintf(s, bufsize, "--%s", longName);
 	    else
-		sprintf(s, "-%c", shortName);
+		snprintf(s, bufsize, "-%c", shortName);
 	    con->finalArgv[i] = s;
 	} else
 	    con->finalArgv[i] = NULL;
@@ -292,11 +327,12 @@ static int handleExec(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
     return 1;
     /*@=nullstate@*/
 }
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
 /* Only one of longName, shortName may be set at a time */
 static int handleAlias(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
 		/*@null@*/ const char * longName, char shortName,
-		/*@keep@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * nextCharArg)
+		/*@exposed@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * nextCharArg)
 	/*@uses con->aliases, con->numAliases, con->optionStack, con->os,
 		con->os->currAlias, con->os->currAlias->option.longName @*/
 	/*@modifies con @*/
@@ -330,8 +366,10 @@ static int handleAlias(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
     if ((con->os - con->optionStack + 1) == POPT_OPTION_DEPTH)
 	return POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP;
 
+/*@-boundsread@*/
     if (nextCharArg && *nextCharArg)
 	con->os->nextCharArg = nextCharArg;
+/*@=boundsread@*/
 
     con->os++;
     con->os->next = 0;
@@ -346,13 +384,14 @@ static int handleAlias(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
     return (rc ? rc : 1);
 }
 
+/*@-bounds -boundswrite @*/
 static int execCommand(poptContext con)
-    /*@*/
+	/*@globals internalState @*/
+	/*@modifies internalState @*/
 {
     poptItem item = con->doExec;
     const char ** argv;
     int argc = 0;
-    int rc;
 
     if (item == NULL) /*XXX can't happen*/
 	return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
@@ -363,15 +402,15 @@ static int execCommand(poptContext con)
 
     argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) *
 			(6 + item->argc + con->numLeftovers + con->finalArgvCount));
-    if (argv == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_MALLOC;	/* XXX can't happen */
+    if (argv == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_MALLOC;
 
-    if (!strchr(item->argv[0], '/') && con->execPath) {
-	char *s = alloca(strlen(con->execPath) + strlen(item->argv[0]) + sizeof("/"));
-	sprintf(s, "%s/%s", con->execPath, item->argv[0]);
+    if (!strchr(item->argv[0], '/') && con->execPath != NULL) {
+	size_t bufsize = strlen(con->execPath) + strlen(item->argv[0]) + sizeof "/";
+	char *s = alloca(bufsize);
+	snprintf(s, bufsize, "%s/%s", con->execPath, item->argv[0]);
 	argv[argc] = s;
-    } else {
+    } else
 	argv[argc] = findProgramPath(item->argv[0]);
-    }
     if (argv[argc++] == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
 
     if (item->argc > 1) {
@@ -386,16 +425,16 @@ static int execCommand(poptContext con)
     }
 
     if (con->leftovers != NULL && con->numLeftovers > 0) {
-#if 0
-	argv[argc++] = "--";
-#endif
 	memcpy(argv + argc, con->leftovers, sizeof(*argv) * con->numLeftovers);
 	argc += con->numLeftovers;
     }
 
     argv[argc] = NULL;
 
+  {
 #ifdef __hpux
+    int rc = setresgid(getgid(), getgid(),-1);
+    if (rc) return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
     rc = setresuid(getuid(), getuid(),-1);
     if (rc) return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
 #else
@@ -405,19 +444,26 @@ static int execCommand(poptContext con)
  * XXX	from Norbert Warmuth <nwarmuth@privat.circular.de>
  */
 #if defined(HAVE_SETUID)
+    int rc = setgid(getgid());
+    if (rc) return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
     rc = setuid(getuid());
     if (rc) return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
 #elif defined (HAVE_SETREUID)
-    rc = setreuid(getuid(), getuid()); /*hlauer: not portable to hpux9.01 */
+    int rc = setregid(getgid(), getgid());
+    if (rc) return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
+    rc = setreuid(getuid(), getuid());
     if (rc) return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
 #else
     ; /* Can't drop privileges */
 #endif
 #endif
+  }
 
     if (argv[0] == NULL)
 	return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
-#ifdef MYDEBUG
+
+#ifdef	MYDEBUG
+if (_popt_debug)
     {	const char ** avp;
 	fprintf(stderr, "==> execvp(%s) argv[%d]:", argv[0], argc);
 	for (avp = argv; *avp; avp++)
@@ -426,10 +472,13 @@ static int execCommand(poptContext con)
     }
 #endif
 
-    rc = execvp(argv[0], (char *const *)argv);
+    execvp(argv[0], (char *const *)argv);
+
     return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
 }
+/*@=bounds =boundswrite @*/
 
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
 /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const struct poptOption *
 findOption(const struct poptOption * opt, /*@null@*/ const char * longName,
 		char shortName,
@@ -448,10 +497,15 @@ findOption(const struct poptOption * opt, /*@null@*/ const char * longName,
 
 	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
 	    const struct poptOption * opt2;
+	    void * arg = opt->arg;
 
+/*@-branchstate@*/
+	    /* XXX sick hack to preserve pretense of ABI. */
+	    if (arg == poptHelpOptions) arg = poptHelpOptionsI18N;
+/*@=branchstate@*/
 	    /* Recurse on included sub-tables. */
-	    if (opt->arg == NULL) continue;	/* XXX program error */
-	    opt2 = findOption(opt->arg, longName, shortName, callback,
+	    if (arg == NULL) continue;	/* XXX program error */
+	    opt2 = findOption(arg, longName, shortName, callback,
 			      callbackData, singleDash);
 	    if (opt2 == NULL) continue;
 	    /* Sub-table data will be inheirited if no data yet. */
@@ -496,6 +550,7 @@ findOption(const struct poptOption * opt, /*@null@*/ const char * longName,
 
     return opt;
 }
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
 static const char * findNextArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
 		unsigned argx, int delete_arg)
@@ -534,6 +589,7 @@ static const char * findNextArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con,
     return arg;
 }
 
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
 static /*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char *
 expandNextArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con, const char * s)
 	/*@uses con->optionStack, con->os,
@@ -541,7 +597,7 @@ expandNextArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con, const char * s)
 	/*@modifies con @*/
 {
     const char * a = NULL;
-    size_t alen;
+    size_t alen, pos;
     char *t, *te;
     size_t tn = strlen(s) + 1;
     char c;
@@ -567,9 +623,9 @@ expandNextArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con, const char * s)
 
 	    alen = strlen(a);
 	    tn += alen;
-	    *te = '\0';
+	    pos = te - t;
 	    t = realloc(t, tn);
-	    te = t + strlen(t);
+	    te = t + pos;
 	    strncpy(te, a, alen); te += alen;
 	    continue;
 	    /*@notreached@*/ /*@switchbreak@*/ break;
@@ -582,6 +638,7 @@ expandNextArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con, const char * s)
     t = realloc(t, strlen(t) + 1);	/* XXX memory leak, hard to plug */
     return t;
 }
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
 static void poptStripArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con, int which)
 	/*@uses con->arg_strip, con->optionStack @*/
@@ -599,26 +656,26 @@ static void poptStripArg(/*@special@*/ poptContext con, int which)
     /*@=compdef@*/
 }
 
-static int poptSaveLong(const struct poptOption * opt, long aLong)
-	/*@modifies opt->arg @*/
+int poptSaveLong(long * arg, int argInfo, long aLong)
 {
-    if (opt->arg == NULL)
+    /* XXX Check alignment, may fail on funky platforms. */
+    if (arg == NULL || (((unsigned long)arg) & (sizeof(*arg)-1)))
 	return POPT_ERROR_NULLARG;
 
-    if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_NOT)
+    if (argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_NOT)
 	aLong = ~aLong;
-    switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_LOGICALOPS) {
+    switch (argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_LOGICALOPS) {
     case 0:
-	*((long *) opt->arg) = aLong;
+	*arg = aLong;
 	break;
     case POPT_ARGFLAG_OR:
-	*((long *) opt->arg) |= aLong;
+	*arg |= aLong;
 	break;
     case POPT_ARGFLAG_AND:
-	*((long *) opt->arg) &= aLong;
+	*arg &= aLong;
 	break;
     case POPT_ARGFLAG_XOR:
-	*((long *) opt->arg) ^= aLong;
+	*arg ^= aLong;
 	break;
     default:
 	return POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION;
@@ -627,26 +684,26 @@ static int poptSaveLong(const struct poptOption * opt, long aLong)
     return 0;
 }
 
-static int poptSaveInt(const struct poptOption * opt, long aLong)
-	/*@modifies opt->arg @*/
+int poptSaveInt(/*@null@*/ int * arg, int argInfo, long aLong)
 {
-    if (opt->arg == NULL)
+    /* XXX Check alignment, may fail on funky platforms. */
+    if (arg == NULL || (((unsigned long)arg) & (sizeof(*arg)-1)))
 	return POPT_ERROR_NULLARG;
 
-    if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_NOT)
+    if (argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_NOT)
 	aLong = ~aLong;
-    switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_LOGICALOPS) {
+    switch (argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_LOGICALOPS) {
     case 0:
-	*((int *) opt->arg) = aLong;
+	*arg = aLong;
 	break;
     case POPT_ARGFLAG_OR:
-	*((int *) opt->arg) |= aLong;
+	*arg |= aLong;
 	break;
     case POPT_ARGFLAG_AND:
-	*((int *) opt->arg) &= aLong;
+	*arg &= aLong;
 	break;
     case POPT_ARGFLAG_XOR:
-	*((int *) opt->arg) ^= aLong;
+	*arg ^= aLong;
 	break;
     default:
 	return POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION;
@@ -655,6 +712,7 @@ static int poptSaveInt(const struct poptOption * opt, long aLong)
     return 0;
 }
 
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
 /* returns 'val' element, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error */
 int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 {
@@ -714,8 +772,12 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 	    }
 
 	    /* Make a copy we can hack at */
-	    localOptString = optString =
-		strcpy(alloca(strlen(origOptString) + 1), origOptString);
+	    {   size_t bufsize = strlen(origOptString) + 1;
+		localOptString = optString = alloca(bufsize);
+		if (optString == NULL) /* XXX can't happen */
+		    return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
+		strlcpy(optString, origOptString, bufsize);
+	    }
 
 	    if (optString[0] == '\0')
 		return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
@@ -747,16 +809,20 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 		    *oe++ = '\0';
 		    /* XXX longArg is mapped back to persistent storage. */
 		    longArg = origOptString + (oe - localOptString);
-		}
+		} else
+		    oe = NULL;
 
 		opt = findOption(con->options, optString, '\0', &cb, &cbData,
 				 singleDash);
 		if (!opt && !singleDash)
 		    return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
+		if (!opt && oe)
+		    oe[-1] = '='; /* restore overwritten '=' */
 	    }
 
 	    if (!opt) {
 		con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString + 1;
+		longArg = NULL;
 	    } else {
 		if (con->os == con->optionStack &&
 		   opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_STRIP)
@@ -794,17 +860,17 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 
 	    origOptString++;
 	    if (*origOptString != '\0')
-		con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString;
+		con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString + (*origOptString == '=');
 	}
 	/*@=branchstate@*/
 
 	if (opt == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;	/* XXX can't happen */
 	if (opt->arg && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_NONE) {
-	    if (poptSaveInt(opt, 1L))
+	    if (poptSaveInt((int *)opt->arg, opt->argInfo, 1L))
 		return POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION;
 	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_VAL) {
 	    if (opt->arg) {
-		if (poptSaveInt(opt, (long)opt->val))
+		if (poptSaveInt((int *)opt->arg, opt->argInfo, (long)opt->val))
 		    return POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION;
 	    }
 	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_NONE) {
@@ -873,12 +939,12 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 		    if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_LONG) {
 			if (aLong == LONG_MIN || aLong == LONG_MAX)
 			    return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;
-			if (poptSaveLong(opt, aLong))
+			if (poptSaveLong((long *)opt->arg, opt->argInfo, aLong))
 			    return POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION;
 		    } else {
 			if (aLong > INT_MAX || aLong < INT_MIN)
 			    return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;
-			if (poptSaveInt(opt, aLong))
+			if (poptSaveInt((int *)opt->arg, opt->argInfo, aLong))
 			    return POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION;
 		    }
 		}   /*@switchbreak@*/ break;
@@ -904,9 +970,6 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 		    if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_DOUBLE) {
 			*((double *) opt->arg) = aDouble;
 		    } else {
-#ifndef DBL_EPSILON
-#define DBL_EPSILON 2.2204460492503131e-16
-#endif
 #define MY_ABS(a) ((((a) - 0.0) < DBL_EPSILON) ? -(a) : (a))
 			if ((MY_ABS(aDouble) - FLT_MAX) > DBL_EPSILON)
 			    return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;
@@ -939,14 +1002,15 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 	}
 
 	if (con->finalArgv != NULL)
-	{   char *s = malloc((opt->longName ? strlen(opt->longName) : 0) + 3);
+	{   ssize_t bufsize = (opt->longName ? strlen(opt->longName) : 0) + 3;
+	    char *s = malloc(bufsize);
 	    if (s != NULL) {	/* XXX can't happen */
 		if (opt->longName)
-		    sprintf(s, "%s%s",
+		    snprintf(s, bufsize, "%s%s",
 			((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH) ? "-" : "--"),
 			opt->longName);
 		else
-		    sprintf(s, "-%c", opt->shortName);
+		    snprintf(s, bufsize, "-%c", opt->shortName);
 		con->finalArgv[con->finalArgvCount++] = s;
 	    } else
 		con->finalArgv[con->finalArgvCount++] = NULL;
@@ -967,6 +1031,7 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 
     return (opt ? opt->val : -1);	/* XXX can't happen */
 }
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
 const char * poptGetOptArg(poptContext con)
 {
@@ -996,6 +1061,7 @@ const char * poptPeekArg(poptContext con)
     return ret;
 }
 
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
 const char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con)
 {
     if (con == NULL ||
@@ -1009,6 +1075,7 @@ const char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con)
     return (con->leftovers + con->nextLeftover);
     /*@=nullret =nullstate @*/
 }
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
 poptContext poptFreeContext(poptContext con)
 {
@@ -1071,6 +1138,7 @@ int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias alias,
     return poptAddItem(con, item, 0);
 }
 
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
 /*@-mustmod@*/ /* LCL: con not modified? */
 int poptAddItem(poptContext con, poptItem newItem, int flags)
 {
@@ -1115,6 +1183,7 @@ int poptAddItem(poptContext con, poptItem newItem, int flags)
     return 0;
 }
 /*@=mustmod@*/
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
 const char * poptBadOption(poptContext con, int flags)
 {
@@ -1184,6 +1253,7 @@ const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con)
     return (con->os->argv ? con->os->argv[0] : "");
 }
 
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
 int poptStrippedArgv(poptContext con, int argc, char ** argv)
 {
     int numargs = argc;
@@ -1207,3 +1277,4 @@ int poptStrippedArgv(poptContext con, int argc, char ** argv)
     
     return numargs;
 }
+/*@=boundswrite@*/

popt/popt.h

@@ -112,33 +112,42 @@
 /** \ingroup popt
  */
 struct poptOption {
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName; /*!< may be NULL */
-    char shortName;			/*!< may be '\0' */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/
+    const char * longName;	/*!< may be NULL */
+    char shortName;		/*!< may be NUL */
     int argInfo;
-/*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ void * arg;	/*!< depends on argInfo */
+/*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/
+    void * arg;			/*!< depends on argInfo */
     int val;			/*!< 0 means don't return, just update flag */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * descrip;	/*!< description for autohelp -- may be NULL */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * argDescrip; /*!< argument description for autohelp */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/
+    const char * descrip;	/*!< description for autohelp -- may be NULL */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/
+    const char * argDescrip;	/*!< argument description for autohelp */
 };
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * A popt alias argument for poptAddAlias().
  */
 struct poptAlias {
-/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName;	/*!< may be NULL */
-    char shortName;		/*!< may be '\0' */
+/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/
+    const char * longName;	/*!< may be NULL */
+    char shortName;		/*!< may be NUL */
     int argc;
-/*@owned@*/ const char ** argv;	/*!< must be free()able */
+/*@owned@*/
+    const char ** argv;		/*!< must be free()able */
 };
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * A popt alias or exec argument for poptAddItem().
  */
+/*@-exporttype@*/
 typedef struct poptItem_s {
     struct poptOption option;	/*!< alias/exec name(s) and description. */
     int argc;			/*!< (alias) no. of args. */
-/*@owned@*/ const char ** argv;	/*!< (alias) args, must be free()able. */
+/*@owned@*/
+    const char ** argv;		/*!< (alias) args, must be free()able. */
 } * poptItem;
+/*@=exporttype@*/
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * \name Auto-generated help/usage
@@ -148,16 +157,26 @@ typedef struct poptItem_s {
 /**
  * Empty table marker to enable displaying popt alias/exec options.
  */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@checked@*/
+/*@-exportvar@*/
+/*@unchecked@*/ /*@observer@*/
 extern struct poptOption poptAliasOptions[];
+/*@=exportvar@*/
 #define POPT_AUTOALIAS { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE, poptAliasOptions, \
 			0, "Options implemented via popt alias/exec:", NULL },
 
 /**
  * Auto help table options.
  */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@checked@*/
+/*@-exportvar@*/
+/*@unchecked@*/ /*@observer@*/
 extern struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[];
+/*@=exportvar@*/
+
+/*@-exportvar@*/
+/*@unchecked@*/ /*@observer@*/
+extern struct poptOption * poptHelpOptionsI18N;
+/*@=exportvar@*/
+
 #define POPT_AUTOHELP { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE, poptHelpOptions, \
 			0, "Help options:", NULL },
 
@@ -166,19 +185,25 @@ extern struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[];
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  */
+/*@-exporttype@*/
 typedef /*@abstract@*/ struct poptContext_s * poptContext;
+/*@=exporttype@*/
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  */
 #ifndef __cplusplus
-/*@-typeuse@*/
+/*@-exporttype -typeuse@*/
 typedef struct poptOption * poptOption;
-/*@=typeuse@*/
+/*@=exporttype =typeuse@*/
 #endif
 
-enum poptCallbackReason { POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE, 
-			  POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST,
-			  POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION };
+/*@-exportconst@*/
+enum poptCallbackReason {
+    POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE	= 0, 
+    POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST	= 1,
+    POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION = 2
+};
+/*@=exportconst@*/
 
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 extern "C" {
@@ -198,18 +223,20 @@ typedef void (*poptCallbackType) (poptContext con,
 		/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption * opt,
 		/*@null@*/ const char * arg,
 		/*@null@*/ const void * data)
-	/*@*/;
+	/*@globals internalState @*/
+	/*@modifies internalState @*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Initialize popt context.
- * @param name
+ * @param name		context name (usually argv[0] program name)
  * @param argc		no. of arguments
  * @param argv		argument array
  * @param options	address of popt option table
  * @param flags		or'd POPT_CONTEXT_* bits
  * @return		initialized popt context
  */
-/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptContext poptGetContext(
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/
+poptContext poptGetContext(
 		/*@dependent@*/ /*@keep@*/ const char * name,
 		int argc, /*@dependent@*/ /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv,
 		/*@dependent@*/ /*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options,
@@ -220,6 +247,7 @@ typedef void (*poptCallbackType) (poptContext con,
  * Reinitialize popt context.
  * @param con		context
  */
+/*@unused@*/
 void poptResetContext(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
 	/*@modifies con @*/;
 
@@ -229,57 +257,62 @@ void poptResetContext(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
  * @return		next option val, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error
  */
 int poptGetNextOpt(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
-	/*@globals fileSystem@*/
-	/*@modifies con, fileSystem @*/;
+	/*@globals fileSystem, internalState @*/
+	/*@modifies con, fileSystem, internalState @*/;
 
-/*@-redecl@*/
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Return next option argument (if any).
  * @param con		context
- * @return		option argument, NULL if no more options are available
+ * @return		option argument, NULL if no argument is available
  */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetOptArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@unused@*/
+const char * poptGetOptArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
 	/*@modifies con @*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
- * Return current option's argument.
+ * Return next argument.
  * @param con		context
- * @return		option argument, NULL if no more options are available
+ * @return		next argument, NULL if no argument is available
  */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@unused@*/
+const char * poptGetArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
 	/*@modifies con @*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
- * Peek at current option's argument.
+ * Peek at current argument.
  * @param con		context
- * @return		option argument
+ * @return		current argument, NULL if no argument is available
  */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptPeekArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ /*@unused@*/
+const char * poptPeekArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
 	/*@*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Return remaining arguments.
  * @param con		context
- * @return		argument array, terminated with NULL
+ * @return		argument array, NULL terminated
  */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** poptGetArgs(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/
+const char ** poptGetArgs(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
 	/*@modifies con @*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Return the option which caused the most recent error.
  * @param con		context
+ * @param flags
  * @return		offending option
  */
-/*@observer@*/ const char * poptBadOption(/*@null@*/poptContext con, int flags)
+/*@observer@*/
+const char * poptBadOption(/*@null@*/poptContext con, int flags)
 	/*@*/;
-/*@=redecl@*/
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Destroy context.
  * @param con		context
  * @return		NULL always
  */
-/*@null@*/ poptContext poptFreeContext( /*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptContext con)
+/*@null@*/
+poptContext poptFreeContext( /*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptContext con)
 	/*@modifies con @*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
@@ -288,6 +321,7 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
  * @param argv		argument array, NULL terminated
  * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP on failure
  */
+/*@unused@*/
 int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv)
 	/*@modifies con @*/;
 
@@ -307,7 +341,7 @@ int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias alias, int flags)
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Add alias/exec item to context.
  * @param con		context
- * @param item		alias/exec item to add
+ * @param newItem	alias/exec item to add
  * @param flags		0 for alias, 1 for exec
  * @return		0 on success
  */
@@ -321,9 +355,9 @@ int poptAddItem(poptContext con, poptItem newItem, int flags)
  * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_ERRNO on failure
  */
 int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
-	/*@globals fileSystem@*/
-	/*@modifies fileSystem,
-		con->execs, con->numExecs @*/;
+	/*@globals errno, fileSystem, internalState @*/
+	/*@modifies con->execs, con->numExecs,
+		errno, fileSystem, internalState @*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Read default configuration from /etc/popt and $HOME/.popt.
@@ -331,10 +365,11 @@ int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
  * @param useEnv	(unused)
  * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_ERRNO on failure
  */
+/*@unused@*/
 int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, /*@unused@*/ int useEnv)
-	/*@globals fileSystem@*/
-	/*@modifies fileSystem,
-		con->execs, con->numExecs @*/;
+	/*@globals fileSystem, internalState @*/
+	/*@modifies con->execs, con->numExecs,
+		fileSystem, internalState @*/;
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Duplicate an argument array.
@@ -363,19 +398,70 @@ int poptDupArgv(int argc, /*@null@*/ const char **argv,
  * @retval argcPtr	address of returned no. of arguments
  * @retval argvPtr	address of returned argument array
  */
-int poptParseArgvString(const unsigned char * s,
+int poptParseArgvString(const char * s,
 		/*@out@*/ int * argcPtr, /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr)
 	/*@modifies *argcPtr, *argvPtr @*/;
 
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Parses an input configuration file and returns an string that is a 
+ * command line.  For use with popt.  You must free the return value when done.
+ *
+ * Given the file:
+\verbatim
+# this line is ignored
+    #   this one too
+aaa
+  bbb
+    ccc   
+bla=bla
+
+this_is   =   fdsafdas
+     bad_line=        
+  reall bad line  
+  reall bad line  = again
+5555=   55555   
+  test = with lots of spaces
+\endverbatim
+*
+* The result is:
+\verbatim
+--aaa --bbb --ccc --bla="bla" --this_is="fdsafdas" --5555="55555" --test="with lots of spaces"
+\endverbatim
+*
+* Passing this to poptParseArgvString() yields an argv of:
+\verbatim
+'--aaa'
+'--bbb' 
+'--ccc' 
+'--bla=bla' 
+'--this_is=fdsafdas' 
+'--5555=55555' 
+'--test=with lots of spaces' 
+\endverbatim
+ *
+ * @bug NULL is returned if file line is too long.
+ * @bug Silently ignores invalid lines.
+ *
+ * @param fp		file handle to read
+ * @param *argstrp	return string of options (malloc'd)
+ * @param flags		unused
+ * @return		0 on success
+ * @see			poptParseArgvString
+ */
+/*@-fcnuse@*/
+int poptConfigFileToString(FILE *fp, /*@out@*/ char ** argstrp, int flags)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, *argstrp, fileSystem @*/;
+/*@=fcnuse@*/
+
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Return formatted error string for popt failure.
  * @param error		popt error
  * @return		error string
  */
-/*@-redecl@*/
-/*@observer@*/ const char * poptStrerror(const int error)
+/*@observer@*/
+const char * poptStrerror(const int error)
 	/*@*/;
-/*@=redecl@*/
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Limit search for executables.
@@ -383,6 +469,7 @@ int poptParseArgvString(const unsigned char * s,
  * @param path		single path to search for executables
  * @param allowAbsolute	absolute paths only?
  */
+/*@unused@*/
 void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute)
 	/*@modifies con @*/;
 
@@ -421,10 +508,11 @@ void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text)
  * @param con		context
  * @return		argv[0]
  */
-/*@-redecl -fcnuse@*/
-/*@observer@*/ const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con)
+/*@-fcnuse@*/
+/*@observer@*/
+const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con)
 	/*@*/;
-/*@=redecl =fcnuse@*/
+/*@=fcnuse@*/
 
 /** \ingroup popt
  * Shuffle argv pointers to remove stripped args, returns new argc.
@@ -438,6 +526,36 @@ int poptStrippedArgv(poptContext con, int argc, char ** argv)
 	/*@modifies *argv @*/;
 /*@=fcnuse@*/
 
+/**
+ * Save a long, performing logical operation with value.
+ * @warning Alignment check may be too strict on certain platorms.
+ * @param arg		integer pointer, aligned on int boundary.
+ * @param argInfo	logical operation (see POPT_ARGFLAG_*)
+ * @param aLong		value to use
+ * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_NULLARG/POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION
+ */
+/*@-incondefs@*/
+/*@unused@*/
+int poptSaveLong(/*@null@*/ long * arg, int argInfo, long aLong)
+	/*@modifies *arg @*/
+	/*@requires maxSet(arg) >= 0 /\ maxRead(arg) == 0 @*/;
+/*@=incondefs@*/
+
+/**
+ * Save an integer, performing logical operation with value.
+ * @warning Alignment check may be too strict on certain platorms.
+ * @param arg		integer pointer, aligned on int boundary.
+ * @param argInfo	logical operation (see POPT_ARGFLAG_*)
+ * @param aLong		value to use
+ * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_NULLARG/POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION
+ */
+/*@-incondefs@*/
+/*@unused@*/
+int poptSaveInt(/*@null@*/ int * arg, int argInfo, long aLong)
+	/*@modifies *arg @*/
+	/*@requires maxSet(arg) >= 0 /\ maxRead(arg) == 0 @*/;
+/*@=incondefs@*/
+
 /*@=type@*/
 #ifdef  __cplusplus
 }

popt/poptconfig.c

@@ -2,46 +2,48 @@
  * \file popt/poptconfig.c
  */
 
-/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/* (C) 1998-2002 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
    ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #include "system.h"
 #include "poptint.h"
+/*@access poptContext @*/
 
 /*@-compmempass@*/	/* FIX: item->option.longName kept, not dependent. */
-static void configLine(poptContext con, unsigned char * line)
+static void configLine(poptContext con, char * line)
 	/*@modifies con @*/
 {
-    /*@-type@*/
-    int nameLength = strlen(con->appName);
-    /*@=type@*/
+    size_t nameLength;
     const char * entryType;
     const char * opt;
     poptItem item = (poptItem) alloca(sizeof(*item));
     int i, j;
+
+    if (con->appName == NULL)
+	return;
+    nameLength = strlen(con->appName);
     
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
     memset(item, 0, sizeof(*item));
 
-    /*@-type@*/
     if (strncmp(line, con->appName, nameLength)) return;
-    /*@=type@*/
 
     line += nameLength;
-    if (*line == '\0' || !isspace(*line)) return;
+    if (*line == '\0' || !isSpace(line)) return;
 
-    while (*line != '\0' && isspace(*line)) line++;
+    while (*line != '\0' && isSpace(line)) line++;
     entryType = line;
-    while (*line == '\0' || !isspace(*line)) line++;
+    while (*line == '\0' || !isSpace(line)) line++;
     *line++ = '\0';
 
-    while (*line != '\0' && isspace(*line)) line++;
+    while (*line != '\0' && isSpace(line)) line++;
     if (*line == '\0') return;
     opt = line;
-    while (*line == '\0' || !isspace(*line)) line++;
+    while (*line == '\0' || !isSpace(line)) line++;
     *line++ = '\0';
 
-    while (*line != '\0' && isspace(*line)) line++;
+    while (*line != '\0' && isSpace(line)) line++;
     if (*line == '\0') return;
 
     /*@-temptrans@*/ /* FIX: line alias is saved */
@@ -80,6 +82,7 @@ static void configLine(poptContext con, unsigned char * line)
 	item->argc = j;
     }
     /*@=modobserver@*/
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
 	
     /*@-nullstate@*/ /* FIX: item->argv[] may be NULL */
     if (!strcmp(entryType, "alias"))
@@ -92,9 +95,9 @@ static void configLine(poptContext con, unsigned char * line)
 
 int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
 {
-    const unsigned char * file, * chptr, * end;
-    unsigned char * buf;
-/*@dependent@*/ unsigned char * dst;
+    const char * file, * chptr, * end;
+    char * buf;
+/*@dependent@*/ char * dst;
     int fd, rc;
     off_t fileLength;
 
@@ -106,9 +109,7 @@ int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
     if (fileLength == -1 || lseek(fd, 0, 0) == -1) {
 	rc = errno;
 	(void) close(fd);
-	/*@-mods@*/
 	errno = rc;
-	/*@=mods@*/
 	return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
     }
 
@@ -116,14 +117,13 @@ int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
     if (read(fd, (char *)file, fileLength) != fileLength) {
 	rc = errno;
 	(void) close(fd);
-	/*@-mods@*/
 	errno = rc;
-	/*@=mods@*/
 	return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
     }
     if (close(fd) == -1)
 	return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
 
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
     dst = buf = alloca(fileLength + 1);
 
     chptr = file;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
 	  case '\n':
 	    *dst = '\0';
 	    dst = buf;
-	    while (*dst && isspace(*dst)) dst++;
+	    while (*dst && isSpace(dst)) dst++;
 	    if (*dst && *dst != '#')
 		configLine(con, dst);
 	    chptr++;
@@ -155,6 +155,7 @@ int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
 	}
     }
     /*@=infloops@*/
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
     return 0;
 }
@@ -164,18 +165,16 @@ int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int useEnv))
     char * fn, * home;
     int rc;
 
-    /*@-type@*/
-    if (!con->appName) return 0;
-    /*@=type@*/
+    if (con->appName == NULL) return 0;
 
     rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, "/etc/popt");
     if (rc) return rc;
-    if (getuid() != geteuid()) return 0;
 
     if ((home = getenv("HOME"))) {
-	fn = alloca(strlen(home) + 20);
-	strcpy(fn, home);
-	strcat(fn, "/.popt");
+	size_t bufsize = strlen(home) + 20;
+	fn = alloca(bufsize);
+	if (fn == NULL) return 0;
+	snprintf(fn, bufsize, "%s/.popt", home);
 	rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, fn);
 	if (rc) return rc;
     }

popt/popthelp.c

@@ -1,20 +1,31 @@
 /* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: t; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
 
-/*@-type@*/
 /** \ingroup popt
  * \file popt/popthelp.c
  */
 
-/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/* (C) 1998-2002 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
    ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #include "system.h"
+
+/*#define POPT_WCHAR_HACK*/
+#ifdef 	POPT_WCHAR_HACK
+#include <wchar.h>			/* for mbsrtowcs */
+/*@access mbstate_t @*/
+#endif
 #include "poptint.h"
 
+/*@access poptContext@*/
+
 /**
+ * Display arguments.
  * @param con		context
+ * @param foo		(unused)
  * @param key		option(s)
+ * @param arg		(unused)
+ * @param data		(unused)
  */
 static void displayArgs(poptContext con,
 		/*@unused@*/ UNUSED(enum poptCallbackReason foo),
@@ -49,6 +60,17 @@ struct poptOption poptAliasOptions[] = {
 /*@-castfcnptr@*/
 /*@observer@*/ /*@unchecked@*/
 struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[] = {
+  { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_CALLBACK, (void *)&displayArgs, '\0', NULL, NULL },
+  { "help", '?', 0, NULL, '?', N_("Show this help message"), NULL },
+  { "usage", '\0', 0, NULL, 'u', N_("Display brief usage message"), NULL },
+    POPT_TABLEEND
+} ;
+
+/*@observer@*/ /*@unchecked@*/
+static struct poptOption poptHelpOptions2[] = {
+/*@-readonlytrans@*/
+  { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN, PACKAGE, 0, NULL, NULL},
+/*@=readonlytrans@*/
   { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_CALLBACK, (void *)&displayArgs, '\0', NULL, NULL },
   { "help", '?', 0, NULL, '?', N_("Show this help message"), NULL },
   { "usage", '\0', 0, NULL, 'u', N_("Display brief usage message"), NULL },
@@ -58,6 +80,9 @@ struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[] = {
 #endif
     POPT_TABLEEND
 } ;
+
+/*@observer@*/ /*@unchecked@*/
+struct poptOption * poptHelpOptionsI18N = poptHelpOptions2;
 /*@=castfcnptr@*/
 
 /**
@@ -83,7 +108,7 @@ getTableTranslationDomain(/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption *table)
  */
 /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *
 getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt,
-		/*@-paramuse@*/		/* FIX: wazzup? */
+		/*@-paramuse@*/ /* FIX: i18n macros disabled with lclint */
 		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
 		/*@=paramuse@*/
 	/*@*/
@@ -96,8 +121,12 @@ getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt,
     if (opt->argDescrip) return D_(translation_domain, opt->argDescrip);
 
     switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) {
-    case POPT_ARG_NONE:		return POPT_("NONE");
+    /*case POPT_ARG_NONE:	return POPT_("NONE");*/ /* impossible */
+#ifdef	DYING
     case POPT_ARG_VAL:		return POPT_("VAL");
+#else
+    case POPT_ARG_VAL:		return NULL;
+#endif
     case POPT_ARG_INT:		return POPT_("INT");
     case POPT_ARG_LONG:		return POPT_("LONG");
     case POPT_ARG_STRING:	return POPT_("STRING");
@@ -108,61 +137,65 @@ getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt,
 }
 
 /**
+ * Display default value for an option.
+ * @param lineLength	display positions remaining
  * @param opt		option(s)
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ * @return
  */
 static /*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ char *
-singleOptionDefaultValue(int lineLength,
+singleOptionDefaultValue(size_t lineLength,
 		const struct poptOption * opt,
-		/*@-paramuse@*/	/* FIX: i18n macros disable with lclint */
+		/*@-paramuse@*/ /* FIX: i18n macros disabled with lclint */
 		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
 		/*@=paramuse@*/
 	/*@*/
 {
     const char * defstr = D_(translation_domain, "default");
-    char * le = malloc(4*lineLength + 1);
+    size_t limit, bufsize = 4*lineLength + 1;
+    char * le = malloc(bufsize);
     char * l = le;
 
     if (le == NULL) return NULL;	/* XXX can't happen */
-    *le = '\0';
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
     *le++ = '(';
-    strcpy(le, defstr);	le += strlen(le);
+    le += strlcpy(le, defstr, bufsize - 3);
     *le++ = ':';
     *le++ = ' ';
+    limit = bufsize - (le - l) - 1; /* -1 for closing paren */
     if (opt->arg)	/* XXX programmer error */
     switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) {
     case POPT_ARG_VAL:
     case POPT_ARG_INT:
     {	long aLong = *((int *)opt->arg);
-	sprintf(le, "%ld", aLong);
-	le += strlen(le);
+	le += snprintf(le, limit, "%ld", aLong);
     }	break;
     case POPT_ARG_LONG:
     {	long aLong = *((long *)opt->arg);
-	sprintf(le, "%ld", aLong);
-	le += strlen(le);
+	le += snprintf(le, limit, "%ld", aLong);
     }	break;
     case POPT_ARG_FLOAT:
     {	double aDouble = *((float *)opt->arg);
-	sprintf(le, "%g", aDouble);
-	le += strlen(le);
+	le += snprintf(le, limit, "%g", aDouble);
     }	break;
     case POPT_ARG_DOUBLE:
     {	double aDouble = *((double *)opt->arg);
-	sprintf(le, "%g", aDouble);
-	le += strlen(le);
+	le += snprintf(le, limit, "%g", aDouble);
     }	break;
     case POPT_ARG_STRING:
     {	const char * s = *(const char **)opt->arg;
 	if (s == NULL) {
-	    strcpy(le, "null");	le += strlen(le);
+	    le += strlcpy(le, "null", limit);
 	} else {
-	    size_t slen = 4*lineLength - (le - l) - sizeof("\"...\")");
+	    size_t len;
+	    limit -= 2; /* make room for quotes */
 	    *le++ = '"';
-	    strncpy(le, s, slen); le[slen] = '\0'; le += strlen(le);	
-	    if (slen < strlen(s)) {
-		strcpy(le, "...");	le += strlen(le);
-	    }
+	    len = strlcpy(le, s, limit);
+	    if (len >= limit) {
+		le += limit - 3 - 1;
+		*le++ = '.'; *le++ = '.'; *le++ = '.';
+	    } else
+		le += len;
 	    *le++ = '"';
 	}
     }	break;
@@ -174,50 +207,57 @@ singleOptionDefaultValue(int lineLength,
     }
     *le++ = ')';
     *le = '\0';
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
     return l;
 }
 
 /**
+ * Display help text for an option.
  * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param maxLeftCol	largest argument display width
  * @param opt		option(s)
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
  */
-static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * fp, int maxLeftCol, 
+static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * fp, size_t maxLeftCol, 
 		const struct poptOption * opt,
-		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
 	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
 	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
 {
-    int indentLength = maxLeftCol + 5;
-    int lineLength = 79 - indentLength;
-    const unsigned char * help = D_(translation_domain, opt->descrip);
+    size_t indentLength = maxLeftCol + 5;
+    size_t lineLength = 79 - indentLength;
+    const char * help = D_(translation_domain, opt->descrip);
     const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
-    int helpLength;
-    unsigned char * defs = NULL;
-    unsigned char * left;
-    int nb = maxLeftCol + 1;
+    size_t helpLength;
+    char * defs = NULL;
+    char * left;
+    size_t lelen, limit;
+    size_t nb = maxLeftCol + 1;
+    int displaypad = 0;
 
     /* Make sure there's more than enough room in target buffer. */
     if (opt->longName)	nb += strlen(opt->longName);
     if (argDescrip)	nb += strlen(argDescrip);
 
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
     left = malloc(nb);
     if (left == NULL) return;	/* XXX can't happen */
     left[0] = '\0';
     left[maxLeftCol] = '\0';
 
     if (opt->longName && opt->shortName)
-	sprintf(left, "-%c, %s%s", opt->shortName,
+	snprintf(left, nb, "-%c, %s%s", opt->shortName,
 		((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH) ? "-" : "--"),
 		opt->longName);
     else if (opt->shortName != '\0') 
-	sprintf(left, "-%c", opt->shortName);
+	snprintf(left, nb, "-%c", opt->shortName);
     else if (opt->longName)
-	sprintf(left, "%s%s",
+	snprintf(left, nb, "%s%s",
 		((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH) ? "-" : "--"),
 		opt->longName);
     if (!*left) goto out;
+
     if (argDescrip) {
 	char * le = left + strlen(left);
 
@@ -229,16 +269,10 @@ static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * fp, int maxLeftCol,
 	if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_SHOW_DEFAULT) {
 	    defs = singleOptionDefaultValue(lineLength, opt, translation_domain);
 	    if (defs) {
-		char * t = malloc((help ? strlen(help) : 0) +
-				strlen(defs) + sizeof(" "));
+		size_t bufsize = (help ? strlen(help) : 0) + sizeof " " + strlen(defs);
+		char * t = malloc(bufsize);
 		if (t) {
-		    char * te = t;
-		    *te = '\0';
-		    if (help) {
-			strcpy(te, help);	te += strlen(te);
-		    }
-		    *te++ = ' ';
-		    strcpy(te, defs);
+		    snprintf(t, bufsize, "%s %s", help ? help : "", defs);
 		    defs = _free(defs);
 		}
 		defs = t;
@@ -251,6 +285,7 @@ static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * fp, int maxLeftCol,
 	    case POPT_ARG_NONE:
 		break;
 	    case POPT_ARG_VAL:
+#ifdef	NOTNOW	/* XXX pug ugly nerdy output */
 	    {	long aLong = opt->val;
 		int ops = (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_LOGICALOPS);
 		int negate = (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_NOT);
@@ -272,65 +307,94 @@ static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * fp, int maxLeftCol,
 		default:
 		    /*@innerbreak@*/ break;
 		}
-		*le++ = '=';
+		*le++ = (opt->longName != NULL ? '=' : ' ');
 		if (negate) *le++ = '~';
 		/*@-formatconst@*/
-		sprintf(le, (ops ? "0x%lx" : "%ld"), aLong);
-		le += strlen(le);
+		limit = nb - (le - left);
+		lelen = snprintf(le, limit, (ops ? "0x%lx" : "%ld"), aLong);
+		le += lelen >= limit ? limit - 1 : lelen;
 		/*@=formatconst@*/
 		*le++ = ']';
-	    }	break;
+	    }
+#endif
+		break;
 	    case POPT_ARG_INT:
 	    case POPT_ARG_LONG:
 	    case POPT_ARG_FLOAT:
 	    case POPT_ARG_DOUBLE:
 	    case POPT_ARG_STRING:
-		*le++ = '=';
-		strcpy(le, argDescrip);		le += strlen(le);
+		*le++ = (opt->longName != NULL ? '=' : ' ');
+		limit = nb - (le - left);
+		lelen = strlcpy(le, argDescrip, limit);
+		le += lelen >= limit ? limit - 1 : lelen;
 		break;
 	    default:
 		break;
 	    }
 	} else {
+
 	    *le++ = '=';
-	    strcpy(le, argDescrip);		le += strlen(le);
+	    limit = nb - (le - left);
+	    lelen = strlcpy(le, argDescrip, limit);
+	    if (lelen >= limit)
+		lelen = limit - 1;
+	    le += lelen;
+
+#ifdef	POPT_WCHAR_HACK
+	    {	const char * scopy = argDescrip;
+		mbstate_t t;
+		size_t n;
+
+		memset ((void *)&t, '\0', sizeof (t));	/* In initial state.  */
+		/* Determine number of characters.  */
+		n = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &scopy, strlen(scopy), &t);
+
+		displaypad = (int) (lelen-n);
+	    }
+#endif
 	}
 	if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_OPTIONAL)
 	    *le++ = ']';
 	*le = '\0';
     }
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
     if (help)
-	fprintf(fp,"  %-*s   ", maxLeftCol, left);
+	fprintf(fp,"  %-*s   ", (int)maxLeftCol+displaypad, left);
     else {
 	fprintf(fp,"  %s\n", left); 
 	goto out;
     }
 
     left = _free(left);
+/*@-branchstate@*/
     if (defs) {
-	help = defs; defs = NULL;
+	help = defs;
+	defs = NULL;
     }
+/*@=branchstate@*/
 
     helpLength = strlen(help);
+/*@-boundsread@*/
     while (helpLength > lineLength) {
-	const unsigned char * ch;
-	char format[10];
+	const char * ch;
+	char format[16];
 
 	ch = help + lineLength - 1;
-	while (ch > help && !isspace(*ch)) ch--;
+	while (ch > help && !isSpace(ch)) ch--;
 	if (ch == help) break;		/* give up */
-	while (ch > (help + 1) && isspace(*ch)) ch--;
+	while (ch > (help + 1) && isSpace(ch)) ch--;
 	ch++;
 
-	sprintf(format, "%%.%ds\n%%%ds", (int) (ch - help), indentLength);
+	snprintf(format, sizeof format, "%%.%ds\n%%%ds", (int) (ch - help), (int) indentLength);
 	/*@-formatconst@*/
 	fprintf(fp, format, help, " ");
 	/*@=formatconst@*/
 	help = ch;
-	while (isspace(*help) && *help) help++;
+	while (isSpace(help) && *help) help++;
 	helpLength = strlen(help);
     }
+/*@=boundsread@*/
 
     if (helpLength) fprintf(fp, "%s\n", help);
 
@@ -342,15 +406,17 @@ out:
 }
 
 /**
+ * Find display width for longest argument string.
  * @param opt		option(s)
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ * @return		display width
  */
-static int maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt,
-		       /*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+static size_t maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt,
+		       /*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
 	/*@*/
 {
-    int max = 0;
-    int len = 0;
+    size_t max = 0;
+    size_t len = 0;
     const char * s;
     
     if (opt != NULL)
@@ -370,8 +436,26 @@ static int maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt,
 	    }
 
 	    s = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
+
+#ifdef POPT_WCHAR_HACK
+	    /* XXX Calculate no. of display characters. */
+	    if (s) {
+		const char * scopy = s;
+		mbstate_t t;
+		size_t n;
+
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
+		memset ((void *)&t, '\0', sizeof (t));	/* In initial state.  */
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
+		/* Determine number of characters.  */
+		n = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &scopy, strlen(scopy), &t);
+		len += sizeof("=")-1 + n;
+	    }
+#else
 	    if (s)
 		len += sizeof("=")-1 + strlen(s);
+#endif
+
 	    if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_OPTIONAL) len += sizeof("[]")-1;
 	    if (len > max) max = len;
 	}
@@ -387,11 +471,12 @@ static int maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt,
  * @param fp		output file handle
  * @param items		alias/exec array
  * @param nitems	no. of alias/exec entries
+ * @param left		largest argument display width
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
  */
 static void itemHelp(FILE * fp,
-		/*@null@*/ poptItem items, int nitems, int left,
-		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+		/*@null@*/ poptItem items, int nitems, size_t left,
+		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
 	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
 	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
 {
@@ -409,13 +494,16 @@ static void itemHelp(FILE * fp,
 }
 
 /**
+ * Display help text for a table of options.
+ * @param con		context
  * @param fp		output file handle
  * @param table		option(s)
+ * @param left		largest argument display width
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
  */
 static void singleTableHelp(poptContext con, FILE * fp,
-		/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption * table, int left,
-		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+		/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption * table, size_t left,
+		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
 	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
 	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
 {
@@ -463,9 +551,11 @@ static int showHelpIntro(poptContext con, FILE * fp)
 
     fprintf(fp, POPT_("Usage:"));
     if (!(con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST)) {
-	/*@-nullderef@*/	/* LCL: wazzup? */
+/*@-boundsread@*/
+	/*@-nullderef -type@*/	/* LCL: wazzup? */
 	fn = con->optionStack->argv[0];
-	/*@=nullderef@*/
+	/*@=nullderef =type@*/
+/*@=boundsread@*/
 	if (fn == NULL) return len;
 	if (strchr(fn, '/')) fn = strrchr(fn, '/') + 1;
 	fprintf(fp, " %s", fn);
@@ -477,7 +567,7 @@ static int showHelpIntro(poptContext con, FILE * fp)
 
 void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * fp, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int flags))
 {
-    int leftColWidth;
+    size_t leftColWidth;
 
     (void) showHelpIntro(con, fp);
     if (con->otherHelp)
@@ -490,47 +580,76 @@ void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * fp, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int flags))
 }
 
 /**
+ * Display usage text for an option.
  * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param cursor	current display position
  * @param opt		option(s)
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
  */
-static int singleOptionUsage(FILE * fp, int cursor, 
+static size_t singleOptionUsage(FILE * fp, size_t cursor, 
 		const struct poptOption * opt,
 		/*@null@*/ const char *translation_domain)
 	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
 	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
 {
-    int len = 3;
+    size_t len = 4;
     char shortStr[2] = { '\0', '\0' };
     const char * item = shortStr;
     const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
 
-    if (opt->shortName!= '\0' ) {
-	if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) 
-	    return cursor;	/* we did these already */
+    if (opt->shortName != '\0' && opt->longName != NULL) {
+	len += 2;
+	if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)) len++;
+	len += strlen(opt->longName);
+    } else if (opt->shortName != '\0') {
 	len++;
 	shortStr[0] = opt->shortName;
 	shortStr[1] = '\0';
     } else if (opt->longName) {
-	len += 1 + strlen(opt->longName);
+	len += strlen(opt->longName);
+	if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)) len++;
 	item = opt->longName;
     }
 
-    if (len == 3) return cursor;
+    if (len == 4) return cursor;
 
+#ifdef POPT_WCHAR_HACK
+    /* XXX Calculate no. of display characters. */
+    if (argDescrip) {
+	const char * scopy = argDescrip;
+	mbstate_t t;
+	size_t n;
+
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
+	memset ((void *)&t, '\0', sizeof (t));	/* In initial state.  */
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
+	/* Determine number of characters.  */
+	n = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &scopy, strlen(scopy), &t);
+	len += sizeof("=")-1 + n;
+    }
+#else
     if (argDescrip) 
-	len += strlen(argDescrip) + 1;
+	len += sizeof("=")-1 + strlen(argDescrip);
+#endif
 
     if ((cursor + len) > 79) {
 	fprintf(fp, "\n       ");
 	cursor = 7;
     } 
 
-    fprintf(fp, " [-%s%s%s%s]",
-	((opt->shortName || (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)) ? "" : "-"),
-	item,
-	(argDescrip ? (opt->shortName != '\0' ? " " : "=") : ""),
-	(argDescrip ? argDescrip : ""));
+    if (opt->longName && opt->shortName) {
+	fprintf(fp, " [-%c|-%s%s%s%s]",
+	    opt->shortName, ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH) ? "" : "-"),
+	    opt->longName,
+	    (argDescrip ? " " : ""),
+	    (argDescrip ? argDescrip : ""));
+    } else {
+	fprintf(fp, " [-%s%s%s%s]",
+	    ((opt->shortName || (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)) ? "" : "-"),
+	    item,
+	    (argDescrip ? (opt->shortName != '\0' ? " " : "=") : ""),
+	    (argDescrip ? argDescrip : ""));
+    }
 
     return cursor + len + 1;
 }
@@ -538,12 +657,14 @@ static int singleOptionUsage(FILE * fp, int cursor,
 /**
  * Display popt alias and exec usage.
  * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param cursor	current display position
  * @param item		alias/exec array
  * @param nitems	no. of ara/exec entries
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
  */
-static int itemUsage(FILE * fp, int cursor, poptItem item, int nitems,
-		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+static size_t itemUsage(FILE * fp, size_t cursor,
+		/*@null@*/ poptItem item, int nitems,
+		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
 	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
 	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
 {
@@ -567,15 +688,30 @@ static int itemUsage(FILE * fp, int cursor, poptItem item, int nitems,
 }
 
 /**
+ * Keep track of option tables already processed.
+ */
+typedef struct poptDone_s {
+    int nopts;
+    int maxopts;
+    const void ** opts;
+} * poptDone;
+
+/**
+ * Display usage text for a table of options.
+ * @param con		context
  * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param cursor	current display position
  * @param opt		option(s)
  * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ * @param done		tables already processed
+ * @return
  */
-static int singleTableUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp,
-		int cursor, const struct poptOption * opt,
-		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+static size_t singleTableUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp, size_t cursor,
+		/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption * opt,
+		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain),
+		/*@null@*/ poptDone done)
 	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
-	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, done, fileSystem @*/
 {
     /*@-branchstate@*/		/* FIX: W2DO? */
     if (opt != NULL)
@@ -583,9 +719,26 @@ static int singleTableUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp,
         if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN) {
 	    translation_domain = (const char *)opt->arg;
 	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
-	    if (opt->arg)	/* XXX program error */
+	    if (done) {
+		int i = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < done->nopts; i++) {
+/*@-boundsread@*/
+		    const void * that = done->opts[i];
+/*@=boundsread@*/
+		    if (that == NULL || that != opt->arg)
+			/*@innercontinue@*/ continue;
+		    /*@innerbreak@*/ break;
+		}
+		/* Skip if this table has already been processed. */
+		if (opt->arg == NULL || i < done->nopts)
+		    continue;
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
+		if (done->nopts < done->maxopts)
+		    done->opts[done->nopts++] = (const void *) opt->arg;
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
+	    }
 	    cursor = singleTableUsage(con, fp, cursor, opt->arg,
-			translation_domain);
+			translation_domain, done);
 	} else if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) &&
 		 !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) {
 	    cursor = singleOptionUsage(fp, cursor, opt, translation_domain);
@@ -598,6 +751,7 @@ static int singleTableUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp,
 
 /**
  * Return concatenated short options for display.
+ * @todo Sub-tables should be recursed.
  * @param opt		option(s)
  * @param fp		output file handle
  * @retval str		concatenation of short options
@@ -607,42 +761,54 @@ static int showShortOptions(const struct poptOption * opt, FILE * fp,
 		/*@null@*/ char * str)
 	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
 	/*@modifies *str, *fp, fileSystem @*/
+	/*@requires maxRead(str) >= 0 @*/
 {
-    char * s = alloca(300);	/* larger then the ascii set */
+    /* bufsize larger then the ascii set, lazy alloca on top level call. */
+    char * s = (str != NULL ? str : memset(alloca(300), 0, 300));
+    int len = 0;
 
-    s[0] = '\0';
-    /*@-branchstate@*/		/* FIX: W2DO? */
-    if (str == NULL) {
-	memset(s, 0, sizeof(s));
-	str = s;
-    }
-    /*@=branchstate@*/
+    if (s == NULL)
+	return 0;
 
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
     if (opt != NULL)
     for (; (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg); opt++) {
 	if (opt->shortName && !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK))
-	    str[strlen(str)] = opt->shortName;
+	    s[strlen(s)] = opt->shortName;
 	else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE)
 	    if (opt->arg)	/* XXX program error */
-		(void) showShortOptions(opt->arg, fp, str);
+		len = showShortOptions(opt->arg, fp, s);
     } 
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
-    if (s != str || *s != '\0')
-	return 0;
-
-    fprintf(fp, " [-%s]", s);
-    return strlen(s) + 4;
+    /* On return to top level, print the short options, return print length. */
+    if (s == str && *s != '\0') {
+	fprintf(fp, " [-%s]", s);
+	len = strlen(s) + sizeof(" [-]")-1;
+    }
+    return len;
 }
 
 void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int flags))
 {
-    int cursor;
+    poptDone done = memset(alloca(sizeof(*done)), 0, sizeof(*done));
+    size_t cursor;
+
+    done->nopts = 0;
+    done->maxopts = 64;
+    cursor = done->maxopts * sizeof(*done->opts);
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
+    done->opts = memset(alloca(cursor), 0, cursor);
+    /*@-keeptrans@*/
+    done->opts[done->nopts++] = (const void *) con->options;
+    /*@=keeptrans@*/
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
     cursor = showHelpIntro(con, fp);
     cursor += showShortOptions(con->options, fp, NULL);
-    (void) singleTableUsage(con, fp, cursor, con->options, NULL);
-    (void) itemUsage(fp, cursor, con->aliases, con->numAliases, NULL);
-    (void) itemUsage(fp, cursor, con->execs, con->numExecs, NULL);
+    cursor = singleTableUsage(con, fp, cursor, con->options, NULL, done);
+    cursor = itemUsage(fp, cursor, con->aliases, con->numAliases, NULL);
+    cursor = itemUsage(fp, cursor, con->execs, con->numExecs, NULL);
 
     if (con->otherHelp) {
 	cursor += strlen(con->otherHelp) + 1;
@@ -658,4 +824,3 @@ void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text)
     con->otherHelp = _free(con->otherHelp);
     con->otherHelp = xstrdup(text);
 }
-/*@=type@*/

popt/poptint.h

@@ -22,14 +22,24 @@ _free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const void * p)
     return NULL;
 }
 
+static inline int
+isSpace(const char *ptr)
+{
+    return isspace(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
 /* Bit mask macros. */
+/*@-exporttype -redef @*/
 typedef	unsigned int __pbm_bits;
+/*@=exporttype =redef @*/
 #define	__PBM_NBITS		(8 * sizeof (__pbm_bits))
 #define	__PBM_IX(d)		((d) / __PBM_NBITS)
 #define __PBM_MASK(d)		((__pbm_bits) 1 << (((unsigned)(d)) % __PBM_NBITS))
+/*@-exporttype -redef @*/
 typedef struct {
     __pbm_bits bits[1];
 } pbm_set;
+/*@=exporttype =redef @*/
 #define	__PBM_BITS(set)	((set)->bits)
 
 #define	PBM_ALLOC(d)	calloc(__PBM_IX (d) + 1, sizeof(__pbm_bits))
@@ -40,37 +50,53 @@ typedef struct {
 
 struct optionStackEntry {
     int argc;
-/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** argv;
-/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ pbm_set * argb;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/
+    const char ** argv;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/
+    pbm_set * argb;
     int next;
-/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * nextArg;
-/*@keep@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * nextCharArg;
-/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem currAlias;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/
+    const char * nextArg;
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/
+    const char * nextCharArg;
+/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/
+    poptItem currAlias;
     int stuffed;
 };
 
 struct poptContext_s {
     struct optionStackEntry optionStack[POPT_OPTION_DEPTH];
-/*@dependent@*/ struct optionStackEntry * os;
-/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** leftovers;
+/*@dependent@*/
+    struct optionStackEntry * os;
+/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/
+    const char ** leftovers;
     int numLeftovers;
     int nextLeftover;
-/*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options;
+/*@keep@*/
+    const struct poptOption * options;
     int restLeftover;
-/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * appName;
-/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem aliases;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/
+    const char * appName;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/
+    poptItem aliases;
     int numAliases;
     int flags;
-/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem execs;
+/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/
+    poptItem execs;
     int numExecs;
-/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** finalArgv;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/
+    const char ** finalArgv;
     int finalArgvCount;
     int finalArgvAlloced;
-/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem doExec;
-/*@only@*/ const char * execPath;
+/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/
+    poptItem doExec;
+/*@only@*/
+    const char * execPath;
     int execAbsolute;
-/*@only@*/ const char * otherHelp;
-/*@null@*/ pbm_set * arg_strip;
+/*@only@*/ /*@relnull@*/
+    const char * otherHelp;
+/*@null@*/
+    pbm_set * arg_strip;
 };
 
 #ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
@@ -83,7 +109,7 @@ struct poptContext_s {
 #define _(foo) foo
 #endif
 
-#if defined(HAVE_DGETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
+#if defined(HAVE_DCGETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
 #define D_(dom, str) dgettext(dom, str)
 #define POPT_(foo) D_("popt", foo)
 #else

popt/poptparse.c

@@ -2,14 +2,17 @@
  * \file popt/poptparse.c
  */
 
-/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/* (C) 1998-2002 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
    ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #include "system.h"
 
+#include "poptint.h"
+
 #define POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA 5
 
+/*@-boundswrite@*/
 int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv,
 		int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
 {
@@ -35,7 +38,7 @@ int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv,
     /*@-branchstate@*/
     for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
 	argv2[i] = dst;
-	dst += strlen(strcpy(dst, argv[i])) + 1;
+	dst += strlcpy(dst, argv[i], nb) + 1;
     }
     /*@=branchstate@*/
     argv2[argc] = NULL;
@@ -50,11 +53,13 @@ int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv,
 	*argcPtr = argc;
     return 0;
 }
+/*@=boundswrite@*/
 
-int poptParseArgvString(const unsigned char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
+/*@-bounds@*/
+int poptParseArgvString(const char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
 {
-    const unsigned char * src;
-    unsigned char quote = '\0';
+    const char * src;
+    char quote = '\0';
     int argvAlloced = POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA;
     const char ** argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced);
     int argc = 0;
@@ -78,7 +83,7 @@ int poptParseArgvString(const unsigned char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** a
 		if (*src != quote) *buf++ = '\\';
 	    }
 	    *buf++ = *src;
-	} else if (isspace(*src)) {
+	} else if (isSpace(src)) {
 	    if (*argv[argc] != '\0') {
 		buf++, argc++;
 		if (argc == argvAlloced) {
@@ -116,3 +121,111 @@ exit:
     if (argv) free(argv);
     return rc;
 }
+/*@=bounds@*/
+
+/* still in the dev stage.
+ * return values, perhaps 1== file erro
+ * 2== line to long
+ * 3== umm.... more?
+ */
+int poptConfigFileToString(FILE *fp, char ** argstrp, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int flags))
+{
+    char line[999];
+    char * argstr;
+    char * p;
+    char * q;
+    char * x;
+    int t;
+    int argvlen = 0;
+    size_t maxlinelen = sizeof(line);
+    size_t linelen;
+    int maxargvlen = 480;
+    int linenum = 0;
+
+    *argstrp = NULL;
+
+    /*   |   this_is   =   our_line
+     *	     p             q      x
+     */
+
+    if (fp == NULL)
+	return POPT_ERROR_NULLARG;
+
+    argstr = calloc(maxargvlen, sizeof(*argstr));
+    if (argstr == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_MALLOC;
+
+    while (fgets(line, (int)maxlinelen, fp) != NULL) {
+	linenum++;
+	p = line;
+
+	/* loop until first non-space char or EOL */
+	while( *p != '\0' && isSpace(p) )
+	    p++;
+
+	linelen = strlen(p);
+	if (linelen >= maxlinelen-1) {
+	    free(argstr);
+	    return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;	/* XXX line too long */
+	}
+
+	if (*p == '\0' || *p == '\n') continue;	/* line is empty */
+	if (*p == '#') continue;		/* comment line */
+
+	q = p;
+
+	while (*q != '\0' && (!isSpace(q)) && *q != '=')
+	    q++;
+
+	if (isSpace(q)) {
+	    /* a space after the name, find next non space */
+	    *q++='\0';
+	    while( *q != '\0' && isSpace(q) ) q++;
+	}
+	if (*q == '\0') {
+	    /* single command line option (ie, no name=val, just name) */
+	    q[-1] = '\0';		/* kill off newline from fgets() call */
+	    argvlen += (t = q - p) + (sizeof(" --")-1);
+	    if (argvlen >= maxargvlen) {
+		maxargvlen = (t > maxargvlen) ? t*2 : maxargvlen*2;
+		argstr = realloc(argstr, maxargvlen);
+		if (argstr == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_MALLOC;
+	    }
+	    strlcat(argstr, " --", maxargvlen);
+	    strlcat(argstr, p, maxargvlen);
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (*q != '=')
+	    continue;	/* XXX for now, silently ignore bogus line */
+		
+	/* *q is an equal sign. */
+	*q++ = '\0';
+
+	/* find next non-space letter of value */
+	while (*q != '\0' && isSpace(q))
+	    q++;
+	if (*q == '\0')
+	    continue;	/* XXX silently ignore missing value */
+
+	/* now, loop and strip all ending whitespace */
+	x = p + linelen;
+	while (isSpace(--x))
+	    *x = 0;	/* null out last char if space (including fgets() NL) */
+
+	/* rest of line accept */
+	t = x - p;
+	argvlen += t + (sizeof("' --='")-1);
+	if (argvlen >= maxargvlen) {
+	    maxargvlen = (t > maxargvlen) ? t*2 : maxargvlen*2;
+	    argstr = realloc(argstr, maxargvlen);
+	    if (argstr == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_MALLOC;
+	}
+	strlcat(argstr, " --", maxargvlen);
+	strlcat(argstr, p, maxargvlen);
+	strlcat(argstr, "=\"", maxargvlen);
+	strlcat(argstr, q, maxargvlen);
+	strlcat(argstr, "\"", maxargvlen);
+    }
+
+    *argstrp = argstr;
+    return 0;
+}

popt/system.h

@@ -2,7 +2,17 @@
 #include "config.h"
 #endif
 
+#if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined(__LCLINT__)
+/*@-declundef@*/
+/*@unchecked@*/
+extern __const __int32_t *__ctype_tolower;
+/*@unchecked@*/
+extern __const __int32_t *__ctype_toupper;
+/*@=declundef@*/
+#endif
+
 #include <ctype.h>
+
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <fcntl.h>
 #include <limits.h>
@@ -12,19 +22,32 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
-#if !defined(__GNUC__) || defined(APPLE)
-/* Apparently the OS X port of gcc gags on __attribute__.
- *
- * <http://www.opensource.apple.com/bugs/X/gcc/2512150.html> */
+#ifndef __GNUC__
 #define __attribute__(x) 
-
 #endif
 
 #ifdef __NeXT
@@ -34,11 +57,12 @@
 #endif
 
 #if defined(__LCLINT__)
-/*@-declundef -incondefs -redecl@*/ /* LCL: missing annotation */
-/*@only@*/ void * alloca (size_t __size)
+/*@-declundef -incondefs @*/ /* LCL: missing annotation */
+/*@only@*/ /*@out@*/
+void * alloca (size_t __size)
 	/*@ensures MaxSet(result) == (__size - 1) @*/
 	/*@*/;
-/*@=declundef =incondefs =redecl@*/
+/*@=declundef =incondefs @*/
 #endif
 
 /* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file.  */ 
@@ -49,9 +73,9 @@
 #  ifdef _AIX
 #pragma alloca
 #  else
-#   if HAVE_ALLOCA
+#   ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
 #    ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
-char *alloca ();
+char *alloca(size_t size);
 #    endif
 #   else
 #    ifdef alloca
@@ -65,18 +89,42 @@ char *alloca ();
 #define alloca __builtin_alloca
 #endif
 
-/*@-redecl -redef@*/
-/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ char * xstrdup (const char *str)
-	/*@*/;
-/*@=redecl =redef@*/
+#ifndef HAVE_STRLCPY
+size_t strlcpy(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRLCAT
+size_t strlcat(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize);
+#endif
 
 #if HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__)
-#define	vmefail()	(fprintf(stderr, "virtual memory exhausted.\n"), exit(EXIT_FAILURE), NULL)
-#define xstrdup(_str)   (strcpy((malloc(strlen(_str)+1) ? : vmefail()), (_str)))
+static inline char *
+xstrdup(const char *s)
+{
+    size_t memsize = strlen(s) + 1;
+    char *ptr = malloc(memsize);
+    if (!ptr) {
+	fprintf(stderr, "virtual memory exhausted.\n");
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+    strlcpy(ptr, s, memsize);
+    return ptr;
+}
 #else
 #define	xstrdup(_str)	strdup(_str)
 #endif  /* HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__) */
 
+#if HAVE___SECURE_GETENV && !defined(__LCLINT__)
+#define	getenv(_s)	__secure_getenv(_s)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined HAVE_SNPRINTF || !defined HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF
+#define snprintf rsync_snprintf
+int snprintf(char *str,size_t count,const char *fmt,...);
+#endif
+
 #define UNUSED(x) x __attribute__((__unused__))
 
+#define PACKAGE "rsync"
+
 #include "popt.h"

prepare-source

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Either use autoconf and autoheader to create configure.sh and config.h.in
+# or (optionally) fetch the latest development versions of generated files.
+#
+# Specify one action or more than one to provide a fall-back:
+#
+#   build     build the config files [the default w/no arg]
+#   fetch     fetch the latest dev config files
+#   fetchgen  fetch all the latest dev generated files
+#   fetchSRC  fetch the latest dev source files [NON-GENERATED FILES]
+#
+# The script stops after the first successful action.
+
+dir=`dirname $0`
+if test x"$dir" != x -a x"$dir" != x.; then
+    cd "$dir"
+fi
+
+if test $# = 0; then
+    set -- build
+fi
+
+for action in "${@}"; do
+    case "$action" in
+    build|make)
+	make -f prepare-source.mak
+	;;
+    fetch)
+	if perl --version >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+	    files='c*'
+	else
+	    files='[cp]*'
+	fi
+	rsync -pvz rsync://rsync.samba.org/rsyncftp/generated-files/"$files" .
+	;;
+    fetchgen)
+	rsync -pvz rsync://rsync.samba.org/rsyncftp/generated-files/'*' .
+	;;
+    fetchSRC)
+	rsync -pvrz --exclude=/.git/ rsync://rsync.samba.org/ftp/pub/unpacked/rsync/ .
+	;;
+    *)
+	echo "Unknown action: $action"
+	exit 1
+    esac
+    if test $? = 0; then
+	exit
+    fi
+done
+
+exit 1

prepare-source.mak

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+conf: configure.sh config.h.in
+
+configure.sh: configure.in aclocal.m4
+	autoconf -o configure.sh
+
+config.h.in: configure.in aclocal.m4
+	autoheader && touch config.h.in

progress.c

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
-/*  -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
+/*
+ * Routines to output progress information during a file transfer.
  *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
- * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
  * (at your option) any later version.
  *
  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -14,15 +16,16 @@
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-extern struct stats stats;
 extern int am_server;
+extern int need_unsorted_flist;
+extern struct stats stats;
+extern struct file_list *cur_flist;
 
 #define PROGRESS_HISTORY_SECS 5
 
@@ -40,6 +43,7 @@ struct progress_history {
 static struct progress_history ph_start;
 static struct progress_history ph_list[PROGRESS_HISTORY_SECS];
 static int newest_hpos, oldest_hpos;
+static int current_file_index;
 
 static unsigned long msdiff(struct timeval *t1, struct timeval *t2)
 {
@@ -58,26 +62,26 @@ static unsigned long msdiff(struct timeval *t1, struct timeval *t2)
 static void rprint_progress(OFF_T ofs, OFF_T size, struct timeval *now,
 			    int is_last)
 {
-	char eol[256];
+	char rembuf[64], eol[128];
 	const char *units;
 	int pct = ofs == size ? 100 : (int) (100.0 * ofs / size);
 	unsigned long diff;
 	double rate, remain;
-	int remain_h, remain_m, remain_s;
 
 	if (is_last) {
 		/* Compute stats based on the starting info. */
-		diff = msdiff(&ph_start.time, now);
-		if (!diff)
+		if (!ph_start.time.tv_sec
+		    || !(diff = msdiff(&ph_start.time, now)))
 			diff = 1;
 		rate = (double) (ofs - ph_start.ofs) * 1000.0 / diff / 1024.0;
 		/* Switch to total time taken for our last update. */
 		remain = (double) diff / 1000.0;
 	} else {
 		/* Compute stats based on recent progress. */
-		diff = msdiff(&ph_list[oldest_hpos].time, now);
-		rate = diff ? (double) (ofs - ph_list[oldest_hpos].ofs) * 1000.0
-		    / diff / 1024.0 : 0;
+		if (!(diff = msdiff(&ph_list[oldest_hpos].time, now)))
+			diff = 1;
+		rate = (double) (ofs - ph_list[oldest_hpos].ofs) * 1000.0
+		     / diff / 1024.0;
 		remain = rate ? (double) (size - ofs) / rate / 1000.0 : 0.0;
 	}
 
@@ -91,21 +95,33 @@ static void rprint_progress(OFF_T ofs, OFF_T size, struct timeval *now,
 		units = "kB/s";
 	}
 
-	remain_s = (int) remain % 60;
-	remain_m = (int) (remain / 60.0) % 60;
-	remain_h = (int) (remain / 3600.0);
+	if (remain < 0)
+		strlcpy(rembuf, "  ??:??:??", sizeof rembuf);
+	else {
+		snprintf(rembuf, sizeof rembuf, "%4d:%02d:%02d",
+			 (int) (remain / 3600.0),
+			 (int) (remain / 60.0) % 60,
+			 (int) remain % 60);
+	}
 
 	if (is_last) {
-		snprintf(eol, sizeof eol, "  (%d, %.1f%% of %d)\n",
+		snprintf(eol, sizeof eol, " (xfer#%d, to-check=%d/%d)\n",
 			stats.num_transferred_files,
-			(float)((stats.current_file_index+1) * 100)
-				/ stats.num_files,
+			stats.num_files - current_file_index - 1,
 			stats.num_files);
 	} else
-		strcpy(eol, "\r");
-	rprintf(FINFO, "%12.0f %3d%% %7.2f%s %4d:%02d:%02d%s",
-		(double) ofs, pct, rate, units,
-		remain_h, remain_m, remain_s, eol);
+		strlcpy(eol, "\r", sizeof eol);
+	rprintf(FCLIENT, "%12s %3d%% %7.2f%s %s%s",
+		human_num(ofs), pct, rate, units, rembuf, eol);
+}
+
+void set_current_file_index(struct file_struct *file, int ndx)
+{
+	if (need_unsorted_flist)
+		current_file_index = flist_find(cur_flist, file) + cur_flist->ndx_start;
+	else
+		current_file_index = ndx;
+	current_file_index -= cur_flist->flist_num;
 }
 
 void end_progress(OFF_T size)

rounding.c

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+ * A pre-compilation helper program to aid in the creation of rounding.h.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+#define ARRAY_LEN (EXTRA_ROUNDING+1)
+#define SIZEOF(x) ((long int)sizeof (x))
+
+struct test {
+    union file_extras extras[ARRAY_LEN];
+    struct file_struct file;
+};
+
+#define ACTUAL_SIZE	SIZEOF(struct test)
+#define EXPECTED_SIZE	(SIZEOF(union file_extras) * ARRAY_LEN + SIZEOF(struct file_struct))
+
+ int main(UNUSED(int argc), UNUSED(char *argv[]))
+{
+    static int test_array[1 - 2 * (ACTUAL_SIZE != EXPECTED_SIZE)];
+    test_array[0] = 0;
+    return 0;
+}

rsync.c

@@ -1,44 +1,342 @@
 /*
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-/* this file contains code used by more than one part of the rsync
-   process */
+ * Routines common to more than one of the rsync processes.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "ifuncs.h"
+#if defined HAVE_LIBCHARSET_H && defined HAVE_LOCALE_CHARSET
+#include <libcharset.h>
+#elif defined HAVE_LANGINFO_H && defined HAVE_NL_LANGINFO
+#include <langinfo.h>
+#endif
 
 extern int verbose;
 extern int dry_run;
-extern int daemon_log_format_has_i;
+extern int preserve_acls;
+extern int preserve_xattrs;
+extern int preserve_perms;
+extern int preserve_executability;
 extern int preserve_times;
-extern int omit_dir_times;
 extern int am_root;
 extern int am_server;
 extern int am_sender;
 extern int am_generator;
-extern int preserve_uid;
-extern int preserve_gid;
+extern int am_starting_up;
+extern int allow_8bit_chars;
+extern int protocol_version;
+extern int uid_ndx;
+extern int gid_ndx;
+extern int inc_recurse;
 extern int inplace;
-extern int recurse;
+extern int flist_eof;
 extern int keep_dirlinks;
 extern int make_backups;
-extern struct stats stats;
+extern struct file_list *cur_flist, *first_flist, *dir_flist;
+extern struct chmod_mode_struct *daemon_chmod_modes;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+extern char *iconv_opt;
+#endif
 
+#ifdef ICONV_CONST
+iconv_t ic_chck = (iconv_t)-1;
+# ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+iconv_t ic_send = (iconv_t)-1, ic_recv = (iconv_t)-1;
+# endif
+
+static const char *default_charset(void)
+{
+# if defined HAVE_LIBCHARSET_H && defined HAVE_LOCALE_CHARSET
+	return locale_charset();
+# elif defined HAVE_LANGINFO_H && defined HAVE_NL_LANGINFO
+	return nl_langinfo(CODESET);
+# else
+	return ""; /* Works with (at the very least) gnu iconv... */
+# endif
+}
+
+void setup_iconv(void)
+{
+	const char *defset = default_charset();
+# ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+	const char *charset;
+	char *cp;
+# endif
+
+	if (!am_server && !allow_8bit_chars) {
+
+		/* It's OK if this fails... */
+		ic_chck = iconv_open(defset, defset);
+
+		if (verbose > 3) {
+			if (ic_chck == (iconv_t)-1) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+					"note: iconv_open(\"%s\", \"%s\") failed (%d)"
+					" -- using isprint() instead of iconv().\n",
+					defset, defset, errno);
+			} else {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+					"note: iconv_open(\"%s\", \"%s\") succeeded.\n",
+					defset, defset);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+# ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+	if (!iconv_opt)
+		return;
+
+	if ((cp = strchr(iconv_opt, ',')) != NULL) {
+		if (am_server) /* A local transfer needs this. */
+			iconv_opt = cp + 1;
+		else
+			*cp = '\0';
+	}
+
+	if (!*iconv_opt || (*iconv_opt == '.' && iconv_opt[1] == '\0'))
+		charset = defset;
+	else
+		charset = iconv_opt;
+
+	if ((ic_send = iconv_open(UTF8_CHARSET, charset)) == (iconv_t)-1) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "iconv_open(\"%s\", \"%s\") failed\n",
+			UTF8_CHARSET, charset);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED);
+	}
+
+	if ((ic_recv = iconv_open(charset, UTF8_CHARSET)) == (iconv_t)-1) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "iconv_open(\"%s\", \"%s\") failed\n",
+			charset, UTF8_CHARSET);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED);
+	}
+
+	if (verbose > 1) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "%s charset: %s\n",
+			am_server ? "server" : "client",
+			*charset ? charset : "[LOCALE]");
+	}
+# endif
+}
+
+/* This function converts the characters in the "in" xbuf into characters
+ * in the "out" xbuf.  The "len" of the "in" xbuf is used starting from its
+ * "pos".  The "size" of the "out" xbuf restricts how many characters can be
+ * stored, starting at its "pos+len" position.  Note that the last byte of
+ * the buffer is never used, which reserves space for a terminating '\0'.
+ * We return a 0 on success or a -1 on error.  An error also sets errno to
+ * E2BIG, EILSEQ, or EINVAL (see below); otherwise errno will be set to 0.
+ * The "in" xbuf is altered to update "pos" and "len".  The "out" xbuf has
+ * data appended, and its "len" incremented.   If ICB_EXPAND_OUT is set in
+ * "flags", the "out" xbuf will also be allocated if empty, and expanded if
+ * too small (so E2BIG will not be returned).  If ICB_INCLUDE_BAD is set in
+ * "flags", any badly-encoded chars are included verbatim in the "out" xbuf,
+ * so EILSEQ will not be returned.  Likewise for ICB_INCLUDE_INCOMPLETE with
+ * respect to an incomplete multi-byte char at the end, which ensures that
+ * EINVAL is not returned.  Anytime "in.pos" is 0 we will reset the iconv()
+ * state prior to processing the characters. */
+int iconvbufs(iconv_t ic, xbuf *in, xbuf *out, int flags)
+{
+	ICONV_CONST char *ibuf;
+	size_t icnt, ocnt;
+	char *obuf;
+
+	if (!out->size && flags & ICB_EXPAND_OUT)
+		alloc_xbuf(out, 1024);
+
+	if (!in->pos)
+		iconv(ic, NULL, 0, NULL, 0);
+
+	ibuf = in->buf + in->pos;
+	icnt = in->len;
+
+	obuf = out->buf + (out->pos + out->len);
+	ocnt = out->size - (out->pos + out->len) - 1;
+
+	while (icnt) {
+		while (iconv(ic, &ibuf, &icnt, &obuf, &ocnt) == (size_t)-1) {
+			if (errno == EINTR)
+				continue;
+			if (errno == EINVAL) {
+				if (!(flags & ICB_INCLUDE_INCOMPLETE))
+					goto finish;
+			} else if (errno == EILSEQ) {
+				if (!(flags & ICB_INCLUDE_BAD))
+					goto finish;
+			} else {
+				size_t opos = obuf - out->buf;
+				if (!(flags & ICB_EXPAND_OUT)) {
+					errno = E2BIG;
+					goto finish;
+				}
+				realloc_xbuf(out, out->size + 1024);
+				obuf = out->buf + opos;
+				ocnt += 1024;
+				continue;
+			}
+			*obuf++ = *ibuf++;
+			ocnt--, icnt--;
+		}
+	}
+
+	errno = 0;
+
+  finish:
+	in->len = icnt;
+	in->pos = ibuf - in->buf;
+	out->len = obuf - out->buf - out->pos;
+
+	return errno ? -1 : 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+void send_protected_args(int fd, char *args[])
+{
+	int i;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+	int convert = ic_send != (iconv_t)-1;
+	xbuf outbuf, inbuf;
+
+	if (convert)
+		alloc_xbuf(&outbuf, 1024);
+#endif
+
+	for (i = 0; args[i]; i++) {} /* find first NULL */
+	args[i] = "rsync"; /* set a new arg0 */
+	if (verbose > 1)
+		print_child_argv("protected args:", args + i + 1);
+	do {
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+		if (convert) {
+			INIT_XBUF_STRLEN(inbuf, args[i]);
+			iconvbufs(ic_send, &inbuf, &outbuf,
+				  ICB_EXPAND_OUT | ICB_INCLUDE_BAD | ICB_INCLUDE_INCOMPLETE);
+			outbuf.buf[outbuf.len] = '\0';
+			write_buf(fd, outbuf.buf, outbuf.len + 1);
+			outbuf.len = 0;
+		} else
+#endif
+			write_buf(fd, args[i], strlen(args[i]) + 1);
+	} while (args[++i]);
+	write_byte(fd, 0);
+
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+	if (convert)
+		free(outbuf.buf);
+#endif
+}
+
+int read_ndx_and_attrs(int f_in, int *iflag_ptr, uchar *type_ptr,
+		       char *buf, int *len_ptr)
+{
+	int len, iflags = 0;
+	struct file_list *flist;
+	uchar fnamecmp_type = FNAMECMP_FNAME;
+	int ndx, save_verbose = verbose;
+
+  read_loop:
+	while (1) {
+		ndx = read_ndx(f_in);
+
+		if (ndx >= 0)
+			break;
+		if (ndx == NDX_DONE)
+			return ndx;
+		if (!inc_recurse || am_sender)
+			goto invalid_ndx;
+		if (ndx == NDX_FLIST_EOF) {
+			flist_eof = 1;
+			send_msg(MSG_FLIST_EOF, "", 0, 0);
+			continue;
+		}
+		ndx = NDX_FLIST_OFFSET - ndx;
+		if (ndx < 0 || ndx >= dir_flist->used) {
+			ndx = NDX_FLIST_OFFSET - ndx;
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+				"[%s] Invalid dir index: %d (%d - %d)\n",
+				who_am_i(), ndx, NDX_FLIST_OFFSET,
+				NDX_FLIST_OFFSET - dir_flist->used + 1);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+
+		/* Send everything read from f_in to msg_fd_out. */
+		if (verbose > 3) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] receiving flist for dir %d\n",
+				who_am_i(), ndx);
+		}
+		verbose = 0;
+		send_msg_int(MSG_FLIST, ndx);
+		start_flist_forward(f_in);
+		flist = recv_file_list(f_in);
+		flist->parent_ndx = ndx;
+		stop_flist_forward();
+		verbose = save_verbose;
+	}
+
+	iflags = protocol_version >= 29 ? read_shortint(f_in)
+		   : ITEM_TRANSFER | ITEM_MISSING_DATA;
+
+	/* Honor the old-style keep-alive indicator. */
+	if (protocol_version < 30
+	 && ndx == cur_flist->used && iflags == ITEM_IS_NEW) {
+		if (am_sender)
+			maybe_send_keepalive();
+		goto read_loop;
+	}
+
+	if (!(flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx))) {
+		int start, used;
+	  invalid_ndx:
+		start = first_flist ? first_flist->ndx_start : 0;
+		used = first_flist ? first_flist->used : 0;
+		rprintf(FERROR,
+			"Invalid file index: %d (%d - %d) with iflags %x [%s]\n",
+			ndx, start - 1, start + used -1, iflags, who_am_i());
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	}
+	cur_flist = flist;
+
+	if (iflags & ITEM_BASIS_TYPE_FOLLOWS)
+		fnamecmp_type = read_byte(f_in);
+	*type_ptr = fnamecmp_type;
+
+	if (iflags & ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS) {
+		if ((len = read_vstring(f_in, buf, MAXPATHLEN)) < 0)
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	} else {
+		*buf = '\0';
+		len = -1;
+	}
+	*len_ptr = len;
+
+	if (iflags & ITEM_TRANSFER) {
+		int i = ndx - cur_flist->ndx_start;
+		if (i < 0 || !S_ISREG(cur_flist->files[i]->mode)) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+				"received request to transfer non-regular file: %d [%s]\n",
+				ndx, who_am_i());
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+	}
+
+	*iflag_ptr = iflags;
+	return ndx;
+}
 
 /*
   free a sums struct
@@ -49,107 +347,187 @@ void free_sums(struct sum_struct *s)
 	free(s);
 }
 
+/* This is only called when we aren't preserving permissions.  Figure out what
+ * the permissions should be and return them merged back into the mode. */
+mode_t dest_mode(mode_t flist_mode, mode_t stat_mode, int dflt_perms,
+		 int exists)
+{
+	int new_mode;
+	/* If the file already exists, we'll return the local permissions,
+	 * possibly tweaked by the --executability option. */
+	if (exists) {
+		new_mode = (flist_mode & ~CHMOD_BITS) | (stat_mode & CHMOD_BITS);
+		if (preserve_executability && S_ISREG(flist_mode)) {
+			/* If the source file is executable, grant execute
+			 * rights to everyone who can read, but ONLY if the
+			 * file isn't already executable. */
+			if (!(flist_mode & 0111))
+				new_mode &= ~0111;
+			else if (!(stat_mode & 0111))
+				new_mode |= (new_mode & 0444) >> 2;
+		}
+	} else {
+		/* Apply destination default permissions and turn
+		 * off special permissions. */
+		new_mode = flist_mode & (~CHMOD_BITS | dflt_perms);
+	}
+	return new_mode;
+}
 
-int set_perms(char *fname,struct file_struct *file,STRUCT_STAT *st,
-	      int flags)
+int set_file_attrs(const char *fname, struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp,
+		   const char *fnamecmp, int flags)
 {
 	int updated = 0;
-	STRUCT_STAT st2;
+	stat_x sx2;
 	int change_uid, change_gid;
+	mode_t new_mode = file->mode;
+	int inherit;
 
-	if (!st) {
+	if (!sxp) {
 		if (dry_run)
 			return 1;
-		if (link_stat(fname, &st2, 0) < 0) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat %s failed",
+		if (link_stat(fname, &sx2.st, 0) < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "stat %s failed",
 				full_fname(fname));
 			return 0;
 		}
-		st = &st2;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+		sx2.acc_acl = sx2.def_acl = NULL;
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+		sx2.xattr = NULL;
+#endif
+		sxp = &sx2;
+		inherit = !preserve_perms;
+	} else
+		inherit = !preserve_perms && file->flags & FLAG_DIR_CREATED;
+
+	if (inherit && S_ISDIR(new_mode) && sxp->st.st_mode & S_ISGID) {
+		/* We just created this directory and its setgid
+		 * bit is on, so make sure it stays on. */
+		new_mode |= S_ISGID;
 	}
 
-	if (!preserve_times || S_ISLNK(st->st_mode)
-	 || (S_ISDIR(st->st_mode) && omit_dir_times))
-		flags |= PERMS_SKIP_MTIME;
-	if (!(flags & PERMS_SKIP_MTIME)
-	    && cmp_modtime(st->st_mtime, file->modtime) != 0) {
-		if (set_modtime(fname,file->modtime) != 0) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "failed to set times on %s",
+	if (daemon_chmod_modes && !S_ISLNK(new_mode))
+		new_mode = tweak_mode(new_mode, daemon_chmod_modes);
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+	if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode) && !ACL_READY(*sxp))
+		get_acl(fname, sxp);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+	if (am_root < 0)
+		set_stat_xattr(fname, file, new_mode);
+	if (preserve_xattrs && fnamecmp)
+		set_xattr(fname, file, fnamecmp, sxp);
+#endif
+
+	if (!preserve_times || (S_ISDIR(sxp->st.st_mode) && preserve_times == 1))
+		flags |= ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME;
+	if (!(flags & ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME)
+	    && cmp_time(sxp->st.st_mtime, file->modtime) != 0) {
+		int ret = set_modtime(fname, file->modtime, sxp->st.st_mode);
+		if (ret < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "failed to set times on %s",
 				full_fname(fname));
-			return 0;
+			goto cleanup;
 		}
-		updated = 1;
+		if (ret == 0) /* ret == 1 if symlink could not be set */
+			updated = 1;
+		else
+			file->flags |= FLAG_TIME_FAILED;
 	}
 
-	change_uid = am_root && preserve_uid && st->st_uid != file->uid;
-	change_gid = preserve_gid && file->gid != GID_NONE
-		&& st->st_gid != file->gid;
+	change_uid = am_root && uid_ndx && sxp->st.st_uid != (uid_t)F_OWNER(file);
+	change_gid = gid_ndx && !(file->flags & FLAG_SKIP_GROUP)
+		  && sxp->st.st_gid != (gid_t)F_GROUP(file);
 #if !defined HAVE_LCHOWN && !defined CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK
-	if (S_ISLNK(st->st_mode))
+	if (S_ISLNK(sxp->st.st_mode)) {
 		;
-	else
+	} else
 #endif
 	if (change_uid || change_gid) {
 		if (verbose > 2) {
 			if (change_uid) {
 				rprintf(FINFO,
-					"set uid of %s from %ld to %ld\n",
-					safe_fname(fname),
-					(long)st->st_uid, (long)file->uid);
+					"set uid of %s from %u to %u\n",
+					fname, (unsigned)sxp->st.st_uid, F_OWNER(file));
 			}
 			if (change_gid) {
 				rprintf(FINFO,
-					"set gid of %s from %ld to %ld\n",
-					safe_fname(fname),
-					(long)st->st_gid, (long)file->gid);
+					"set gid of %s from %u to %u\n",
+					fname, (unsigned)sxp->st.st_gid, F_GROUP(file));
 			}
 		}
-		if (do_lchown(fname,
-		    change_uid ? file->uid : st->st_uid,
-		    change_gid ? file->gid : st->st_gid) != 0) {
-			/* shouldn't have attempted to change uid or gid
-			 * unless have the privilege */
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "%s %s failed",
-			    change_uid ? "chown" : "chgrp",
-			    full_fname(fname));
-			return 0;
-		}
-		/* a lchown had been done - we have to re-stat if the
-		 * destination had the setuid or setgid bits set due
-		 * to the side effect of the chown call */
-		if (st->st_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID)) {
-			link_stat(fname, st,
-				  keep_dirlinks && S_ISDIR(st->st_mode));
+		if (am_root >= 0) {
+			if (do_lchown(fname,
+			    change_uid ? (uid_t)F_OWNER(file) : sxp->st.st_uid,
+			    change_gid ? (gid_t)F_GROUP(file) : sxp->st.st_gid) != 0) {
+				/* We shouldn't have attempted to change uid
+				 * or gid unless have the privilege. */
+				rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "%s %s failed",
+				    change_uid ? "chown" : "chgrp",
+				    full_fname(fname));
+				goto cleanup;
+			}
+			/* A lchown had been done, so we need to re-stat if
+			 * the destination had the setuid or setgid bits set
+			 * (due to the side effect of the chown call). */
+			if (sxp->st.st_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID)) {
+				link_stat(fname, &sxp->st,
+					  keep_dirlinks && S_ISDIR(sxp->st.st_mode));
+			}
 		}
 		updated = 1;
 	}
 
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+	/* It's OK to call set_acl() now, even for a dir, as the generator
+	 * will enable owner-writability using chmod, if necessary.
+	 * 
+	 * If set_acl() changes permission bits in the process of setting
+	 * an access ACL, it changes sxp->st.st_mode so we know whether we
+	 * need to chmod(). */
+	if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(new_mode) && set_acl(fname, file, sxp) == 0)
+		updated = 1;
+#endif
+
 #ifdef HAVE_CHMOD
-	if (!S_ISLNK(st->st_mode)) {
-		if ((st->st_mode & CHMOD_BITS) != (file->mode & CHMOD_BITS)) {
-			updated = 1;
-			if (do_chmod(fname,(file->mode & CHMOD_BITS)) != 0) {
-				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "failed to set permissions on %s",
-					full_fname(fname));
-				return 0;
-			}
+	if (!BITS_EQUAL(sxp->st.st_mode, new_mode, CHMOD_BITS)) {
+		int ret = am_root < 0 ? 0 : do_chmod(fname, new_mode);
+		if (ret < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno,
+				"failed to set permissions on %s",
+				full_fname(fname));
+			goto cleanup;
 		}
+		if (ret == 0) /* ret == 1 if symlink could not be set */
+			updated = 1;
 	}
 #endif
 
-	if (verbose > 1 && flags & PERMS_REPORT) {
-		enum logcode code = daemon_log_format_has_i || dry_run
-				  ? FCLIENT : FINFO;
+	if (verbose > 1 && flags & ATTRS_REPORT) {
 		if (updated)
-			rprintf(code, "%s\n", safe_fname(fname));
+			rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s\n", fname);
 		else
-			rprintf(code, "%s is uptodate\n", safe_fname(fname));
+			rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s is uptodate\n", fname);
+	}
+  cleanup:
+	if (sxp == &sx2) {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+		if (preserve_acls)
+			free_acl(&sx2);
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+		if (preserve_xattrs)
+			free_xattr(&sx2);
+#endif
 	}
 	return updated;
 }
 
-
-void sig_int(void)
+RETSIGTYPE sig_int(UNUSED(int val))
 {
 	/* KLUGE: if the user hits Ctrl-C while ssh is prompting
 	 * for a password, then our cleanup's sending of a SIGUSR1
@@ -163,50 +541,93 @@ void sig_int(void)
 	exit_cleanup(RERR_SIGNAL);
 }
 
-
-/* finish off a file transfer, renaming the file and setting the permissions
-   and ownership */
-void finish_transfer(char *fname, char *fnametmp, struct file_struct *file,
-		     int ok_to_set_time, int overwriting_basis)
+/* Finish off a file transfer: renaming the file and setting the file's
+ * attributes (e.g. permissions, ownership, etc.).  If the robust_rename()
+ * call is forced to copy the temp file and partialptr is both non-NULL and
+ * not an absolute path, we stage the file into the partial-dir and then
+ * rename it into place.  This returns 1 on succcess or 0 on failure. */
+int finish_transfer(const char *fname, const char *fnametmp,
+		    const char *fnamecmp, const char *partialptr,
+		    struct file_struct *file, int ok_to_set_time,
+		    int overwriting_basis)
 {
 	int ret;
+	const char *temp_copy_name = partialptr && *partialptr != '/' ? partialptr : NULL;
 
 	if (inplace) {
 		if (verbose > 2)
-			rprintf(FINFO, "finishing %s\n", safe_fname(fname));
-		goto do_set_perms;
+			rprintf(FINFO, "finishing %s\n", fname);
+		fnametmp = fname;
+		goto do_set_file_attrs;
 	}
 
-	if (make_backups && overwriting_basis && !make_backup(fname))
-		return;
+	if (make_backups > 0 && overwriting_basis && !make_backup(fname))
+		return 1;
 
 	/* Change permissions before putting the file into place. */
-	set_perms(fnametmp, file, NULL, ok_to_set_time ? 0 : PERMS_SKIP_MTIME);
+	set_file_attrs(fnametmp, file, NULL, fnamecmp,
+		       ok_to_set_time ? 0 : ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME);
 
 	/* move tmp file over real file */
-	if (verbose > 2) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "renaming %s to %s\n",
-			safe_fname(fnametmp), safe_fname(fname));
-	}
-	ret = robust_rename(fnametmp, fname, file->mode & INITACCESSPERMS);
+	if (verbose > 2)
+		rprintf(FINFO, "renaming %s to %s\n", fnametmp, fname);
+	ret = robust_rename(fnametmp, fname, temp_copy_name,
+			    file->mode & INITACCESSPERMS);
 	if (ret < 0) {
-		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "%s %s -> \"%s\"",
-		    ret == -2 ? "copy" : "rename",
-		    full_fname(fnametmp), safe_fname(fname));
-		do_unlink(fnametmp);
-		return;
+		rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "%s %s -> \"%s\"",
+			ret == -2 ? "copy" : "rename",
+			full_fname(fnametmp), fname);
+		if (!partialptr || (ret == -2 && temp_copy_name)
+		 || robust_rename(fnametmp, partialptr, NULL,
+				  file->mode & INITACCESSPERMS) < 0)
+			do_unlink(fnametmp);
+		return 0;
 	}
 	if (ret == 0) {
 		/* The file was moved into place (not copied), so it's done. */
-		return;
+		return 1;
 	}
-    do_set_perms:
-	set_perms(fname, file, NULL, ok_to_set_time ? 0 : PERMS_SKIP_MTIME);
+	/* The file was copied, so tweak the perms of the copied file.  If it
+	 * was copied to partialptr, move it into its final destination. */
+	fnametmp = temp_copy_name ? temp_copy_name : fname;
+
+  do_set_file_attrs:
+	set_file_attrs(fnametmp, file, NULL, fnamecmp,
+		       ok_to_set_time ? 0 : ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME);
+
+	if (temp_copy_name) {
+		if (do_rename(fnametmp, fname) < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "rename %s -> \"%s\"",
+				full_fname(fnametmp), fname);
+			return 0;
+		}
+		handle_partial_dir(temp_copy_name, PDIR_DELETE);
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+struct file_list *flist_for_ndx(int ndx)
+{
+	struct file_list *flist = cur_flist;
+
+	if (!flist && !(flist = first_flist))
+		return NULL;
+
+	while (ndx < flist->ndx_start-1) {
+		if (flist == first_flist)
+			return NULL;
+		flist = flist->prev;
+	}
+	while (ndx >= flist->ndx_start + flist->used) {
+		if (!(flist = flist->next))
+			return NULL;
+	}
+	return flist;
 }
 
 const char *who_am_i(void)
 {
-	if (am_sender < 0)
+	if (am_starting_up)
 		return am_server ? "server" : "client";
 	return am_sender ? "sender" : am_generator ? "generator" : "receiver";
 }

rsync.h

@@ -1,23 +1,22 @@
 /*
-   Copyright (C) by Andrew Tridgell 1996, 2000
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
+ * Copyright (C) 1996, 2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #define False 0
 #define True 1
@@ -33,6 +32,9 @@
 #define DEFAULT_LOCK_FILE "/var/run/rsyncd.lock"
 #define URL_PREFIX "rsync://"
 
+#define SYMLINK_PREFIX "/rsyncd-munged/"
+#define SYMLINK_PREFIX_LEN ((int)sizeof SYMLINK_PREFIX - 1)
+
 #define BACKUP_SUFFIX "~"
 
 /* a non-zero CHAR_OFFSET makes the rolling sum stronger, but is
@@ -43,29 +45,58 @@
 
 #define XMIT_TOP_DIR (1<<0)
 #define XMIT_SAME_MODE (1<<1)
-#define XMIT_EXTENDED_FLAGS (1<<2)
-#define XMIT_SAME_RDEV_pre28 XMIT_EXTENDED_FLAGS /* Only in protocols < 28 */
+#define XMIT_SAME_RDEV_pre28 (1<<2)	/* protocols 20 - 27  */
+#define XMIT_EXTENDED_FLAGS (1<<2)	/* protocols 28 - now */
 #define XMIT_SAME_UID (1<<3)
 #define XMIT_SAME_GID (1<<4)
 #define XMIT_SAME_NAME (1<<5)
 #define XMIT_LONG_NAME (1<<6)
 #define XMIT_SAME_TIME (1<<7)
-#define XMIT_SAME_RDEV_MAJOR (1<<8)
-#define XMIT_HAS_IDEV_DATA (1<<9)
-#define XMIT_SAME_DEV (1<<10)
-#define XMIT_RDEV_MINOR_IS_SMALL (1<<11)
+#define XMIT_SAME_RDEV_MAJOR (1<<8)	/* protocols 28 - now (devices only) */
+#define XMIT_NO_CONTENT_DIR (1<<8)	/* protocols 30 - now (dirs only) */
+#define XMIT_HLINKED (1<<9)		/* protocols 28 - now */
+#define XMIT_SAME_DEV_pre30 (1<<10)	/* protocols 28 - 29  */
+#define XMIT_USER_NAME_FOLLOWS (1<<10)	/* protocols 30 - now */
+#define XMIT_RDEV_MINOR_8_pre30 (1<<11)	/* protocols 28 - 29  */
+#define XMIT_GROUP_NAME_FOLLOWS (1<<11) /* protocols 30 - now */
+#define XMIT_HLINK_FIRST (1<<12)	/* protocols 30 - now (HLINKED files only) */
 
 /* These flags are used in the live flist data. */
 
-#define FLAG_TOP_DIR (1<<0)
-#define FLAG_HLINK_EOL (1<<1)	/* generator only */
-#define FLAG_MOUNT_POINT (1<<2)	/* sender only */
-#define FLAG_NO_FUZZY (1<<2)	/* generator only */
-#define FLAG_DEL_HERE (1<<3)	/* receiver/generator */
-#define FLAG_SENT (1<<3)	/* sender only */
+#define FLAG_TOP_DIR (1<<0)	/* sender/receiver/generator */
+#define FLAG_FILE_SENT (1<<1)	/* sender/receiver/generator */
+#define FLAG_DIR_CREATED (1<<1)	/* generator */
+#define FLAG_CONTENT_DIR (1<<2)	/* sender/receiver/generator */
+#define FLAG_MOUNT_DIR (1<<3)	/* sender/generator (dirs only) */
+#define FLAG_SKIP_HLINK (1<<3)	/* receiver/generator (w/FLAG_HLINKED) */
+#define FLAG_DUPLICATE (1<<4)	/* sender */
+#define FLAG_MISSING_DIR (1<<4)	/* generator */
+#define FLAG_HLINKED (1<<5)	/* receiver/generator (checked on all types) */
+#define FLAG_HLINK_FIRST (1<<6)	/* receiver/generator (w/FLAG_HLINKED) */
+#define FLAG_IMPLIED_DIR (1<<6)	/* sender/receiver/generator (dirs only) */
+#define FLAG_HLINK_LAST (1<<7)	/* receiver/generator */
+#define FLAG_HLINK_DONE (1<<8)	/* receiver/generator (checked on all types) */
+#define FLAG_LENGTH64 (1<<9)	/* sender/receiver/generator */
+#define FLAG_SKIP_GROUP (1<<10)	/* receiver/generator */
+#define FLAG_TIME_FAILED (1<<11)/* generator */
+
+/* These flags are passed to functions but not stored. */
+
+#define FLAG_DIVERT_DIRS (1<<16)/* sender */
+#define FLAG_DOTDIR_NAME (1<<17)/* sender */
+
+#define BITS_SET(val,bits) (((val) & (bits)) == (bits))
+#define BITS_SETnUNSET(val,onbits,offbits) (((val) & ((onbits)|(offbits))) == (onbits))
+#define BITS_EQUAL(b1,b2,mask) (((unsigned)(b1) & (unsigned)(mask)) \
+			     == ((unsigned)(b2) & (unsigned)(mask)))
 
 /* update this if you make incompatible changes */
-#define PROTOCOL_VERSION 29
+#define PROTOCOL_VERSION 30
+
+/* This is used when working on a new protocol version in CVS, and should
+ * be a new non-zero value for each CVS change that affects the protocol.
+ * It must ALWAYS be 0 when the protocol goes final! */
+#define SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION 0
 
 /* We refuse to interoperate with versions that are not in this range.
  * Note that we assume we'll work with later versions: the onus is on
@@ -88,6 +119,8 @@
 #define OLD_PROTOCOL_VERSION 25
 #define MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION 40
 
+#define FILECNT_LOOKAHEAD 1000
+
 #define RSYNC_PORT 873
 
 #define SPARSE_WRITE_SIZE (1024)
@@ -95,14 +128,15 @@
 #define CHUNK_SIZE (32*1024)
 #define MAX_MAP_SIZE (256*1024)
 #define IO_BUFFER_SIZE (4092)
-#define MAX_BLOCK_SIZE ((int32)1 << 29)
+#define MAX_BLOCK_SIZE ((int32)1 << 17)
 
 #define IOERR_GENERAL	(1<<0) /* For backward compatibility, this must == 1 */
 #define IOERR_VANISHED	(1<<1)
+#define IOERR_DEL_LIMIT (1<<2)
 
 #define MAX_ARGS 1000
-
 #define MAX_BASIS_DIRS 20
+#define MAX_SERVER_ARGS (MAX_BASIS_DIRS*2 + 100)
 
 #define MPLEX_BASE 7
 
@@ -112,10 +146,12 @@
 
 #define XFLG_FATAL_ERRORS	(1<<0)
 #define XFLG_OLD_PREFIXES	(1<<1)
-#define XFLG_ANCHORED2ABS	(1<<2)
+#define XFLG_ANCHORED2ABS	(1<<2) /* leading slash indicates absolute */
+#define XFLG_ABS_IF_SLASH	(1<<3) /* leading or interior slash is absolute */
+#define XFLG_DIR2WILD3		(1<<4) /* dir/ match gets trailing *** added */
 
-#define PERMS_REPORT		(1<<0)
-#define PERMS_SKIP_MTIME	(1<<1)
+#define ATTRS_REPORT		(1<<0)
+#define ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME	(1<<1)
 
 #define FULL_FLUSH	1
 #define NORMAL_FLUSH	0
@@ -131,41 +167,74 @@
 #define FNAMECMP_BACKUP 	0x82
 #define FNAMECMP_FUZZY		0x83
 
-/* For calling delete_file() */
-#define DEL_NO_RECURSE		(1<<1)
-#define DEL_FORCE_RECURSE	(1<<2) /* recurse even w/o --force */
-#define DEL_TERSE		(1<<3)
-
 /* For use by the itemize_changes code */
-#define ITEM_UPDATING (1<<0)
-#define ITEM_REPORT_CHECKSUM (1<<1)
-#define ITEM_REPORT_SIZE (1<<2)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_ATIME (1<<0)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_CHANGE (1<<1)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_SIZE (1<<2)     /* regular files only */
+#define ITEM_REPORT_TIMEFAIL (1<<2) /* symlinks only */
 #define ITEM_REPORT_TIME (1<<3)
 #define ITEM_REPORT_PERMS (1<<4)
 #define ITEM_REPORT_OWNER (1<<5)
 #define ITEM_REPORT_GROUP (1<<6)
-#define ITEM_IS_NEW (1<<7)
-#define ITEM_USING_ALT_BASIS (1<<8)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_ACL (1<<7)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_XATTR (1<<8)
+#define ITEM_BASIS_TYPE_FOLLOWS (1<<11)
+#define ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS (1<<12)
+#define ITEM_IS_NEW (1<<13)
+#define ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE (1<<14)
+#define ITEM_TRANSFER (1<<15)
+/* These are outside the range of the transmitted flags. */
+#define ITEM_MISSING_DATA (1<<16)	   /* used by log_formatted() */
+#define ITEM_DELETED (1<<17)		   /* used by log_formatted() */
+#define ITEM_MATCHED (1<<18)		   /* used by itemize() */
 
-#define ITEM_MISSING_DATA (1<<16) /* these are outside the transmitted flags */
-#define ITEM_DELETED (1<<17)
+#define SIGNIFICANT_ITEM_FLAGS (~(\
+	ITEM_BASIS_TYPE_FOLLOWS | ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS | ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE))
 
-/* Log-message categories.  FLOG and FCLIENT are only used on the daemon
- * side for custom logging -- they don't get sent over the socket. */
-enum logcode { FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3, FCLIENT=4 };
+#define CFN_KEEP_DOT_DIRS (1<<0)
+#define CFN_KEEP_TRAILING_SLASH (1<<1)
+#define CFN_DROP_TRAILING_DOT_DIR (1<<2)
+#define CFN_COLLAPSE_DOT_DOT_DIRS (1<<3)
+
+#define SP_DEFAULT 0
+#define SP_KEEP_DOT_DIRS (1<<0)
+
+#define CD_NORMAL 0
+#define CD_SKIP_CHDIR 1
+
+/* Log-message categories.  FLOG only goes to the log file, not the client;
+ * FCLIENT is the opposite. */
+enum logcode {
+    FNONE=0, /* never sent */
+    FERROR_XFER=1, FINFO=2, /* sent over socket for any protocol */
+    FERROR=3, FWARNING=4, /* sent over socket for protocols >= 30 */
+    FERROR_SOCKET=5, FLOG=6, /* only sent via receiver -> generator pipe */
+    FCLIENT=7 /* never transmitted (e.g. server converts to FINFO) */
+};
 
 /* Messages types that are sent over the message channel.  The logcode
  * values must all be present here with identical numbers. */
 enum msgcode {
 	MSG_DATA=0,	/* raw data on the multiplexed stream */
-	MSG_ERROR=FERROR, MSG_INFO=FINFO, /* remote logging */
-	MSG_LOG=FLOG, MSG_FCLIENT=FCLIENT, /* sibling logging */
+	MSG_ERROR_XFER=FERROR_XFER, MSG_INFO=FINFO, /* remote logging */
+	MSG_ERROR=FERROR, MSG_WARNING=FWARNING, /* protocol-30 remote logging */
+	MSG_ERROR_SOCKET=FERROR_SOCKET, /* sibling logging */
+	MSG_LOG=FLOG, MSG_CLIENT=FCLIENT, /* sibling logging */
 	MSG_REDO=9,	/* reprocess indicated flist index */
+	MSG_FLIST=20,	/* extra file list over sibling socket */
+	MSG_FLIST_EOF=21,/* we've transmitted all the file lists */
+	MSG_IO_ERROR=22,/* the sending side had an I/O error */
+	MSG_NOOP=42,	/* a do-nothing message */
 	MSG_SUCCESS=100,/* successfully updated indicated flist index */
 	MSG_DELETED=101,/* successfully deleted a file on receiving side */
+	MSG_NO_SEND=102,/* sender failed to open a file we wanted */
 	MSG_DONE=86	/* current phase is done */
 };
 
+#define NDX_DONE -1
+#define NDX_FLIST_EOF -2
+#define NDX_FLIST_OFFSET -101
+
 #include "errcode.h"
 
 #include "config.h"
@@ -196,6 +265,12 @@ enum msgcode {
 #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
@@ -266,10 +341,6 @@ enum msgcode {
 #endif
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_GLOB_H
-#include <glob.h>
-#endif
-
 /* these are needed for the uid/gid mapping code */
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include <grp.h>
@@ -277,7 +348,9 @@ enum msgcode {
 #include <stdarg.h>
 #include <netinet/in.h>
 #include <arpa/inet.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H
 #include <netdb.h>
+#endif
 #include <syslog.h>
 #include <sys/file.h>
 
@@ -305,14 +378,58 @@ enum msgcode {
 #include <sys/sysmacros.h>
 #endif
 
+#ifdef MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS
+#define MAKEDEV(devmajor,devminor) makedev(0,devmajor,devminor)
+#else
+#define MAKEDEV(devmajor,devminor) makedev(devmajor,devminor)
+#endif
+
 #ifdef HAVE_COMPAT_H
 #include <compat.h>
 #endif
 
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_ICONV_OPEN && defined HAVE_ICONV_H
+#include <iconv.h>
+#ifndef ICONV_CONST
+#define ICONV_CONST
+#endif
+#else
+#ifdef ICONV_CONST
+#undef ICONV_CONST
+#endif
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+#undef ICONV_OPTION
+#endif
+#ifdef iconv_t
+#undef iconv_t
+#endif
+#define iconv_t int
+#endif
+
 #include <assert.h>
 
 #include "lib/pool_alloc.h"
 
+#ifndef HAVE_ID_T
+typedef unsigned int id_t;
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_PID_T
+typedef int pid_t;
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_MODE_T
+typedef unsigned int mode_t;
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_OFF_T
+typedef long off_t;
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_SIZE_T
+typedef unsigned int size_t;
+#endif
+
 #define BOOL int
 
 #ifndef uchar
@@ -325,11 +442,30 @@ enum msgcode {
 #define schar char
 #endif
 
+#ifndef int16
+#if SIZEOF_INT16_T == 2
+# define int16 int16_t
+#else
+# define int16 short
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef uint16
+#if SIZEOF_UINT16_T == 2
+# define uint16 uint16_t
+#else
+# define uint16 unsigned int16
+#endif
+#endif
+
 /* Find a variable that is either exactly 32-bits or longer.
  * If some code depends on 32-bit truncation, it will need to
  * take special action in a "#if SIZEOF_INT32 > 4" section. */
 #ifndef int32
-#if SIZEOF_INT == 4
+#if SIZEOF_INT32_T == 4
+# define int32 int32_t
+# define SIZEOF_INT32 4
+#elif SIZEOF_INT == 4
 # define int32 int
 # define SIZEOF_INT32 4
 #elif SIZEOF_LONG == 4
@@ -352,7 +488,11 @@ enum msgcode {
 #endif
 
 #ifndef uint32
-#define uint32 unsigned int32
+#if SIZEOF_UINT32_T == 4
+# define uint32 uint32_t
+#else
+# define uint32 unsigned int32
+#endif
 #endif
 
 #if SIZEOF_OFF_T == 8 || !SIZEOF_OFF64_T || !defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64
@@ -370,8 +510,8 @@ enum msgcode {
  * to ensure that any code that really requires a 64-bit integer has
  * it (e.g. the checksum code uses two 32-bit integers for its 64-bit
  * counter). */
-#if SIZEOF_OFF64_T == 8
-# define int64 off64_t
+#if SIZEOF_INT64_T == 8
+# define int64 int64_t
 # define SIZEOF_INT64 8
 #elif SIZEOF_LONG == 8
 # define int64 long
@@ -382,6 +522,9 @@ enum msgcode {
 #elif SIZEOF_LONG_LONG == 8
 # define int64 long long
 # define SIZEOF_INT64 8
+#elif SIZEOF_OFF64_T == 8
+# define int64 off64_t
+# define SIZEOF_INT64 8
 #elif SIZEOF_OFF_T == 8
 # define int64 off_t
 # define SIZEOF_INT64 8
@@ -400,37 +543,27 @@ enum msgcode {
 # define SIZEOF_INT64 SIZEOF_OFF_T
 #endif
 
-/* Starting from protocol version 26, we always use 64-bit
- * ino_t and dev_t internally, even if this platform does not
- * allow files to have 64-bit inums.  That's because the
- * receiver needs to find duplicate (dev,ino) tuples to detect
- * hardlinks, and it might have files coming from a platform
- * that has 64-bit inums.
- *
- * The only exception is if we're on a platform with no 64-bit type at
- * all.
- *
- * Because we use read_longint() to get these off the wire, if you
- * transfer devices or hardlinks with dev or inum > 2**32 to a machine
- * with no 64-bit types then you will get an overflow error.  Probably
- * not many people have that combination of machines, and you can
- * avoid it by not preserving hardlinks or not transferring device
- * nodes.  It's not clear that any other behaviour is better.
- *
- * Note that if you transfer devices from a 64-bit-devt machine (say,
- * Solaris) to a 32-bit-devt machine (say, Linux-2.2/x86) then the
- * device numbers will be truncated.  But it's a kind of silly thing
- * to do anyhow.
- *
- * FIXME: I don't think the code in flist.c has ever worked on a system
- * where dev_t is a struct.
- */
-
-struct idev {
-	int64 inode;
-	int64 dev;
+struct hashtable {
+	void *nodes;
+	int32 size, entries;
+	uint32 node_size;
+	int key64;
 };
 
+struct ht_int32_node {
+	void *data;
+	int32 key;
+};
+
+struct ht_int64_node {
+	void *data;
+	int64 key;
+};
+
+#define HT_NODE(tbl, bkts, i) ((void*)((char*)(bkts) + (i)*(tbl)->node_size))
+#define HT_KEY(node, k64) ((k64)? ((struct ht_int64_node*)(node))->key \
+			 : (int64)((struct ht_int32_node*)(node))->key)
+
 #ifndef MIN
 #define MIN(a,b) ((a)<(b)?(a):(b))
 #endif
@@ -443,8 +576,6 @@ struct idev {
 #define MAXHOSTNAMELEN 256
 #endif
 
-/* the length of the md4 checksum */
-#define MD4_SUM_LENGTH 16
 #define SUM_LENGTH 16
 #define SHORT_SUM_LENGTH 2
 #define BLOCKSUM_BIAS 10
@@ -453,6 +584,14 @@ struct idev {
 #define MAXPATHLEN 1024
 #endif
 
+/* We want a roomy line buffer that can hold more than MAXPATHLEN,
+ * and significantly more than an overly short MAXPATHLEN. */
+#if MAXPATHLEN < 4096
+#define BIGPATHBUFLEN (4096+1024)
+#else
+#define BIGPATHBUFLEN (MAXPATHLEN+1024)
+#endif
+
 #ifndef NAME_MAX
 #define NAME_MAX 255
 #endif
@@ -465,46 +604,104 @@ struct idev {
 #define IN_LOOPBACKNET 127
 #endif
 
-#define GID_NONE ((gid_t)-1)
+#if HAVE_UNIXWARE_ACLS|HAVE_SOLARIS_ACLS|HAVE_HPUX_ACLS
+#define ACLS_NEED_MASK 1
+#endif
 
-#define HL_CHECK_MASTER	0
-#define HL_SKIP		1
-
-struct hlink {
-	struct file_struct *next;
-	int hlindex;
+union file_extras {
+	int32 num;
+	uint32 unum;
 };
 
-#define F_DEV	link_u.idev->dev
-#define F_INODE	link_u.idev->inode
-
-#define F_HLINDEX link_u.links->hlindex
-#define F_NEXT	link_u.links->next
-
 struct file_struct {
-	union {
-		dev_t rdev;	/* The device number, if this is a device */
-		char *sum;	/* Only a normal file can have a checksum */
-		char *link;	/* Points to symlink string, if a symlink */
-	} u;
-	OFF_T length;
-	char *basename;		/* The current item's name (AKA filename) */
-	char *dirname;		/* The directory info inside the transfer */
-	union {
-		char *root;	/* Sender-side dir info outside transfer */
-		int depth;	/* Receiver-side directory depth info */
-	} dir;
-	union {
-		struct idev *idev;
-		struct hlink *links;
-	} link_u;
-	time_t modtime;
-	uid_t uid;
-	gid_t gid;
-	mode_t mode;
-	uchar flags;	/* this item MUST remain last */
+	const char *dirname;	/* The dir info inside the transfer */
+	time_t modtime;		/* When the item was last modified */
+	uint32 len32;		/* Lowest 32 bits of the file's length */
+	uint16 mode;		/* The item's type and permissions */
+	uint16 flags;		/* The FLAG_* bits for this item */
+	const char basename[1];	/* The basename (AKA filename) follows */
 };
 
+extern int file_extra_cnt;
+extern int inc_recurse;
+extern int uid_ndx;
+extern int gid_ndx;
+extern int acls_ndx;
+extern int xattrs_ndx;
+
+#define FILE_STRUCT_LEN (offsetof(struct file_struct, basename))
+#define EXTRA_LEN (sizeof (union file_extras))
+#define PTR_EXTRA_CNT ((sizeof (char *) + EXTRA_LEN - 1) / EXTRA_LEN)
+#define DEV_EXTRA_CNT 2
+#define DIRNODE_EXTRA_CNT 3
+#define SUM_EXTRA_CNT ((MAX_DIGEST_LEN + EXTRA_LEN - 1) / EXTRA_LEN)
+
+#define REQ_EXTRA(f,ndx) ((union file_extras*)(f) - (ndx))
+#define OPT_EXTRA(f,bump) ((union file_extras*)(f) - file_extra_cnt - 1 - (bump))
+
+#define LEN64_BUMP(f) ((f)->flags & FLAG_LENGTH64 ? 1 : 0)
+#define HLINK_BUMP(f) ((f)->flags & (FLAG_HLINKED|FLAG_HLINK_DONE) ? inc_recurse+1 : 0)
+#define ACL_BUMP(f) (acls_ndx ? 1 : 0)
+
+/* The length applies to all items. */
+#if SIZEOF_INT64 < 8
+#define F_LENGTH(f) ((int64)(f)->len32)
+#else
+#define F_LENGTH(f) ((int64)(f)->len32 + ((f)->flags & FLAG_LENGTH64 \
+		   ? (int64)OPT_EXTRA(f, 0)->unum << 32 : 0))
+#endif
+
+/* If there is a symlink string, it is always right after the basename */
+#define F_SYMLINK(f) ((f)->basename + strlen((f)->basename) + 1)
+
+/* The sending side always has this available: */
+#define F_PATHNAME(f) (*(const char**)REQ_EXTRA(f, PTR_EXTRA_CNT))
+
+/* The receiving side always has this available: */
+#define F_DEPTH(f) REQ_EXTRA(f, 1)->num
+
+/* When the associated option is on, all entries will have these present: */
+#define F_OWNER(f) REQ_EXTRA(f, uid_ndx)->unum
+#define F_GROUP(f) REQ_EXTRA(f, gid_ndx)->unum
+#define F_ACL(f) REQ_EXTRA(f, acls_ndx)->num
+#define F_XATTR(f) REQ_EXTRA(f, xattrs_ndx)->num
+#define F_NDX(f) REQ_EXTRA(f, unsort_ndx)->num
+
+/* These items are per-entry optional: */
+#define F_HL_GNUM(f) OPT_EXTRA(f, LEN64_BUMP(f))->num /* non-dirs */
+#define F_HL_PREV(f) OPT_EXTRA(f, LEN64_BUMP(f)+inc_recurse)->num /* non-dirs */
+#define F_DIR_NODE_P(f) (&OPT_EXTRA(f, LEN64_BUMP(f) \
+				+ DIRNODE_EXTRA_CNT - 1)->num) /* sender dirs */
+#define F_DIR_RELNAMES_P(f) (&OPT_EXTRA(f, LEN64_BUMP(f) + DIRNODE_EXTRA_CNT \
+				+ PTR_EXTRA_CNT - 1)->num) /* sender dirs */
+#define F_DIR_DEFACL(f) OPT_EXTRA(f, LEN64_BUMP(f))->unum /* receiver dirs */
+#define F_DIR_DEV_P(f) (&OPT_EXTRA(f, LEN64_BUMP(f) + ACL_BUMP(f) \
+				+ DEV_EXTRA_CNT - 1)->unum) /* receiver dirs */
+
+/* This optional item might follow an F_HL_*() item.
+ * (Note: a device doesn't need to check LEN64_BUMP(f).) */
+#define F_RDEV_P(f) (&OPT_EXTRA(f, HLINK_BUMP(f) + DEV_EXTRA_CNT - 1)->unum)
+
+/* The sum is only present on regular files. */
+#define F_SUM(f) ((char*)OPT_EXTRA(f, LEN64_BUMP(f) + HLINK_BUMP(f) \
+				    + SUM_EXTRA_CNT - 1))
+
+/* Some utility defines: */
+#define F_IS_ACTIVE(f) (f)->basename[0]
+#define F_IS_HLINKED(f) ((f)->flags & FLAG_HLINKED)
+
+#define F_HLINK_NOT_FIRST(f) BITS_SETnUNSET((f)->flags, FLAG_HLINKED, FLAG_HLINK_FIRST)
+#define F_HLINK_NOT_LAST(f) BITS_SETnUNSET((f)->flags, FLAG_HLINKED, FLAG_HLINK_LAST)
+
+/* These access the F_DIR_DEV_P() and F_RDEV_P() values: */
+#define DEV_MAJOR(a) (a)[0]
+#define DEV_MINOR(a) (a)[1]
+
+/* These access the F_DIRS_NODE_P() values: */
+#define DIR_PARENT(a) (a)[0]
+#define DIR_FIRST_CHILD(a) (a)[1]
+#define DIR_NEXT_SIBLING(a) (a)[2]
+
 /*
  * Start the flist array at FLIST_START entries and grow it
  * by doubling until FLIST_LINEAR then grow by FLIST_LINEAR
@@ -513,27 +710,30 @@ struct file_struct {
 #define FLIST_LINEAR	(FLIST_START * 512)
 
 /*
- * Extent size for allocation pools A minimum size of 128KB
+ * Extent size for allocation pools: A minimum size of 128KB
  * is needed to mmap them so that freeing will release the
  * space to the OS.
  *
  * Larger sizes reduce leftover fragments and speed free calls
- * (when they happen) Smaller sizes increase the chance of
+ * (when they happen). Smaller sizes increase the chance of
  * freed allocations freeing whole extents.
  */
-#define FILE_EXTENT	(256 * 1024)
-#define HLINK_EXTENT	(128 * 1024)
+#define NORMAL_EXTENT	(256 * 1024)
+#define SMALL_EXTENT	(128 * 1024)
 
-#define WITH_HLINK	1
-#define WITHOUT_HLINK	0
+#define FLIST_TEMP	(1<<1)
 
 struct file_list {
-	struct file_struct **files;
+	struct file_list *next, *prev;
+	struct file_struct **files, **sorted;
 	alloc_pool_t file_pool;
-	alloc_pool_t hlink_pool;
-	int count;
-	int malloced;
-	int low, high;
+	void *pool_boundary;
+	int used, malloced;
+	int low, high;  /* 0-relative index values excluding empties */
+	int ndx_start;  /* the start offset for inc_recurse mode */
+	int flist_num;  /* 1-relative file_list number or 0 */
+	int parent_ndx; /* dir_flist index of parent directory */
+	int in_progress, to_redo;
 };
 
 #define SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET	(1<<0)
@@ -542,6 +742,7 @@ struct sum_buf {
 	OFF_T offset;		/**< offset in file of this chunk */
 	int32 len;		/**< length of chunk of file */
 	uint32 sum1;	        /**< simple checksum */
+	int32 chain;		/**< next hash-table collision */
 	short flags;		/**< flag bits */
 	char sum2[SUM_LENGTH];	/**< checksum  */
 };
@@ -569,11 +770,11 @@ struct map_struct {
 
 #define MATCHFLG_WILD		(1<<0) /* pattern has '*', '[', and/or '?' */
 #define MATCHFLG_WILD2		(1<<1) /* pattern has '**' */
-#define MATCHFLG_WILD2_PREFIX	(1<<2) /* pattern starts with '**' */
-#define MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH	(1<<3) /* path-match on absolute path */
-#define MATCHFLG_INCLUDE	(1<<4) /* this is an include, not an exclude */
-#define MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY	(1<<5) /* this matches only directories */
-#define MATCHFLG_CLEAR_LIST 	(1<<6) /* this item is the "!" token */
+#define MATCHFLG_WILD2_PREFIX	(1<<2) /* pattern starts with "**" */
+#define MATCHFLG_WILD3_SUFFIX	(1<<3) /* pattern ends with "***" */
+#define MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH	(1<<4) /* path-match on absolute path */
+#define MATCHFLG_INCLUDE	(1<<5) /* this is an include, not an exclude */
+#define MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY	(1<<6) /* this matches only directories */
 #define MATCHFLG_WORD_SPLIT	(1<<7) /* split rules on whitespace */
 #define MATCHFLG_NO_INHERIT	(1<<8) /* don't inherit these rules */
 #define MATCHFLG_NO_PREFIXES	(1<<9) /* parse no prefixes from patterns */
@@ -585,10 +786,13 @@ struct map_struct {
 #define MATCHFLG_CVS_IGNORE	(1<<15)/* rule was -C or :C */
 #define MATCHFLG_SENDER_SIDE	(1<<16)/* rule applies to the sending side */
 #define MATCHFLG_RECEIVER_SIDE	(1<<17)/* rule applies to the receiving side */
+#define MATCHFLG_CLEAR_LIST 	(1<<18)/* this item is the "!" token */
+#define MATCHFLG_PERISHABLE	(1<<19)/* perishable if parent dir goes away */
 
 #define MATCHFLGS_FROM_CONTAINER (MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH | MATCHFLG_INCLUDE \
 				| MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY | MATCHFLG_SENDER_SIDE \
-				| MATCHFLG_NEGATE | MATCHFLG_RECEIVER_SIDE)
+				| MATCHFLG_NEGATE | MATCHFLG_RECEIVER_SIDE \
+				| MATCHFLG_PERISHABLE)
 
 struct filter_struct {
 	struct filter_struct *next;
@@ -615,21 +819,92 @@ struct stats {
 	int64 matched_data;
 	int64 flist_buildtime;
 	int64 flist_xfertime;
-	int flist_size;
+	int64 flist_size;
 	int num_files;
 	int num_transferred_files;
-	int current_file_index;
 };
 
+struct chmod_mode_struct;
+
+#define EMPTY_ITEM_LIST {NULL, 0, 0}
+
+typedef struct {
+	void *items;
+	size_t count;
+	size_t malloced;
+} item_list;
+
+#define EXPAND_ITEM_LIST(lp, type, incr) \
+	(type*)expand_item_list(lp, sizeof (type), #type, incr)
+
+#define EMPTY_XBUF {NULL, 0, 0, 0}
+
+typedef struct {
+	char *buf;
+	size_t pos;  /* pos = read pos in the buf */
+	size_t len;  /* len = chars following pos */
+	size_t size; /* size = total space in buf */
+} xbuf;
+
+#define INIT_XBUF(xb, str, ln, sz) (xb).buf = (str), (xb).len = (ln), (xb).size = (sz), (xb).pos = 0
+#define INIT_XBUF_STRLEN(xb, str) (xb).buf = (str), (xb).len = strlen((xb).buf), (xb).size = (-1), (xb).pos = 0
+/* This one is used to make an output xbuf based on a char[] buffer: */
+#define INIT_CONST_XBUF(xb, bf) (xb).buf = (bf), (xb).size = sizeof (bf), (xb).len = (xb).pos = 0
+
+#define ICB_EXPAND_OUT (1<<0)
+#define ICB_INCLUDE_BAD (1<<1)
+#define ICB_INCLUDE_INCOMPLETE (1<<2)
+
+#define RL_EOL_NULLS (1<<0)
+#define RL_DUMP_COMMENTS (1<<1)
+#define RL_CONVERT (1<<2)
+
+typedef struct {
+	char name_type;
+	char fname[1]; /* has variable size */
+} relnamecache;
 
 #include "byteorder.h"
-#include "lib/mdfour.h"
+#include "lib/mdigest.h"
 #include "lib/wildmatch.h"
 #include "lib/permstring.h"
 #include "lib/addrinfo.h"
 
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+#define __attribute__(x)
+#else
+# if __GNUC__ <= 2
+# define NORETURN
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#define UNUSED(x) x __attribute__((__unused__))
+#ifndef NORETURN
+#define NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
+#endif
+
+typedef struct {
+    STRUCT_STAT st;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+    struct rsync_acl *acc_acl; /* access ACL */
+    struct rsync_acl *def_acl; /* default ACL */
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+    item_list *xattr;
+#endif
+} stat_x;
+
+#define ACL_READY(sx) ((sx).acc_acl != NULL)
+#define XATTR_READY(sx) ((sx).xattr != NULL)
+
 #include "proto.h"
 
+#ifndef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+#define x_stat(fn,fst,xst) do_stat(fn,fst)
+#define x_lstat(fn,fst,xst) do_lstat(fn,fst)
+#define x_fstat(fd,fst,xst) do_fstat(fd,fst)
+#endif
+
 /* We have replacement versions of these if they're missing. */
 #ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF
 int asprintf(char **ptr, const char *format, ...);
@@ -646,7 +921,7 @@ int vsnprintf(char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt, va_list args);
 
 #if !defined HAVE_SNPRINTF || !defined HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF
 #define snprintf rsync_snprintf
-int snprintf(char *str,size_t count,const char *fmt,...);
+int snprintf(char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt,...);
 #endif
 
 
@@ -664,10 +939,19 @@ extern char *sys_errlist[];
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
-#define SUPPORT_LINKS HAVE_READLINK
-#define SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS HAVE_LINK
+#ifdef HAVE_READLINK
+#define SUPPORT_LINKS 1
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_LINK
+#define SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS 1
+#endif
 
-#define SIGNAL_CAST (RETSIGTYPE (*)())
+#ifdef HAVE_SIGACTION
+#define SIGACTION(n,h) sigact.sa_handler=(h), sigaction((n),&sigact,NULL)
+#define signal(n,h) we_need_to_call_SIGACTION_not_signal(n,h)
+#else
+#define SIGACTION(n,h) signal(n,h)
+#endif
 
 #ifndef EWOULDBLOCK
 #define EWOULDBLOCK EAGAIN
@@ -764,7 +1048,8 @@ extern int errno;
 #define INADDR_NONE 0xffffffff
 #endif
 
-#define IS_DEVICE(mode) (S_ISCHR(mode) || S_ISBLK(mode) || S_ISSOCK(mode) || S_ISFIFO(mode))
+#define IS_SPECIAL(mode) (S_ISSOCK(mode) || S_ISFIFO(mode))
+#define IS_DEVICE(mode) (S_ISCHR(mode) || S_ISBLK(mode))
 
 /* Initial mask on permissions given to temporary files.  Mask off setuid
      bits and group access because of potential race-condition security
@@ -772,20 +1057,14 @@ extern int errno;
 #define INITACCESSPERMS 0700
 
 /* handler for null strings in printf format */
-#define NS(s) ((s)?safe_fname(s):"<NULL>")
-
-#if !defined __GNUC__ || defined __APPLE__
-/* Apparently the OS X port of gcc gags on __attribute__.
- *
- * <http://www.opensource.apple.com/bugs/X/gcc/2512150.html> */
-#define __attribute__(x)
-
-#endif
+#define NS(s) ((s)?(s):"<NULL>")
 
 /* Convenient wrappers for malloc and realloc.  Use them. */
-#define new(type) ((type *)malloc(sizeof(type)))
-#define new_array(type, num) ((type *)_new_array(sizeof(type), (num)))
-#define realloc_array(ptr, type, num) ((type *)_realloc_array((ptr), sizeof(type), (num)))
+#define new(type) ((type*)malloc(sizeof (type)))
+#define new0(type) ((type*)calloc(1, sizeof (type)))
+#define new_array(type, num) ((type*)_new_array((num), sizeof (type), 0))
+#define new_array0(type, num) ((type*)_new_array((num), sizeof (type), 1))
+#define realloc_array(ptr, type, num) ((type*)_realloc_array((ptr), sizeof(type), (num)))
 
 /* use magic gcc attributes to catch format errors */
  void rprintf(enum logcode , const char *, ...)
@@ -798,10 +1077,6 @@ void rsyserr(enum logcode, int, const char *, ...)
      __attribute__((format (printf, 3, 4)))
      ;
 
-#ifdef REPLACE_INET_NTOA
-#define inet_ntoa rep_inet_ntoa
-#endif
-
 /* Make sure that the O_BINARY flag is defined. */
 #ifndef O_BINARY
 #define O_BINARY 0
@@ -818,6 +1093,9 @@ size_t strlcat(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize);
 #ifndef WEXITSTATUS
 #define	WEXITSTATUS(stat)	((int)(((stat)>>8)&0xFF))
 #endif
+#ifndef WIFEXITED
+#define	WIFEXITED(stat)		((int)((stat)&0xFF) == 0)
+#endif
 
 #define exit_cleanup(code) _exit_cleanup(code, __FILE__, __LINE__)
 
@@ -833,6 +1111,11 @@ size_t strlcat(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize);
 #define MY_GID() getgid()
 #endif
 
+#ifdef FORCE_FD_ZERO_MEMSET
+#undef FD_ZERO
+#define FD_ZERO(fdsetp) memset(fdsetp, 0, sizeof (fd_set))
+#endif
+
 extern int verbose;
 
 #ifndef HAVE_INET_NTOP
@@ -846,7 +1129,3 @@ int inet_pton(int af, const char *src, void *dst);
 #ifdef MAINTAINER_MODE
 const char *get_panic_action(void);
 #endif
-
-#define UNUSED(x) x __attribute__((__unused__))
-
-extern const char *io_write_phase, *io_read_phase;

rsyncd.conf.yo

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 mailto(rsync-bugs@samba.org)
-manpage(rsyncd.conf)(5)(22 Feb 2005)()()
-manpagename(rsyncd.conf)(configuration file for rsync server)
+manpage(rsyncd.conf)(5)(8 Apr 2008)()()
+manpagename(rsyncd.conf)(configuration file for rsync in daemon mode)
 manpagesynopsis()
 
 rsyncd.conf
@@ -8,27 +8,27 @@ rsyncd.conf
 manpagedescription()
 
 The rsyncd.conf file is the runtime configuration file for rsync when
-run as an rsync server. 
+run as an rsync daemon.
 
 The rsyncd.conf file controls authentication, access, logging and
 available modules.
 
 manpagesection(FILE FORMAT)
 
-The file consists of modules and parameters. A module begins with the 
+The file consists of modules and parameters. A module begins with the
 name of the module in square brackets and continues until the next
-module begins. Modules contain parameters of the form 'name = value'.
+module begins. Modules contain parameters of the form "name = value".
 
 The file is line-based -- that is, each newline-terminated line represents
 either a comment, a module name or a parameter.
 
-Only the first equals sign in a parameter is significant. Whitespace before 
+Only the first equals sign in a parameter is significant. Whitespace before
 or after the first equals sign is discarded. Leading, trailing and internal
 whitespace in module and parameter names is irrelevant. Leading and
 trailing whitespace in a parameter value is discarded. Internal whitespace
 within a parameter value is retained verbatim.
 
-Any line beginning with a hash (#) is ignored, as are lines containing 
+Any line beginning with a hash (#) is ignored, as are lines containing
 only whitespace.
 
 Any line ending in a \ is "continued" on the next line in the
@@ -37,12 +37,12 @@ customary UNIX fashion.
 The values following the equals sign in parameters are all either a string
 (no quotes needed) or a boolean, which may be given as yes/no, 0/1 or
 true/false. Case is not significant in boolean values, but is preserved
-in string values. 
+in string values.
 
 manpagesection(LAUNCHING THE RSYNC DAEMON)
 
 The rsync daemon is launched by specifying the bf(--daemon) option to
-rsync. 
+rsync.
 
 The daemon must run with root privileges if you wish to use chroot, to
 bind to a port numbered under 1024 (as is the default 873), or to set
@@ -52,30 +52,27 @@ write the appropriate data, log, and lock files.
 You can launch it either via inetd, as a stand-alone daemon, or from
 an rsync client via a remote shell.  If run as a stand-alone daemon then
 just run the command "bf(rsync --daemon)" from a suitable startup script.
-If run from an rsync client via a remote shell (by specifying both the
-bf(--rsh) (bf(-e)) option and server mode with "::" or "rsync://"), the bf(--daemon)
-option is automatically passed to the remote side.
 
 When run via inetd you should add a line like this to /etc/services:
 
 verb(  rsync           873/tcp)
 
 and a single line something like this to /etc/inetd.conf:
-    
+
 verb(  rsync   stream  tcp     nowait  root   /usr/bin/rsync rsyncd --daemon)
 
 Replace "/usr/bin/rsync" with the path to where you have rsync installed on
 your system.  You will then need to send inetd a HUP signal to tell it to
 reread its config file.
 
-Note that you should not send the rsync server a HUP signal to force
+Note that you should bf(not) send the rsync daemon a HUP signal to force
 it to reread the tt(rsyncd.conf) file. The file is re-read on each client
-connection. 
+connection.
 
 manpagesection(GLOBAL OPTIONS)
 
 The first parameters in the file (before a [module] header) are the
-global parameters. 
+global parameters.
 
 You may also include any module parameters in the global part of the
 config file in which case the supplied value will override the
@@ -87,28 +84,25 @@ dit(bf(motd file)) The "motd file" option allows you to specify a
 usually contains site information and any legal notices. The default
 is no motd file.
 
-dit(bf(log file)) The "log file" option tells the rsync daemon to log
-messages to that file rather than using syslog. This is particularly
-useful on systems (such as AIX) where syslog() doesn't work for
-chrooted programs.
-
 dit(bf(pid file)) The "pid file" option tells the rsync daemon to write
-its process ID to that file.
+its process ID to that file.  If the file already exists, the rsync
+daemon will abort rather than overwrite the file.
 
-dit(bf(syslog facility)) The "syslog facility" option allows you to
-specify the syslog facility name to use when logging messages from the
-rsync server. You may use any standard syslog facility name which is
-defined on your system. Common names are auth, authpriv, cron, daemon,
-ftp, kern, lpr, mail, news, security, syslog, user, uucp, local0,
-local1, local2, local3, local4, local5, local6 and local7. The default
-is daemon. 
+dit(bf(port)) You can override the default port the daemon will listen on
+by specifying this value (defaults to 873).  This is ignored if the daemon
+is being run by inetd, and is superseded by the bf(--port) command-line option.
+
+dit(bf(address)) You can override the default IP address the daemon
+will listen on by specifying this value.  This is ignored if the daemon is
+being run by inetd, and is superseded by the bf(--address) command-line option.
 
 dit(bf(socket options)) This option can provide endless fun for people
 who like to tune their systems to the utmost degree. You can set all
 sorts of socket options which may make transfers faster (or
-slower!). Read the man page for the setsockopt() system call for
+slower!). Read the man page for the code(setsockopt()) system call for
 details on some of the options you may be able to set. By default no
-special socket options are set.
+special socket options are set.  These settings are superseded by the
+bf(--sockopts) command-line option.
 
 enddit()
 
@@ -119,6 +113,10 @@ After the global options you should define a number of modules, each
 module exports a directory tree as a symbolic name. Modules are
 exported by specifying a module name in square brackets [module]
 followed by the options for that module.
+The module name cannot contain a slash or a closing square bracket.  If the
+name contains whitespace, each internal sequence of whitespace will be
+changed into a single space, while leading or trailing whitespace will be
+discarded.
 
 startdit()
 
@@ -126,75 +124,173 @@ dit(bf(comment)) The "comment" option specifies a description string
 that is displayed next to the module name when clients obtain a list
 of available modules. The default is no comment.
 
-dit(bf(path)) The "path" option specifies the directory in the servers
+dit(bf(path)) The "path" option specifies the directory in the daemon's
 filesystem to make available in this module.  You must specify this option
 for each module in tt(rsyncd.conf).
 
-dit(bf(use chroot)) If "use chroot" is true, the rsync server will chroot
+dit(bf(use chroot)) If "use chroot" is true, the rsync daemon will chroot
 to the "path" before starting the file transfer with the client.  This has
 the advantage of extra protection against possible implementation security
-holes, but it has the disadvantages of requiring super-user privileges, 
+holes, but it has the disadvantages of requiring super-user privileges,
 of not being able to follow symbolic links that are either absolute or outside
-of the new root path, and of complicating the preservation of usernames and groups
-(see below).  When "use chroot" is false, for security reasons,
-symlinks may only be relative paths pointing to other files within the root
-path, and leading slashes are removed from most absolute paths (options
-such as bf(--backup-dir), bf(--compare-dest), etc. interpret an absolute path as
-rooted in the module's "path" dir, just as if chroot was specified).
-The default for "use chroot" is true.
+of the new root path, and of complicating the preservation of users and groups
+by name (see below).
 
-In order to preserve usernames and groupnames, rsync needs to be able to
+As an additional safety feature, you can specify a dot-dir in the module's
+"path" to indicate the point where the chroot should occur.  This allows rsync
+to run in a chroot with a non-"/" path for the top of the transfer hierarchy.
+Doing this guards against unintended library loading (since those absolute
+paths will not be inside the transfer hierarchy unless you have used an unwise
+pathname), and lets you setup libraries for the chroot that are outside of the
+transfer.  For example, specifying "/var/rsync/./module1" will chroot to the
+"/var/rsync" directory and set the inside-chroot path to "/module1".  If you
+had omitted the dot-dir, the chroot would have used the whole path, and the
+inside-chroot path would have been "/".
+
+When "use chroot" is false or the inside-chroot path is not "/", rsync will:
+(1) munge symlinks by
+default for security reasons (see "munge symlinks" for a way to turn this
+off, but only if you trust your users), (2) substitute leading slashes in
+absolute paths with the module's path (so that options such as
+bf(--backup-dir), bf(--compare-dest), etc. interpret an absolute path as
+rooted in the module's "path" dir), and (3) trim ".." path elements from
+args if rsync believes they would escape the module hierarchy.
+The default for "use chroot" is true, and is the safer choice (especially
+if the module is not read-only).
+
+When this option is enabled, rsync will not attempt to map users and groups
+by name (by default), but instead copy IDs as though bf(--numeric-ids) had
+been specified.  In order to enable name-mapping, rsync needs to be able to
 use the standard library functions for looking up names and IDs (i.e.
-getpwuid(), getgrgid(), getpwname(), and getgrnam()).  This means a
-process in the chroot namespace will need to have access to the resources
+code(getpwuid()), code(getgrgid()), code(getpwname()), and code(getgrnam())).
+This means the rsync
+process in the chroot hierarchy will need to have access to the resources
 used by these library functions (traditionally /etc/passwd and
-/etc/group).  If these resources are not available, rsync will only be
-able to copy the IDs, just as if the bf(--numeric-ids) option had been
-specified.
+/etc/group, but perhaps additional dynamic libraries as well).
 
-Note that you are free to setup user/group information in the chroot area
-differently from your normal system.  For example, you could abbreviate
-the list of users and groups.  Also, you can protect this information from
-being downloaded/uploaded by adding an exclude rule to the rsync.conf file
-(e.g. "exclude = /etc/").  Note that having the exclusion affect uploads
-is a relatively new feature in rsync, so make sure your server is running
-at least 2.6.3 to effect this.
+If you copy the necessary resources into the module's chroot area, you
+should protect them through your OS's normal user/group or ACL settings (to
+prevent the rsync module's user from being able to change them), and then
+hide them from the user's view via "exclude" (see how in the discussion of
+that option).  At that point it will be safe to enable the mapping of users
+and groups by name using the "numeric ids" daemon option (see below).
 
-dit(bf(port)) You can override the default port the daemon will listen on
-by specifying this value (defaults to 873).  This is ignored if the daemon
-is being run by inetd, and is superseded by the bf(--port) command-line option.
+Note also that you are free to setup custom user/group information in the
+chroot area that is different from your normal system.  For example, you
+could abbreviate the list of users and groups.
 
-dit(bf(address)) You can override the default IP address the daemon
-will listen on by specifying this value.  This is ignored if the daemon is
-being run by inetd, and is superseded by the bf(--address) command-line option.
+dit(bf(numeric ids)) Enabling the "numeric ids" option disables the mapping
+of users and groups by name for the current daemon module.  This prevents
+the daemon from trying to load any user/group-related files or libraries.
+Enabling this option makes the transfer behave as if the client had passed
+the bf(--numeric-ids) command-line option.  By default, this parameter is
+enabled for chroot modules and disabled for non-chroot modules.
+
+A chroot-enabled module should not have this option enabled unless you've
+taken steps to ensure that the module has the necessary resources it needs
+to translate names, and that it is not possible for a user to change those
+resources.
+
+dit(bf(munge symlinks))  The "munge symlinks" option tells rsync to modify
+all incoming symlinks in a way that makes them unusable but recoverable
+(see below).  This should help protect your files from user trickery when
+your daemon module is writable.  The default is disabled when "use chroot"
+is on and the inside-chroot path is "/", otherwise it is enabled.
+
+If you disable this option on a daemon that is not read-only, there
+are tricks that a user can play with uploaded symlinks to access
+daemon-excluded items (if your module has any), and, if "use chroot"
+is off, rsync can even be tricked into showing or changing data that
+is outside the module's path (as access-permissions allow).
+
+The way rsync disables the use of symlinks is to prefix each one with
+the string "/rsyncd-munged/".  This prevents the links from being used
+as long as that directory does not exist.  When this option is enabled,
+rsync will refuse to run if that path is a directory or a symlink to
+a directory.  When using the "munge symlinks" option in a chroot area
+that has an inside-chroot path of "/", you should add "/rsyncd-munged/"
+to the exclude setting for the module so that
+a user can't try to create it.
+
+Note:  rsync makes no attempt to verify that any pre-existing symlinks in
+the hierarchy are as safe as you want them to be.  If you setup an rsync
+daemon on a new area or locally add symlinks, you can manually protect your
+symlinks from being abused by prefixing "/rsyncd-munged/" to the start of
+every symlink's value.  There is a perl script in the support directory
+of the source code named "munge-symlinks" that can be used to add or remove
+this prefix from your symlinks.
+
+When this option is disabled on a writable module and "use chroot" is off
+(or the inside-chroot path is not "/"),
+incoming symlinks will be modified to drop a leading slash and to remove ".."
+path elements that rsync believes will allow a symlink to escape the module's
+hierarchy.  There are tricky ways to work around this, though, so you had
+better trust your users if you choose this combination of options.
+
+dit(bf(charset)) This specifies the name of the character set in which the
+module's filenames are stored.  If the client uses an bf(--iconv) option,
+the daemon will use the value of the "charset" parameter regardless of the
+character set the client actually passed.  This allows the daemon to
+support charset conversion in a chroot module without extra files in the
+chroot area, and also ensures that name-translation is done in a consistent
+manner.  If the "charset" parameter is not set, the bf(--iconv) option is
+refused, just as if "iconv" had been specified via "refuse options".
+
+If you wish to force users to always use bf(--iconv) for a particular
+module, add "no-iconv" to the "refuse options" parameter.  Keep in mind
+that this will restrict access to your module to very new rsync clients.
 
 dit(bf(max connections)) The "max connections" option allows you to
 specify the maximum number of simultaneous connections you will allow.
 Any clients connecting when the maximum has been reached will receive a
-message telling them to try later.  The default is 0 which means no limit.
+message telling them to try later.  The default is 0, which means no limit.
+A negative value disables the module.
 See also the "lock file" option.
 
+dit(bf(log file)) When the "log file" option is set to a non-empty
+string, the rsync daemon will log messages to the indicated file rather
+than using syslog. This is particularly useful on systems (such as AIX)
+where code(syslog()) doesn't work for chrooted programs.  The file is
+opened before code(chroot()) is called, allowing it to be placed outside
+the transfer.  If this value is set on a per-module basis instead of
+globally, the global log will still contain any authorization failures
+or config-file error messages.
+
+If the daemon fails to open to specified file, it will fall back to
+using syslog and output an error about the failure.  (Note that the
+failure to open the specified log file used to be a fatal error.)
+
+dit(bf(syslog facility)) The "syslog facility" option allows you to
+specify the syslog facility name to use when logging messages from the
+rsync daemon. You may use any standard syslog facility name which is
+defined on your system. Common names are auth, authpriv, cron, daemon,
+ftp, kern, lpr, mail, news, security, syslog, user, uucp, local0,
+local1, local2, local3, local4, local5, local6 and local7. The default
+is daemon.  This setting has no effect if the "log file" setting is a
+non-empty string (either set in the per-modules settings, or inherited
+from the global settings).
+
 dit(bf(max verbosity)) The "max verbosity" option allows you to control
 the maximum amount of verbose information that you'll allow the daemon to
 generate (since the information goes into the log file). The default is 1,
 which allows the client to request one level of verbosity.
 
 dit(bf(lock file)) The "lock file" option specifies the file to use to
-support the "max connections" option. The rsync server uses record
+support the "max connections" option. The rsync daemon uses record
 locking on this file to ensure that the max connections limit is not
-exceeded for the modules sharing the lock file. 
+exceeded for the modules sharing the lock file.
 The default is tt(/var/run/rsyncd.lock).
 
 dit(bf(read only)) The "read only" option determines whether clients
 will be able to upload files or not. If "read only" is true then any
 attempted uploads will fail. If "read only" is false then uploads will
-be possible if file permissions on the server allow them. The default
+be possible if file permissions on the daemon side allow them. The default
 is for all modules to be read only.
 
 dit(bf(write only)) The "write only" option determines whether clients
 will be able to download files or not. If "write only" is true then any
 attempted downloads will fail. If "write only" is false then downloads
-will be possible if file permissions on the server allow them.  The
+will be possible if file permissions on the daemon side allow them.  The
 default is for this option to be disabled.
 
 dit(bf(list)) The "list" option determines if this module should be
@@ -213,49 +309,78 @@ file transfers to and from that module should take place as when the daemon
 was run as root. This complements the "uid" option. The default is gid -2,
 which is normally the group "nobody".
 
-dit(bf(filter)) The "filter" option allows you to specify a space-separated
-list of filter rules that the server will not allow to be read or written.
-This is only superficially equivalent to the client specifying these
-patterns with the bf(--filter) option.  Only one "filter" option may be
-specified, but it may contain as many rules as you like, including
-merge-file rules.  Note that per-directory merge-file rules do not provide
-as much protection as global rules, but they can be used to make bf(--delete)
-work better when a client downloads the server's files (if the per-dir
-merge files are included in the transfer).
+dit(bf(fake super)) Setting "fake super = yes" for a module causes the
+daemon side to behave as if the bf(--fake-user) command-line option had
+been specified.  This allows the full attributes of a file to be stored
+without having to have the daemon actually running as root.
 
-dit(bf(exclude)) The "exclude" option allows you to specify a
-space-separated list of patterns that the server will not allow to be read
-or written.  This is only superficially equivalent to the client
-specifying these patterns with the bf(--exclude) option.  Only one "exclude"
-option may be specified, but you can use "-" and "+" before patterns to
-specify exclude/include.
+dit(bf(filter)) The daemon has its own filter chain that determines what files
+it will let the client access.  This chain is not sent to the client and is
+independent of any filters the client may have specified.  Files excluded by
+the daemon filter chain (bf(daemon-excluded) files) are treated as non-existent
+if the client tries to pull them, are skipped with an error message if the
+client tries to push them (triggering exit code 23), and are never deleted from
+the module.  You can use daemon filters to prevent clients from downloading or
+tampering with private administrative files, such as files you may add to
+support uid/gid name translations.
 
-Because this exclude list is not passed to the client it only applies on
-the server: that is, it excludes files received by a client when receiving
-from a server and files deleted on a server when sending to a server, but
-it doesn't exclude files from being deleted on a client when receiving
-from a server.  
+The daemon filter chain is built from the "filter", "include from", "include",
+"exclude from", and "exclude" parameters, in that order of priority.  Anchored
+patterns are anchored at the root of the module.  To prevent access to an
+entire subtree, for example, "/secret", you em(must) exclude everything in the
+subtree; the easiest way to do this is with a triple-star pattern like
+"/secret/***".
 
-dit(bf(exclude from)) The "exclude from" option specifies a filename
-on the server that contains exclude patterns, one per line.
-This is only superficially equivalent
-to the client specifying the bf(--exclude-from) option with an equivalent file.
-See the "exclude" option above.
+The "filter" parameter takes a space-separated list of daemon filter rules,
+though it is smart enough to know not to split a token at an internal space in
+a rule (e.g. "- /foo  - /bar" is parsed as two rules).  You may specify one or
+more merge-file rules using the normal syntax.  Only one "filter" parameter can
+apply to a given module in the config file, so put all the rules you want in a
+single parameter.  Note that per-directory merge-file rules do not provide as
+much protection as global rules, but they can be used to make bf(--delete) work
+better during a client download operation if the per-dir merge files are
+included in the transfer and the client requests that they be used.
 
-dit(bf(include)) The "include" option allows you to specify a
-space-separated list of patterns which rsync should not exclude. This is
-only superficially equivalent to the client specifying these patterns with
-the bf(--include) option because it applies only on the server.  This is
-useful as it allows you to build up quite complex exclude/include rules.
-Only one "include" option may be specified, but you can use "+" and "-"
-before patterns to switch include/exclude.  See the "exclude" option
-above.
+dit(bf(exclude)) The "exclude" parameter takes a space-separated list of daemon
+exclude patterns.  As with the client bf(--exclude) option, patterns can be
+qualified with "- " or "+ " to explicitly indicate exclude/include.  Only one
+"exclude" parameter can apply to a given module.  See the "filter" parameter
+for a description of how excluded files affect the daemon.
 
-dit(bf(include from)) The "include from" option specifies a filename
-on the server that contains include patterns, one per line. This is
-only superficially equivalent to the client specifying the
-bf(--include-from) option with a equivalent file.
-See the "exclude" option above.
+dit(bf(include)) Use an "include" to override the effects of the "exclude"
+parameter.  Only one "include" parameter can apply to a given module.  See the
+"filter" parameter for a description of how excluded files affect the daemon.
+
+dit(bf(exclude from)) The "exclude from" parameter specifies the name of a file
+on the daemon that contains daemon exclude patterns, one per line.  Only one
+"exclude from" parameter can apply to a given module; if you have multiple
+exclude-from files, you can specify them as a merge file in the "filter"
+parameter.  See the "filter" parameter for a description of how excluded files
+affect the daemon.
+
+dit(bf(include from)) Analogue of "exclude from" for a file of daemon include
+patterns.  Only one "include from" parameter can apply to a given module.  See
+the "filter" parameter for a description of how excluded files affect the
+daemon.
+
+dit(bf(incoming chmod)) This option allows you to specify a set of
+comma-separated chmod strings that will affect the permissions of all
+incoming files (files that are being received by the daemon).  These
+changes happen after all other permission calculations, and this will
+even override destination-default and/or existing permissions when the
+client does not specify bf(--perms).
+See the description of the bf(--chmod) rsync option and the bf(chmod)(1)
+manpage for information on the format of this string.
+
+dit(bf(outgoing chmod)) This option allows you to specify a set of
+comma-separated chmod strings that will affect the permissions of all
+outgoing files (files that are being sent out from the daemon).  These
+changes happen first, making the sent permissions appear to be different
+than those stored in the filesystem itself.  For instance, you could
+disable group write permissions on the server while having it appear to
+be on to the clients.
+See the description of the bf(--chmod) rsync option and the bf(chmod)(1)
+manpage for information on the format of this string.
 
 dit(bf(auth users)) The "auth users" option specifies a comma and
 space-separated list of usernames that will be allowed to connect to
@@ -264,14 +389,14 @@ system. The usernames may also contain shell wildcard characters. If
 "auth users" is set then the client will be challenged to supply a
 username and password to connect to the module. A challenge response
 authentication protocol is used for this exchange. The plain text
-usernames are passwords are stored in the file specified by the
+usernames and passwords are stored in the file specified by the
 "secrets file" option. The default is for all users to be able to
 connect without a password (this is called "anonymous rsync").
 
-See also the bf(CONNECTING TO AN RSYNC SERVER OVER A REMOTE SHELL
-PROGRAM) section in rsync(1) for information on how handle an
+See also the "CONNECTING TO AN RSYNC DAEMON OVER A REMOTE SHELL
+PROGRAM" section in bf(rsync)(1) for information on how handle an
 rsyncd.conf-level username that differs from the remote-shell-level
-username when using a remote shell to connect to an rsync server.
+username when using a remote shell to connect to an rsync daemon.
 
 dit(bf(secrets file)) The "secrets file" option specifies the name of
 a file that contains the username:password pairs used for
@@ -281,13 +406,13 @@ username:password pairs separated by a single colon. Any line starting
 with a hash (#) is considered a comment and is skipped. The passwords
 can contain any characters but be warned that many operating systems
 limit the length of passwords that can be typed at the client end, so
-you may find that passwords longer than 8 characters don't work. 
+you may find that passwords longer than 8 characters don't work.
 
 There is no default for the "secrets file" option, you must choose a name
 (such as tt(/etc/rsyncd.secrets)).  The file must normally not be readable
 by "other"; see "strict modes".
 
-dit(bf(strict modes)) The "strict modes" option determines whether or not 
+dit(bf(strict modes)) The "strict modes" option determines whether or not
 the permissions on the secrets file will be checked.  If "strict modes" is
 true, then the secrets file must not be readable by any user ID other
 than the one that the rsync daemon is running under.  If "strict modes" is
@@ -301,7 +426,7 @@ connection is rejected.
 
 Each pattern can be in one of five forms:
 
-quote(itemize(
+quote(itemization(
   it() a dotted decimal IPv4 address of the form a.b.c.d, or an IPv6 address
   of the form a:b:c::d:e:f. In this case the incoming machine's IP address
   must match exactly.
@@ -329,10 +454,10 @@ tt(    fe80::%link1/ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff::)nl()
 )
 
 You can also combine "hosts allow" with a separate "hosts deny"
-option. If both options are specified then the "hosts allow" option s
+option. If both options are specified then the "hosts allow" option is
 checked first and a match results in the client being able to
 connect. The "hosts deny" option is then checked and a match means
-that the host is rejected. If the host does not match either the 
+that the host is rejected. If the host does not match either the
 "hosts allow" or the "hosts deny" patterns then it is allowed to
 connect.
 
@@ -346,110 +471,79 @@ rejected. See the "hosts allow" option for more information.
 The default is no "hosts deny" option, which means all hosts can connect.
 
 dit(bf(ignore errors)) The "ignore errors" option tells rsyncd to
-ignore I/O errors on the server when deciding whether to run the delete
+ignore I/O errors on the daemon when deciding whether to run the delete
 phase of the transfer. Normally rsync skips the bf(--delete) step if any
 I/O errors have occurred in order to prevent disastrous deletion due
 to a temporary resource shortage or other I/O error. In some cases this
 test is counter productive so you can use this option to turn off this
-behavior. 
+behavior.
 
-dit(bf(ignore nonreadable)) This tells the rsync server to completely
+dit(bf(ignore nonreadable)) This tells the rsync daemon to completely
 ignore files that are not readable by the user. This is useful for
 public archives that may have some non-readable files among the
 directories, and the sysadmin doesn't want those files to be seen at all.
 
-dit(bf(transfer logging)) The "transfer logging" option enables per-file 
+dit(bf(transfer logging)) The "transfer logging" option enables per-file
 logging of downloads and uploads in a format somewhat similar to that
-used by ftp daemons.  The server always logs the transfer at the end, so
+used by ftp daemons.  The daemon always logs the transfer at the end, so
 if a transfer is aborted, no mention will be made in the log file.
 
 If you want to customize the log lines, see the "log format" option.
 
 dit(bf(log format)) The "log format" option allows you to specify the
-format used for logging file transfers when transfer logging is
-enabled. The format is a text string containing embedded single
-character escape sequences prefixed with a percent (%) character.
-
-The prefixes that are understood are:
-
-quote(itemize(
-  it() %h for the remote host name
-  it() %a for the remote IP address
-  it() %l for the length of the file in bytes
-  it() %p for the process ID of this rsync session
-  it() %o for the operation, which is "send", "recv", or "del."
-  it() %f for the filename (long form on sender; no trailing "/")
-  it() %n for the filename (short form; trailing "/" on dir)
-  it() %L either the string " -> SYMLINK" or "" if not a symlink
-  it() %P for the module path
-  it() %m for the module name
-  it() %t for the current date time
-  it() %u for the authenticated username (or the null string)
-  it() %b for the number of bytes actually transferred 
-  it() %c when sending files this gives the number of checksum bytes
-    received for this file
-  it() %i an itemized list of what is being updated
-))
+format used for logging file transfers when transfer logging is enabled.
+The format is a text string containing embedded single-character escape
+sequences prefixed with a percent (%) character.  An optional numeric
+field width may also be specified between the percent and the escape
+letter (e.g. "bf(%-50n %8l %07p)").
 
 The default log format is "%o %h [%a] %m (%u) %f %l", and a "%t [%p] "
 is always prefixed when using the "log file" option.
+(A perl script that will summarize this default log format is included
+in the rsync source code distribution in the "support" subdirectory:
+rsyncstats.)
 
-A perl script called rsyncstats to summarize this format is included
-in the rsync source code distribution in the "support" subdirectory.
+The single-character escapes that are understood are as follows:
 
-The %i format is a set of cryptic characters that are output as follows:
-
-quote(tt(  =Xcstpog ITEM_NAME))
-
-The bf(=) is output as either a bf(<) (receive) or a bf(>) (send) if the
-item is being transferred, a bf(.) if only the attributes are being
-updated, or a bf(=) if the items are identical.  Note that when a symlink
-or a device gets its value changed, that is considered to be a transfer (as
-opposed to a change in permissions or ownership).
-
-The bf(X) will be replaced by one of the following: an "f" for a file, a
-"d" for a dir, an "L" for a symlink, or a "D" for a device.
-
-The rest of the letters in the string above are the actual letters that
-will be output if the associated attribute for the item is being updated or
-a "." for no change.  Three exceptions to this are: (1) a newly created
-item replaces each letter with a "+", (2) an identical item replaces each
-letter with a space, and (3) an unknown attribute replaces each letter with
-a "?" (this happens when talking to an older rsync).
-
-The attribute that is associated with each letter is as follows:
-
-quote(itemize(
-  it() A bf(c) means the checksum of the file is different and will be
-  updated by the file transfer (requries bf(--checksum)).
-  it() A bf(s) means the size of the file is different and will be updated
-  by the file transfer.
-  it() A bf(t) means the modified time is different and is being updated to
-  the server's value (requires bf(--times)).  An alternate value of bf(T)
-  means that the time will be set to the transfer time, which happens
-  anytime a symlink is transferred, or when a file or device is transferred
-  without bf(--times).
-  it() A bf(p) means the permissions are different and are being updated to
-  the server's value (requires bf(--perms)).
-  it() An bf(o) means the owner is being updated (requires bf(--owner) and
-  root privileges).
-  it() A bf(g) means the group is being updated (requires bf(--group) and
-  the authority to set the requested group).
+quote(itemization(
+  it() %a the remote IP address
+  it() %b the number of bytes actually transferred
+  it() %B the permission bits of the file (e.g. rwxrwxrwt)
+  it() %c the checksum bytes received for this file (only when sending)
+  it() %f the filename (long form on sender; no trailing "/")
+  it() %G the gid of the file (decimal) or "DEFAULT"
+  it() %h the remote host name
+  it() %i an itemized list of what is being updated
+  it() %l the length of the file in bytes
+  it() %L the string " -> SYMLINK", " => HARDLINK", or "" (where bf(SYMLINK) or bf(HARDLINK) is a filename)
+  it() %m the module name
+  it() %M the last-modified time of the file
+  it() %n the filename (short form; trailing "/" on dir)
+  it() %o the operation, which is "send", "recv", or "del." (the latter includes the trailing period)
+  it() %p the process ID of this rsync session
+  it() %P the module path
+  it() %t the current date time
+  it() %u the authenticated username or an empty string
+  it() %U the uid of the file (decimal)
 ))
 
-One other output is possible: when deleting files, each deleted file will
-be logged with the "%i" taking on a value of "deleting".
+For a list of what the characters mean that are output by "%i", see the
+bf(--itemize-changes) option in the rsync manpage.
+
+Note that some of the logged output changes when talking with older
+rsync versions.  For instance, deleted files were only output as verbose
+messages prior to rsync 2.6.4.
 
 dit(bf(timeout)) The "timeout" option allows you to override the
 clients choice for I/O timeout for this module. Using this option you
 can ensure that rsync won't wait on a dead client forever. The timeout
 is specified in seconds. A value of zero means no timeout and is the
-default. A good choice for anonymous rsync servers may be 600 (giving
+default. A good choice for anonymous rsync daemons may be 600 (giving
 a 10 minute timeout).
 
 dit(bf(refuse options)) The "refuse options" option allows you to
 specify a space-separated list of rsync command line options that will
-be refused by your rsync server.
+be refused by your rsync daemon.
 You may specify the full option name, its one-letter abbreviation, or a
 wild-card string that matches multiple options.
 For example, this would refuse bf(--checksum) (bf(-c)) and all the various
@@ -460,39 +554,77 @@ quote(tt(    refuse options = c delete))
 The reason the above refuses all delete options is that the options imply
 bf(--delete), and implied options are refused just like explicit options.
 As an additional safety feature, the refusal of "delete" also refuses
-bf(remove-sent-files) when the daemon is the sender; if you want the latter
+bf(remove-source-files) when the daemon is the sender; if you want the latter
 without the former, instead refuse "delete-*" -- that refuses all the
-delete modes without affecting bf(--remove-sent-files).
+delete modes without affecting bf(--remove-source-files).
 
-When an option is refused, the server prints an error message and exits.
-To prevent all compression, you can use "dont compress = *" (see below)
+When an option is refused, the daemon prints an error message and exits.
+To prevent all compression when serving files,
+you can use "dont compress = *" (see below)
 instead of "refuse options = compress" to avoid returning an error to a
 client that requests compression.
 
 dit(bf(dont compress)) The "dont compress" option allows you to select
 filenames based on wildcard patterns that should not be compressed
-during transfer. Compression is expensive in terms of CPU usage so it
+when pulling files from the daemon (no analogous option exists to
+govern the pushing of files to a daemon).
+Compression is expensive in terms of CPU usage, so it
 is usually good to not try to compress files that won't compress well,
-such as already compressed files. 
+such as already compressed files.
 
 The "dont compress" option takes a space-separated list of
 case-insensitive wildcard patterns. Any source filename matching one
 of the patterns will not be compressed during transfer.
 
-The default setting is tt(*.gz *.tgz *.zip *.z *.rpm *.deb *.iso *.bz2 *.tbz)
+See the bf(--skip-compress) option in the bf(rsync)(1) manpage for the list
+of file suffixes that are not compressed by default.  Specifying a value
+for the "dont compress" option changes the default when the daemon is
+the sender.
+
+dit(bf(pre-xfer exec), bf(post-xfer exec)) You may specify a command to be run
+before and/or after the transfer.  If the bf(pre-xfer exec) command fails, the
+transfer is aborted before it begins.
+
+The following environment variables will be set, though some are
+specific to the pre-xfer or the post-xfer environment:
+
+quote(itemization(
+  it() bf(RSYNC_MODULE_NAME): The name of the module being accessed.
+  it() bf(RSYNC_MODULE_PATH): The path configured for the module.
+  it() bf(RSYNC_HOST_ADDR): The accessing host's IP address.
+  it() bf(RSYNC_HOST_NAME): The accessing host's name.
+  it() bf(RSYNC_USER_NAME): The accessing user's name (empty if no user).
+  it() bf(RSYNC_PID): A unique number for this transfer.
+  it() bf(RSYNC_REQUEST): (pre-xfer only) The module/path info specified
+  by the user (note that the user can specify multiple source files,
+  so the request can be something like "mod/path1 mod/path2", etc.).
+  it() bf(RSYNC_ARG#): (pre-xfer only) The pre-request arguments are set
+  in these numbered values. RSYNC_ARG0 is always "rsyncd", and the last
+  value contains a single period.
+  it() bf(RSYNC_EXIT_STATUS): (post-xfer only) the server side's exit value.
+  This will be 0 for a successful run, a positive value for an error that the
+  server generated, or a -1 if rsync failed to exit properly.  Note that an
+  error that occurs on the client side does not currently get sent to the
+  server side, so this is not the final exit status for the whole transfer.
+  it() bf(RSYNC_RAW_STATUS): (post-xfer only) the raw exit value from code(waitpid()).
+))
+
+Even though the commands can be associated with a particular module, they
+are run using the permissions of the user that started the daemon (not the
+module's uid/gid setting) without any chroot restrictions.
 
 enddit()
 
 manpagesection(AUTHENTICATION STRENGTH)
 
 The authentication protocol used in rsync is a 128 bit MD4 based
-challenge response system. Although I believe that no one has ever
-demonstrated a brute-force break of this sort of system you should
-realize that this is not a "military strength" authentication system.
-It should be good enough for most purposes but if you want really top
-quality security then I recommend that you run rsync over ssh.
+challenge response system. This is fairly weak protection, though (with
+at least one brute-force hash-finding algorithm publicly available), so
+if you want really top-quality security, then I recommend that you run
+rsync over ssh.  (Yes, a future version of rsync will switch over to a
+stronger hashing method.)
 
-Also note that the rsync server protocol does not currently provide any
+Also note that the rsync daemon protocol does not currently provide any
 encryption of the data that is transferred over the connection. Only
 authentication is provided. Use ssh as the transport if you want
 encryption.
@@ -500,32 +632,6 @@ encryption.
 Future versions of rsync may support SSL for better authentication and
 encryption, but that is still being investigated.
 
-manpagesection(RUNNING AN RSYNC SERVER OVER A REMOTE SHELL PROGRAM)
-
-If rsync is run with both the bf(--daemon) and bf(--rsh) (bf(-e)) options, it will
-spawn an rsync daemon using a remote shell connection.  Several
-configuration options will not be available unless the remote user is
-root (e.g. chroot, setuid/setgid, etc.).  There is no need to configure
-inetd or the services map to include the rsync server port if you run an
-rsync server only via a remote shell program.
-
-ADVANCED: To run an rsync server out of a single-use ssh key, use the
-"command=em(COMMAND)" syntax in the remote user's authorized_keys entry,
-where command would be
-
-quote(tt(rsync --server --daemon .))
-
-NOTE: rsync's argument parsing expects the trailing ".", so make sure
-that it's there.  If you want to use an rsyncd.conf(5)-style
-configuration file other than the default, you can added a
-bf(--config) option to the em(command):
-
-quote(tt(rsync --server --daemon --config=em(file) .))
-
-Note that the "--server" here is the internal option that rsync uses to
-run the remote version of rsync that it communicates with, and thus you
-should not be using the bf(--server) option under normal circumstances.
-
 manpagesection(EXAMPLES)
 
 A simple rsyncd.conf file that allow anonymous rsync to a ftp area at
@@ -542,23 +648,23 @@ A more sophisticated example would be:
 verb(
 uid = nobody
 gid = nobody
-use chroot = no
+use chroot = yes
 max connections = 4
 syslog facility = local5
 pid file = /var/run/rsyncd.pid
 
 [ftp]
-        path = /var/ftp/pub
+        path = /var/ftp/./pub
         comment = whole ftp area (approx 6.1 GB)
 
 [sambaftp]
-        path = /var/ftp/pub/samba
+        path = /var/ftp/./pub/samba
         comment = Samba ftp area (approx 300 MB)
 
 [rsyncftp]
-        path = /var/ftp/pub/rsync
+        path = /var/ftp/./pub/rsync
         comment = rsync ftp area (approx 6 MB)
-        
+
 [sambawww]
         path = /public_html/samba
         comment = Samba WWW pages (approx 240 MB)
@@ -583,21 +689,18 @@ manpagefiles()
 
 manpageseealso()
 
-rsync(1)
+bf(rsync)(1)
 
 manpagediagnostics()
 
 manpagebugs()
 
-The rsync server does not send all types of error messages to the
-client. this means a client may be mystified as to why a transfer
-failed. The error will have been logged by syslog on the server.
-
 Please report bugs! The rsync bug tracking system is online at
 url(http://rsync.samba.org/)(http://rsync.samba.org/)
 
 manpagesection(VERSION)
-This man page is current for version 2.x of rsync.
+
+This man page is current for version 3.0.2 of rsync.
 
 manpagesection(CREDITS)
 
@@ -618,8 +721,8 @@ Gailly and Mark Adler.
 manpagesection(THANKS)
 
 Thanks to Warren Stanley for his original idea and patch for the rsync
-server. Thanks to Karsten Thygesen for his many suggestions and
-documentation! 
+daemon. Thanks to Karsten Thygesen for his many suggestions and
+documentation!
 
 manpageauthor()
 
@@ -627,4 +730,4 @@ rsync was written by Andrew Tridgell and Paul Mackerras.
 Many people have later contributed to it.
 
 Mailing lists for support and development are available at
-url(http://lists.samba.org)(lists.samba.org) 
+url(http://lists.samba.org)(lists.samba.org)

runtests.sh

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 
 # Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version
@@ -13,8 +14,7 @@
 # 
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 # License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 
 # rsync top-level test script -- this invokes all the other more
 # detailed tests in order.  This script can either be called by `make
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@
 
 # This script must be invoked from the build directory.  
 
-# A scratch directory, 'testtmp', is created in the build directory to
-# hold working files.
+# A scratch directory, 'testtmp', is used in the build directory to
+# hold per-test subdirectories.
 
 # This script also uses the $loglevel environment variable.  1 is the
 # default value, and 10 the most verbose.  You can set this from the
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 # they're explicitly given on the command line.
 
 # Also, we can't count on 'cp -a' or 'mkdir -p', although they're
-# pretty handy.
+# pretty handy (see function makepath for the latter).
 
 # I think some of the GNU documentation suggests that we shouldn't
 # rely on shell functions.  However, the Bash manual seems to say that
@@ -100,6 +100,8 @@
 # You cannot do "export VAR=VALUE" all on one line; the export must be
 # separate from the assignment.  (SCO SysV)
 
+# Don't rely on grep -q, as that doesn't work everywhere -- just redirect
+# stdout to /dev/null to keep it quiet.
 
 
 # STILL TO DO:
@@ -124,6 +126,7 @@ set -e
 . "./shconfig"
 
 RUNSHFLAGS='-e'
+export RUNSHFLAGS
 
 # for Solaris
 [ -d /usr/xpg4/bin ] && PATH="/usr/xpg4/bin/:$PATH"
@@ -135,9 +138,27 @@ if [ "x$loglevel" != x ] && [ "$loglevel" -gt 8 ]; then
     fi
 fi
 
+POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 
+if test x"$TOOLDIR" = x; then
+    TOOLDIR=`pwd`
+fi
+srcdir=`dirname $0`
+if test x"$srcdir" = x -o x"$srcdir" = x.; then
+    srcdir="$TOOLDIR"
+fi
+if test x"$rsync_bin" = x; then
+    rsync_bin="$TOOLDIR/rsync"
+fi
+
+# This allows the user to specify extra rsync options -- use carefully!
+RSYNC="$rsync_bin $*"
+#RSYNC="valgrind $rsync_bin $*"
+
+export POSIXLY_CORRECT TOOLDIR srcdir RSYNC
+
 echo "============================================================"
-echo "$0 running in `pwd`"
-echo "    rsync_bin=$rsync_bin"
+echo "$0 running in $TOOLDIR"
+echo "    rsync_bin=$RSYNC"
 echo "    srcdir=$srcdir"
 
 if [ -f /usr/bin/whoami ]; then
@@ -160,6 +181,19 @@ else
     echo "    preserve_scratch=no"
 fi    
 
+# Check if setacl/setfacl is around and if it supports the -k or -s option.
+if setacl -k u::7,g::5,o:5 testsuite 2>/dev/null; then
+    setfacl_nodef='setacl -k'
+elif setfacl --help 2>&1 | grep ' -k,\|\[-[a-z]*k' >/dev/null; then
+    setfacl_nodef='setfacl -k'
+elif setfacl -s u::7,g::5,o:5 testsuite 2>/dev/null; then
+    setfacl_nodef='setfacl -s u::7,g::5,o:5'
+else
+    # The "true" command runs successfully, but does nothing.
+    setfacl_nodef=true
+fi
+
+export setfacl_nodef
 
 if [ ! -f "$rsync_bin" ]; then
     echo "rsync_bin $rsync_bin is not a file" >&2
@@ -171,29 +205,31 @@ if [ ! -d "$srcdir" ]; then
     exit 2
 fi
 
-RSYNC="$rsync_bin"
-#RSYNC="valgrind --tool=addrcheck $rsync_bin"
-
-export rsync_bin RSYNC
-
 skipped=0
 missing=0
 passed=0
 failed=0
 
-# Prefix for scratch directory.  We create separate directories for
-# each test case, so that they can be left behind in case of failure
-# to aid investigation.
-scratchbase="`pwd`"/testtmp
+# Directory that holds the other test subdirs.  We create separate dirs
+# inside for each test case, so that they can be left behind in case of
+# failure to aid investigation.  We don't remove the testtmp subdir at
+# the end so that it can be configured as a symlink to a filesystem that
+# has ACLs and xattr support enabled (if desired).
+scratchbase="$TOOLDIR"/testtmp
 echo "    scratchbase=$scratchbase"
+[ -d "$scratchbase" ] || mkdir "$scratchbase"
 
 suitedir="$srcdir/testsuite"
 
 export scratchdir suitedir
 
 prep_scratch() {
-    [ -d "$scratchdir" ] && rm -rf "$scratchdir"
+    [ -d "$scratchdir" ] && chmod -R u+rwX "$scratchdir" && rm -rf "$scratchdir"
     mkdir "$scratchdir"
+    # Get rid of default ACLs and dir-setgid to avoid confusing some tests.
+    $setfacl_nodef "$scratchdir" || true
+    chmod g-s "$scratchdir"
+    ln -s "$srcdir" "$scratchdir/src"
     return 0
 }
 
@@ -209,7 +245,7 @@ fi
 for testscript in $suitedir/$whichtests
 do
     testbase=`echo $testscript | sed -e 's!.*/!!' -e 's/.test\$//'`
-    scratchdir="$scratchbase.$testbase"
+    scratchdir="$scratchbase/$testbase"
 
     prep_scratch
 

sender.c

@@ -1,42 +1,50 @@
 /*
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+ * Routines only used by the sending process.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 extern int verbose;
 extern int dry_run;
+extern int do_xfers;
 extern int am_server;
 extern int am_daemon;
+extern int inc_recurse;
 extern int log_before_transfer;
-extern int log_format_has_i;
-extern int daemon_log_format_has_i;
+extern int stdout_format_has_i;
+extern int logfile_format_has_i;
 extern int csum_length;
+extern int append_mode;
 extern int io_error;
+extern int allowed_lull;
+extern int preserve_xattrs;
 extern int protocol_version;
-extern int remove_sent_files;
+extern int remove_source_files;
 extern int updating_basis_file;
 extern int make_backups;
 extern int do_progress;
 extern int inplace;
+extern int batch_fd;
+extern int write_batch;
 extern struct stats stats;
-extern char *log_format;
-
+extern struct file_list *cur_flist, *first_flist, *dir_flist;
 
 /**
  * @file
@@ -53,6 +61,7 @@ static struct sum_struct *receive_sums(int f)
 {
 	struct sum_struct *s;
 	int32 i;
+	int lull_mod = allowed_lull * 5;
 	OFF_T offset = 0;
 
 	if (!(s = new(struct sum_struct)))
@@ -67,6 +76,13 @@ static struct sum_struct *receive_sums(int f)
 			(double)s->count, (long)s->blength, (long)s->remainder);
 	}
 
+	if (append_mode > 0) {
+		s->flength = (OFF_T)s->count * s->blength;
+		if (s->remainder)
+			s->flength -= s->blength - s->remainder;
+		return s;
+	}
+
 	if (s->count == 0)
 		return(s);
 
@@ -86,6 +102,9 @@ static struct sum_struct *receive_sums(int f)
 			s->sums[i].len = s->blength;
 		offset += s->sums[i].len;
 
+		if (allowed_lull && !(i % lull_mod))
+			maybe_send_keepalive();
+
 		if (verbose > 3) {
 			rprintf(FINFO,
 				"chunk[%d] len=%d offset=%.0f sum1=%08x\n",
@@ -99,131 +118,162 @@ static struct sum_struct *receive_sums(int f)
 	return s;
 }
 
-static struct file_list *the_flist;
-
-void successful_send(int i)
+void successful_send(int ndx)
 {
 	char fname[MAXPATHLEN];
 	struct file_struct *file;
-	unsigned int offset;
+	struct file_list *flist;
 
-	if (!the_flist || i < 0 || i >= the_flist->count)
+	if (!remove_source_files)
 		return;
 
-	file = the_flist->files[i];
-	/* The generator might tell us about symlinks we didn't send. */
-	if (!(file->flags & FLAG_SENT) && !S_ISLNK(file->mode))
+	if (!(flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx))) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,
+			"INTERNAL ERROR: unable to find flist for item %d\n",
+			ndx);
 		return;
-	if (file->dir.root) {
-		offset = stringjoin(fname, sizeof fname,
-				    file->dir.root, "/", NULL);
-	} else
-		offset = 0;
-	f_name_to(file, fname + offset);
-	if (remove_sent_files && do_unlink(fname) == 0 && verbose > 1) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "sender removed %s\n",
-			safe_fname(fname + offset));
 	}
+
+	file = flist->files[ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+	if (!change_pathname(file, NULL, 0))
+		return;
+	f_name(file, fname);
+
+	if (do_unlink(fname) == 0) {
+		if (verbose > 1)
+			rprintf(FINFO, "sender removed %s\n", fname);
+	} else
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "sender failed to remove %s", fname);
 }
 
-void send_files(struct file_list *flist, int f_out, int f_in)
+static void write_ndx_and_attrs(int f_out, int ndx, int iflags,
+				const char *fname, struct file_struct *file,
+				uchar fnamecmp_type, char *buf, int len)
+{
+	write_ndx(f_out, ndx);
+	if (protocol_version < 29)
+		return;
+	write_shortint(f_out, iflags);
+	if (iflags & ITEM_BASIS_TYPE_FOLLOWS)
+		write_byte(f_out, fnamecmp_type);
+	if (iflags & ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS)
+		write_vstring(f_out, buf, len);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+	if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && !dry_run)
+		send_xattr_request(fname, file, f_out);
+#endif
+}
+
+void send_files(int f_in, int f_out)
 {
 	int fd = -1;
 	struct sum_struct *s;
 	struct map_struct *mbuf = NULL;
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	char *fname2, fname[MAXPATHLEN];
-	int iflags;
+	char fname[MAXPATHLEN], xname[MAXPATHLEN];
+	const char *path, *slash;
+	uchar fnamecmp_type;
+	int iflags, xlen;
 	struct file_struct *file;
-	int phase = 0;
+	int phase = 0, max_phase = protocol_version >= 29 ? 2 : 1;
 	struct stats initial_stats;
-	int save_make_backups = make_backups;
-	int itemizing = am_daemon ? daemon_log_format_has_i
-		      : !am_server && log_format_has_i;
-	int i, j;
+	int itemizing = am_server ? logfile_format_has_i : stdout_format_has_i;
+	enum logcode log_code = log_before_transfer ? FLOG : FINFO;
+	int f_xfer = write_batch < 0 ? batch_fd : f_out;
+	int ndx, j;
 
 	if (verbose > 2)
 		rprintf(FINFO, "send_files starting\n");
 
-	the_flist = flist;
-
 	while (1) {
-		unsigned int offset;
+		if (inc_recurse)
+			send_extra_file_list(f_out, FILECNT_LOOKAHEAD);
 
-		i = read_int(f_in);
-		if (i == -1) {
-			if (phase == 0) {
-				phase++;
-				csum_length = SUM_LENGTH;
-				write_int(f_out, -1);
-				if (verbose > 2)
-					rprintf(FINFO, "send_files phase=%d\n", phase);
-				/* For inplace: redo phase turns off the backup
-				 * flag so that we do a regular inplace send. */
-				make_backups = 0;
-				continue;
+		/* This call also sets cur_flist. */
+		ndx = read_ndx_and_attrs(f_in, &iflags, &fnamecmp_type,
+					 xname, &xlen);
+		if (ndx == NDX_DONE) {
+			if (inc_recurse && first_flist) {
+				flist_free(first_flist);
+				if (first_flist) {
+					write_ndx(f_out, NDX_DONE);
+					continue;
+				}
 			}
-			break;
+			if (++phase > max_phase)
+				break;
+			if (verbose > 2)
+				rprintf(FINFO, "send_files phase=%d\n", phase);
+			write_ndx(f_out, NDX_DONE);
+			continue;
 		}
 
-		if (i < 0 || i >= flist->count) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Invalid file index %d (count=%d)\n",
-				i, flist->count);
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
-		}
+		if (inc_recurse)
+			send_extra_file_list(f_out, FILECNT_LOOKAHEAD);
 
-		file = flist->files[i];
-		if (file->dir.root) {
-			/* N.B. We're sure that this fits, so offset is OK. */
-			offset = strlcpy(fname, file->dir.root, sizeof fname);
-			if (!offset || fname[offset-1] != '/')
-				fname[offset++] = '/';
-		} else
-			offset = 0;
-		fname2 = f_name_to(file, fname + offset);
+		if (ndx - cur_flist->ndx_start >= 0)
+			file = cur_flist->files[ndx - cur_flist->ndx_start];
+		else
+			file = dir_flist->files[cur_flist->parent_ndx];
+		if (F_PATHNAME(file)) {
+			path = F_PATHNAME(file);
+			slash = "/";
+		} else {
+			path = slash = "";
+		}
+		if (!change_pathname(file, NULL, 0))
+			continue;
+		f_name(file, fname);
 
 		if (verbose > 2)
-			rprintf(FINFO, "send_files(%d, %s)\n", i, fname);
+			rprintf(FINFO, "send_files(%d, %s%s%s)\n", ndx, path,slash,fname);
 
-		if (protocol_version >= 29) {
-			iflags = read_shortint(f_in);
-			if (!(iflags & ITEM_UPDATING) || !S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
-				int see_item = itemizing && (iflags || verbose > 1);
-				write_int(f_out, i);
-				write_shortint(f_out, iflags);
-				if (am_server) {
-					if (am_daemon && !dry_run && see_item)
-						log_send(file, &stats, iflags);
-				} else if (see_item || iflags & ITEM_UPDATING
-				    || (S_ISDIR(file->mode)
-				     && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_TIME))
-					log_send(file, &stats, iflags);
-				continue;
-			}
-		} else
-			iflags = ITEM_UPDATING | ITEM_MISSING_DATA;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+		if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && !dry_run)
+			recv_xattr_request(file, f_in);
+#endif
 
-		if (inplace && protocol_version >= 29) {
-			updating_basis_file = !(iflags & ITEM_USING_ALT_BASIS);
-		} else
-			updating_basis_file = inplace && !make_backups;
-
-		if (!S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "[%s] got index of non-regular file: %d\n",
-				who_am_i(), i);
+		if (!(iflags & ITEM_TRANSFER)) {
+			maybe_log_item(file, iflags, itemizing, xname);
+			write_ndx_and_attrs(f_out, ndx, iflags, fname, file,
+					    fnamecmp_type, xname, xlen);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (phase == 2) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+				"got transfer request in phase 2 [%s]\n",
+				who_am_i());
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 
-		stats.current_file_index = i;
-		stats.num_transferred_files++;
-		stats.total_transferred_size += file->length;
+		if (file->flags & FLAG_FILE_SENT) {
+			if (csum_length == SHORT_SUM_LENGTH) {
+				/* For inplace: redo phase turns off the backup
+				 * flag so that we do a regular inplace send. */
+				make_backups = -make_backups;
+				append_mode = -append_mode;
+				csum_length = SUM_LENGTH;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (csum_length != SHORT_SUM_LENGTH) {
+				make_backups = -make_backups;
+				append_mode = -append_mode;
+				csum_length = SHORT_SUM_LENGTH;
+			}
+		}
 
-		if (dry_run) { /* log the transfer */
-			if (!am_server && log_format)
-				log_send(file, &stats, iflags);
-			write_int(f_out, i);
-			if (protocol_version >= 29)
-				write_shortint(f_out, iflags);
+		updating_basis_file = inplace && (protocol_version >= 29
+			? fnamecmp_type == FNAMECMP_FNAME : make_backups <= 0);
+
+		if (!am_server && do_progress)
+			set_current_file_index(file, ndx);
+		stats.num_transferred_files++;
+		stats.total_transferred_size += F_LENGTH(file);
+
+		if (!do_xfers) { /* log the transfer */
+			log_item(FCLIENT, file, &stats, iflags, NULL);
+			write_ndx_and_attrs(f_out, ndx, iflags, fname, file,
+					    fnamecmp_type, xname, xlen);
 			continue;
 		}
 
@@ -232,7 +282,7 @@ void send_files(struct file_list *flist, int f_out, int f_in)
 		if (!(s = receive_sums(f_in))) {
 			io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
 			rprintf(FERROR, "receive_sums failed\n");
-			return;
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 
 		fd = do_open(fname, O_RDONLY, 0);
@@ -240,17 +290,19 @@ void send_files(struct file_list *flist, int f_out, int f_in)
 			if (errno == ENOENT) {
 				enum logcode c = am_daemon
 				    && protocol_version < 28 ? FERROR
-							     : FINFO;
+							     : FWARNING;
 				io_error |= IOERR_VANISHED;
 				rprintf(c, "file has vanished: %s\n",
 					full_fname(fname));
 			} else {
 				io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-				rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
+				rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno,
 					"send_files failed to open %s",
 					full_fname(fname));
 			}
 			free_sums(s);
+			if (protocol_version >= 30)
+				send_msg_int(MSG_NO_SEND, ndx);
 			continue;
 		}
 
@@ -260,7 +312,7 @@ void send_files(struct file_list *flist, int f_out, int f_in)
 			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "fstat failed");
 			free_sums(s);
 			close(fd);
-			return;
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 
 		if (st.st_size) {
@@ -270,36 +322,35 @@ void send_files(struct file_list *flist, int f_out, int f_in)
 			mbuf = NULL;
 
 		if (verbose > 2) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "send_files mapped %s of size %.0f\n",
-				safe_fname(fname), (double)st.st_size);
+			rprintf(FINFO, "send_files mapped %s%s%s of size %.0f\n",
+				path,slash,fname, (double)st.st_size);
 		}
 
-		write_int(f_out, i);
-		if (protocol_version >= 29)
-			write_shortint(f_out, iflags);
-		write_sum_head(f_out, s);
+		write_ndx_and_attrs(f_out, ndx, iflags, fname, file,
+				    fnamecmp_type, xname, xlen);
+		write_sum_head(f_xfer, s);
 
-		if (verbose > 2) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "calling match_sums %s\n",
-				safe_fname(fname));
-		}
+		if (verbose > 2)
+			rprintf(FINFO, "calling match_sums %s%s%s\n", path,slash,fname);
 
 		if (log_before_transfer)
-			log_send(file, &initial_stats, iflags);
+			log_item(FCLIENT, file, &initial_stats, iflags, NULL);
 		else if (!am_server && verbose && do_progress)
-			rprintf(FINFO, "%s\n", safe_fname(fname2));
+			rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s\n", fname);
 
 		set_compression(fname);
 
-		match_sums(f_out, s, mbuf, st.st_size);
-		if (!log_before_transfer)
-			log_send(file, &initial_stats, iflags);
+		match_sums(f_xfer, s, mbuf, st.st_size);
+		if (do_progress)
+			end_progress(st.st_size);
+
+		log_item(log_code, file, &initial_stats, iflags, NULL);
 
 		if (mbuf) {
 			j = unmap_file(mbuf);
 			if (j) {
 				io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-				rsyserr(FERROR, j,
+				rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, j,
 					"read errors mapping %s",
 					full_fname(fname));
 			}
@@ -308,20 +359,19 @@ void send_files(struct file_list *flist, int f_out, int f_in)
 
 		free_sums(s);
 
-		if (verbose > 2) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "sender finished %s\n",
-				safe_fname(fname));
-		}
+		if (verbose > 2)
+			rprintf(FINFO, "sender finished %s%s%s\n", path,slash,fname);
 
 		/* Flag that we actually sent this entry. */
-		file->flags |= FLAG_SENT;
+		file->flags |= FLAG_FILE_SENT;
 	}
-	make_backups = save_make_backups;
+	if (make_backups < 0)
+		make_backups = -make_backups;
 
 	if (verbose > 2)
 		rprintf(FINFO, "send files finished\n");
 
 	match_report();
 
-	write_int(f_out, -1);
+	write_ndx(f_out, NDX_DONE);
 }